Noumea, New Caledonia, 29/09/2026
Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific Islands (PACSTAT)
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES)
GRANT NUMBER E633-P3, P168182
Assignment Title: Regional OpenCRVS Technical Support Services for Pacific Countries
Reference No.: FJ-SPC-572068-CS-CQS / REOI26-10665
The Pacific Community (www.spc.int) has received financing in the amount of USD 6.0 million equivalent from the World Bank toward the cost of the Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific Islands Project, and it intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
SPC now invites eligible consulting firms to express their interest in providing consultancy services for the assignment entitled “Regional OpenCRVS Technical Support Services for Pacific Countries”.
The assignment is expected to start in December 2026 for an initial period of 3 months, followed by ongoing annual services, subject to funding. The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) are available with this Request for Expressions of Interest. Interested consulting firms should submit information demonstrating their qualifications and relevant experience.
The consulting firm will be selected using the Consultant Qualifications Selection (CQS) method, in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers:
The attention of interested consulting firms is drawn to paragraphs 3.13, 3.15, and 3.16 of the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Seventh Edition, September 2025) (“the Regulations”), which set out the World Bank’s policy on Conflict of Interest applicable to consulting services:
The World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers – Seventh Edition, September 2025
Further information can be obtained at the address below by e-mail.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below by e-mail no later than 13/10/2026 by 23:45 Noumea Time (GMT+11).
Att: SPC Procurement Unit
email: procurement@spc.int
Reference: FJ-SPC-572068-CS-CQS-REOI26-10665
TERMS OF REFERENCE
FIRM / CONSULTING SERVICES
Regional OpenCRVS Technical Support Services (Pacific CRVS Programme)
Assignment Title: | Regional OpenCRVS Technical Support Services for Pacific Countries |
Location | Remote, with virtual engagement with SPC and participating Pacific countries |
Planned Duration | Initial period 1 December 2026 to 28 February 2027, followed by an annual service from 1 March 2027, subject to funding |
Expected Starting Date | 1 December 2026 |
Reference No | FJ-SPC-572068-CS-CQS / REOI26-10665 |
1.0 Background:
The Pacific Community (SPC) has received financing from the World Bank under the Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific Islands Project (PacStat) to support strengthened statistical systems and related data services in the Pacific. This assignment will be financed under PacStat Phase 1 Additional Financing and is expected to be completed by February 2027.
SPC’s Statistics for Development Division supports Pacific Island Countries and Territories to strengthen official statistics, including the availability and use of administrative and demographic data for evidence-based planning, policy and reporting. Civil Registration and Vital Statistics (CRVS) systems are an important part of this work, as they record vital events such as births, deaths, marriages, divorces and adoptions and generate data for planning, monitoring and decision-making.
OpenCRVS is an open-source digital public good designed to support civil registration in low-resource settings. SPC, with funding from Bloomberg Philanthropies, has been working with OpenCRVS and Pacific countries to strengthen digital CRVS systems, with implementation or planned deployment in countries including Niue, Cook Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu and Kiribati. SPC also operates a regional Mortality Coding Portal built on the same platform.
A review of OpenCRVS support options has identified the need for a sustainable regional technical support arrangement. Current arrangements differ across countries, including hosting environments, infrastructure providers, configuration partners and support practices. The approach adopted is a single regional provider contracted to SPC to deliver combined Level 2 technical support and Level 3 expert technical support across participating configurations. Participating countries retain self-service and first-contact support. SPC retains coordination, contract management and service oversight. OpenCRVS provides core platform support, which is funded by OpenCRVS and is not part of this assignment.
The assignment covers up to six configurations: five participating countries and the SPC Mortality Coding Portal. An extension beyond the end of February 2027 is subject to a funding proposal to Bloomberg Philanthropies. The funding is expected to be confirmed at the end of 2026.
2.0 Objective of the assignment
To provide a regional OpenCRVS technical support arrangement for participating Pacific countries and the SPC Mortality Coding Portal, so that these systems remain available, secure, supported on current software versions and operable by the registration offices that depend on them.
The provider will deliver combined Level 2 and Level 3 support, take responsibility for version currency and security patching, operate the ticketing and knowledge management function through which the service runs, and work with country first-contact support and with SPC to maintain a consistent standard of service across all configurations.
Any support arrangement beyond 28 February 2027, including a possible extension or follow-on contract, would be subject to confirmation of future funding, satisfactory performance, and participating country requirements.
3.0 Scope of Services
The provider will deliver regional OpenCRVS technical support focused on combined Level 2 technical support and Level 3 expert technical support. Country-level self-service and first-contact support remains with participating countries. SPC provides regional coordination, contract and relationship management, and service oversight. The provider operates the ticketing and knowledge management function; the records it holds are owned by the participating countries.
The support levels are defined as follows:
Level | Description | Typical work | Sits with |
L0 | Self-service | • Guides, FAQs and quick-reference materials • Multi-tenant knowledge base, reflecting each country’s own configuration | Country, content maintained regionally |
L1 | First contact, in-country | • Receiving and logging queries through the channels users actually use • Password resets and account unlocks • User administration — creating, amending and deactivating accounts • Access approvals by the National System Admin, with named backup cover • Distinguishing user error from system fault • "How do I" guidance and reinforcement of training • Escalating to L2 with enough detail to act on | Country |
L2 | Technical support | • Investigating and reproducing reported faults • User roles and permissions • Facility lists and administrative structures • Validation rule queries • Access and connectivity problems • Triage and prioritisation of incoming issues | Regional |
L3 | Expert technical | • Configuration changes and deployment • Version upgrades and release management • Security patching • SMTP, API and integration issues • Monitoring, alerting and log analysis • Backup verification and restore testing • Liaison with each country’s infrastructure provider | Regional |
L4 | Core platform | • Defects in the OpenCRVS core product • Core security patches • New releases and supported-version policy • Receiving product suggestions raised by countries | OpenCRVS |
The following table outlines details of what is to be delivered for combined Level 2 technical support and Level 3 expert technical support:
Scope area | Provider responsibilities | Key outputs |
Mobilisation and transition | Receive configuration handover for each participating configuration; produce and agree a baseline record for each; agree and implement access arrangements including break-glass provision; stand up ticketing and knowledge base; install monitoring and alerting; brief country first-contact personnel. Time-boxed and completed within the initial period. | Baseline records signed off by incumbent and provider; access schedules; ticketing and knowledge base live; monitoring live; transition completion report. |
Incident management | Receive, classify, triage, investigate and resolve incidents escalated from country first-contact support and from monitoring, against the service levels at Section 5.0. Manage major incidents and communicate status to SPC and affected countries. | Resolved incidents, ticket records, major incident reports, monthly service-level performance reporting. |
Problem management | Identify recurring incidents and underlying causes; propagate preventive fixes across configurations where the same cause is present; maintain known-error records. | Root cause records, known-error register, preventive actions applied and recorded. |
Releases, upgrades and patching | Plan and deliver upgrades twice yearly across all configurations, including configuration work, regression testing, user acceptance support, deployment and rollback planning. Apply security patches out of cycle without waiting for the next scheduled upgrade. Apply hotfixes where relevant to a configuration, subject to smoke testing rather than full acceptance testing. | Release plans and records, upgrade completion reports, patch records, version state register. |
Version currency | Maintain every configuration on a version supported by OpenCRVS throughout the contractual arrangement. Report version state for every configuration at each service review. Common version alignment across configurations is not required. | Version state register, upgrade schedule, exception reporting where a configuration is at risk. |
Preventive maintenance and monitoring | Operate monitoring and alerting across all production configurations with alerts acknowledged within the support window; verify backups monthly for each configuration; complete a documented restore test for each configuration twice yearly; perform certificate, dependency and log checks. | Monitoring records, backup verification records, restore test reports, maintenance notes. |
Ticketing and knowledge management | Operate a multi-tenant ticketing system and knowledge base with a regional view and a separate view for each configuration; maintain troubleshooting notes, procedures and configuration documentation. Records, content and reporting are owned by participating countries and exportable in full at any time and on exit. | Ticket register, knowledge base, configuration documentation, export on request. |
First-contact support for the Mortality Coding Portal | Provide first-contact support for the SPC Mortality Coding Portal, which has no country registration office behind it, in addition to Level 2 and Level 3 support for that configuration. | Portal support records within the ticket register. |
Support to country first-contact personnel | Provide light coaching to nominated country first-contact personnel so that they understand their role and can raise tickets to the agreed template and standard. Report on ticket quality at service review. | Coaching sessions delivered, ticket template, ticket quality reporting. |
Information security and access | Maintain confidentiality, data protection, access control and privileged remote access safeguards. Operate break-glass access under country approval with full logging. Apply data minimisation as specified at Section 7.0. | Access records and logs, security controls evidence, incident notifications. |
Service management and reporting | Operate structured service management; provide monthly reporting; attend and support quarterly service review with SPC and participating countries; liaise with each country’s infrastructure provider. | Monthly reports, quarterly service review packs, escalation and risk records. |
3.1 Outside scope
The following are outside the scope of this assignment.
4.0 Expected Outcomes, Deliverables, and Timeline
The service provider will be responsible for producing the following outputs during the assignment:
Timeline | Deliverable | Description |
December 2026 | Mobilisation and transition plan | Confirmed workplan, participating configurations, communication and escalation arrangements, reporting templates and mobilisation actions. |
December 2026 | Baseline record for each configuration | Version state, configuration, integrations, environments, known defects and portal integration points, signed off by the incumbent partner and the incoming provider before 31 December 2026. |
December 2026 | Service model, responsibility matrix and access arrangements | Responsibility matrix covering SPC, provider, participating countries, infrastructure providers and OpenCRVS core support; access approval, break-glass, logging, monitoring, suspension and revocation arrangements for each configuration. |
December 2026 | Ticketing, knowledge base and monitoring live | Multi-tenant ticketing and knowledge base operating with regional and per-configuration views; monitoring and alerting installed across all production configurations. |
1 January 2027 | Stabilisation service commences | Full support window live; critical and high severity carrying full targets; security patching at full standard. |
Monthly | Monthly support report | Incidents, service-level performance, open issues, escalations, risks, access and security matters, version state, and planned activities for the next period. |
Ongoing | Incident and problem register | Maintained register including severity, responsible party, dates, escalation history, resolution notes, closure confirmation and recurring problems requiring root-cause action. |
Ongoing | Knowledge base and configuration documentation | Troubleshooting notes, procedures, known-error records and per-configuration documentation, maintained to support regional learning and reduce reliance on individual supplier knowledge. |
Twice yearly | Upgrade cycle completion report | Configuration work, regression and acceptance testing, deployment, rollback readiness, resulting version state for each configuration. |
Twice yearly | Restore test report | Documented restoration of each configuration from backup, the retention state confirmed, and any remediation required. |
As required | Security patch and hotfix records | Patches and hotfixes applied, configurations affected, testing performed, and where a hotfix was not applied, the reason. |
Quarterly | Service review pack | Performance against service levels, version state, ticket quality by configuration, risks, open actions and decisions required. |
End of each contract period | Performance and transition report | Services delivered, performance against service levels, unresolved risks, lessons learned, remaining actions and recommendations for continuation or transition. |
5.0 Service Levels
5.1 Support window
The support window is 20:00 to 03:00 UTC. Because participating countries straddle the international date line, the window operates across six shifts each week, opening on Sunday evening UTC and closing on Saturday morning UTC. This totals 42 desk hours a week.
Shift | Opens (UTC) | Closes (UTC) |
1 | Sunday 20:00 | Monday 03:00 |
2 | Monday 20:00 | Tuesday 03:00 |
3 | Tuesday 20:00 | Wednesday 03:00 |
4 | Wednesday 20:00 | Thursday 03:00 |
5 | Thursday 20:00 | Friday 03:00 |
6 | Friday 20:00 | Saturday 03:00 |
Bidders must state the weekly desk hours their proposal provides. A proposal offering fewer than six shifts does not meet this requirement, as it would leave the first working day of the week uncovered in Tonga, Tuvalu and Kiribati, or the last working day uncovered in the Cook Islands and Niue.
At least one engineer must be on duty throughout the window, drawn from a pool of at least two engineers trained and authorised to hold the desk, cross-trained across both shift segments and across all configurations, with named escalation to a service manager and to Level 3 expertise. Bidders must describe how leave and unplanned absence are covered.
Incidents may be raised at any time. Where an incident is raised outside the support window, the response clock starts at the opening of the next shift.
5.2 Severity levels and targets
Severity | Description | Response | Resolution or workaround |
Critical | Service unavailable, registration blocked, or major incident affecting operational use in one or more configurations. | Within 1 working hour | Within 8 working hours, or an agreed workaround and recovery plan |
High | Major function impaired, significant operational impact, workaround available or partial service continuing. | Within 4 working hours | Within 2 working days |
Medium | Limited impact, user or configuration issue, workaround available, or issue affecting a small number of users. | Within 1 working day | Within 5 working days |
Low / request | Minor issue, service request, documentation query or non-urgent configuration matter. | Within 2 working days | At the next planned release or agreed workplan |
Working hours and working days are counted within the support window at Section 5.1.
5.3 Matters outside the provider’s control and core defect exemption
Service levels apply to matters within the provider’s control. This includes configuration faults, access and permission problems, integration failures, release and upgrade activity, and the escalation and pursuit of infrastructure faults with the responsible party.
Level 4 core platform support is provided by OpenCRVS, funded by OpenCRVS, and made available on equal terms to any provider appointed under this assignment. Requests are raised through the published OpenCRVS route and are triaged on priority alongside requests from all other implementations. It is offered as a service level objective and not as a contractual commitment. Bidders must not include any charge for Level 4 support and must not assume preferential access to it.
Where investigation establishes that the root cause of an incident is a defect in the OpenCRVS core product, the provider’s resolution clock stops from the point at which the core defect is established and the request is raised. The evidence establishing the core defect must be recorded in the ticket. The provider’s obligation resumes when a fix or hotfix is made available, and the provider is required to apply it promptly to affected configurations, subject to smoke testing.
Faults relating to country infrastructure, power, connectivity, local devices, external systems or country-controlled decisions are similarly outside the provider’s control and are managed through agreed escalation, with the provider responsible for pursuit and communication rather than for resolution.
5.4 Service credits and persistent failure
Service credits are assessed quarterly against the quarterly charge and are earned on the proportion of critical and high severity targets met in the quarter, counting response and resolution targets together.
Critical and high severity targets met in the quarter | Credit against the quarterly charge |
90 per cent or above | None |
80 to 89.9 per cent | 5 per cent |
70 to 79.9 per cent | 10 per cent |
Below 70 per cent | 15 per cent |
In addition, each of the following carries a credit of five per cent of the quarterly charge in its own right:
Credits from all sources aggregate and are capped at fifteen per cent of the quarterly charge in any quarter. Credits are not applied where the cause falls under Section 5.3, nor where delay results from a participating country declining or deferring an upgrade window, access approval or other decision within its control.
Where the credit threshold at the fifteen per cent level is reached in two consecutive quarters, or where any of the four failures listed above occurs in two consecutive quarters, SPC may terminate the contract on thirty days’ written notice without cause and without liability for early termination charges. This provision exists because a capped credit regime alone is not a sufficient incentive on a contract of this size, and because the material remedy for sustained underperformance is exit rather than rebate.
During the initial period, service credits apply to critical incident response only. All other measures are reported but not scored until the annual service commences. The persistent failure provision above applies from the commencement of the annual service.
6.0 Reporting Requirements
The provider reports to the Programme Lead CRVS or designated SPC focal point. Reporting must be clear, concise and evidence-based, and must support contract oversight, service-level monitoring and risk management.
7.0 Working Arrangements
This is a remote assignment. No travel is anticipated unless separately agreed in writing by SPC. The provider must be able to work effectively across Pacific time zones and within the support window at Section 5.1.
7.1 Roles
Participating countries provide self-service and first-contact support. Each country nominates a first-contact role holder, who may be a registration officer or an information technology officer as the country prefers. The role is to be reachable during the country’s working day, to attempt documented first-contact steps, and to raise tickets to the agreed template and standard. SPC will secure these commitments through its agreement with each participating country.
SPC coordinates country relationships, holds the contract, chairs the quarterly service review and approves the annual workplan. SPC does not operate a technical support tier.
The provider delivers combined Level 2 and Level 3 support as set out at Section 3.0 and provides first-contact support for the Mortality Coding Portal.
7.2 Access and break-glass provision
Country-approved access arrangements must be agreed for each configuration before service commencement, covering remote access requirements, approval pathways, access logging, monitoring, suspension and revocation.
In addition, the provider must hold break-glass access to each configuration, enabling it to act where first-contact support is unavailable or unable to perform a required action. Break-glass provision comprises accounts at registrar and national system administrator level, and secure shell access where required. Use is subject to country approval, is recorded in the product audit trail, and generates logged alerts. Bidders should price on the basis that this provision will be in place.
7.3 Data protection and data minimisation
Civil registration personal data must not be entered into ticket bodies, attachments, knowledge base articles or reporting. Incidents must reference records by identifier, and investigation requiring access to record content must take place within the country’s own environment.
Where a request is raised to OpenCRVS core support, personal data must be removed or obscured from any log extract, screenshot or screen recording before submission, as core support requests are handled through a public channel.
Ticket records, knowledge base content and reporting are owned by the participating countries. The provider must be able to export them in full, in a documented and reusable format, at any time on request and on expiry or termination of the contract.
7.4 Backup, retention and recovery
Backup arrangements comprise two layers, held by different parties.
The application backup is automated within the OpenCRVS deployment. The provider is responsible for ensuring that it is configured and operating for every configuration, that the staging environment is restoring from it on a daily basis, and that retention is set to a value agreed with the country. A minimum retention of thirty days applies. Where a configuration is found on a shorter retention, the provider must raise this with the country and SPC and implement the agreed value.
An off-site or separate-region copy of each configuration’s data must exist. Provision and retention of that copy sits with the participating country and its infrastructure provider and is outside the provider’s scope. The provider is responsible for confirming at baseline that the arrangement exists, recording its frequency and retention, reporting its status at each service review, and escalating to SPC and the country where it is absent or has lapsed.
The provider must verify backups monthly for each configuration and complete a documented restore test for each configuration twice yearly. Verification means confirming that the backup has run, is complete and is within retention; restore testing means demonstrating that data can in fact be recovered from it.
Bidders should note that participating configurations are not currently on OpenCRVS 2.1 or later, in which a deployment will not start unless its backup service is operating. On earlier versions a backup failure does not announce itself. The baseline record required at Section 4.0 must therefore establish, for each configuration, whether an automated backup is configured and running, the retention set, whether a daily staging restore is in place, and what off-site arrangement exists. These are to be treated as matters to be established rather than confirmed.
Backup failure, whether of the application backup or of the off-site arrangement, must be notified to SPC and the affected country immediately in accordance with Section 6.0.
8.0 Expressions of Interest evaluation
The consulting firm will be selected using the Consultant Qualifications Selection (CQS) method, in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers.
The firms will be assessed based on their overall qualifications and experience relevant to the assignment.
Minimum qualification criteria will be assessed on a pass/fail basis. Other factors will then be evaluated using the indicative criteria below.
The firm ranked highest will be invited to submit a combined technical and financial proposal in a second stage.
Minimum qualification:
As part of the selection process and prior to contract award, consulting firms are required to declare the existence or absence of any conflict of interest by completing the Conflict-of-Interest Declaration Form available at the following link: Conflict of Interest Declaration.
Scored criteria:
Criteria | Maximum Score | Indicative Assessment Focus |
Technical capability | 20 | Depth of capability across OpenCRVS and related infrastructure, configuration, deployment, integrations, monitoring and release management; OpenCRVS accredited partner status is scored as a component of this criterion, with demonstrated equivalent OpenCRVS implementation or support experience also considered. Bidders holding accreditation should state it and give the date it was granted. |
15 | Completion of at least two comparable assignments within the last five years involving software support, government systems, CRVS or statistical systems, digital public goods, or multi-country remote technical support. | |
15 | Key personnel including a Technical Lead with at least four years of relevant experience in software or application support, DevOps, systems integration or digital platform maintenance, and a Service Manager with at least three years of relevant experience in technical support or service delivery. | |
15 | Strength of information security, confidentiality, access control and data protection for privileged remote access to civil registration data; ISO/IEC 27001 certification or equivalent, with full certification scoring higher than alignment alone | |
15 | Ability to mobilise during December 2026 and complete transition by the end of December; credibility of the transition approach; ability to scale for further configurations. | |
Country fit and regional experience | 20 | Pacific or small island experience; ability to operate across the date line; ability to work through country communication channels; approach to supporting and coaching country first-contact personnel; understanding of limited local technical capacity. |
Total | 100 |
|
"},{"id":"OP00471557","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"28-Sep-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-10-12T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"10:00","project_ctry_name":"Malawi","project_id":"P505187","project_name":"Malawi Health Emergency Preparedness, Response and Resilience Project Using the Multiphase Programma","bid_reference_no":"MW-MOH-565052-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consultancy Services for Designing and Development of BoQs for a Standard Community Hospital","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"P.O. Box 30377, Capital Hill, Lilongwe. 3","contact_ctry_name":"Malawi","contact_email":"zuzeaaron@gmail.com","contact_name":"Zuze Moses","contact_organization":"Ministry of Health","contact_phone_no":"999 550 776","contact_web_url":"https://www.health.gov.mw","submission_date":"2026-09-28T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
GOVERNMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF MALAWI
Ministry of Health and Sanitation
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRM SELECTION
Country : Malawi
Name of Project : Malawi Health Emergency Preparedness, Response and
Resilience Program
Project ID No : P505187
Assignment Title : Provision of Consultancy Services to
develop guidelines and architectural drawings for
climate resilient and energy efficient health care
infrastructure in various sites around Malawi
Reference No. : MW-MOH-565052-CS-QCBS
Date of Issue : 28th September, 2026
The Government of Malawi through the Ministry of Health and Sanitation is implementing the Malawi Health Emergency Preparedness, Response and Resilience (MHEPRR) project. The project is financed through the International Development Association (IDA) and Global Financing Facility (GFF) at an estimated budget of US$60 Million. The project aims at consolidating efforts from the World Bank and development partners to provide relief and strengthen health systems against economic shocks, climate disasters, and public health emergencies, aligning with the Government's focus on Pandemic Preparedness and Response after COVID-19. The expected duration for implementation of the Malawi Health Emergency Preparedness, Response and Resilience (MHEPRR) project is 5 years with a close date of December 2029. This five-year initiative is aimed at strengthening the country’s ability to respond to health crises, including those intensified by climate change.
Alignment with HSSP III and the Resilience Framework
In direct response to these vulnerabilities and in alignment with the Health Sector Strategic Plan III (HSSP III), the Ministry of Health and Sanitation is prioritizing the construction of specialized climate resilient health care infrastructure as a fundamental pillar of national resilience. This initiative represents a strategic shift from centralized care to a decentralized “Surge Ready” model. By establishing high standard climate resilient health care infrastructure in geographically vulnerable areas, the Ministry aims to bridge the critical gap between primary care and overstretched central facilities.
Project Scope
Under the first phase of the MHEPRR project, the Ministry is utilizing funding from the World Bank to conduct comprehensive technical assessments for the construction of these facilities in selected disaster-prone sites. This includes the development of standardized architectural designs and technical specifications that can be adapted to the specific climate change related risks of each location and conducting Environmental and Social Assessments for the proposed sites.
The purpose of this assignment is to engage a qualified multidisciplinary consulting firm to undertake the planning and design of standardized, cost effective, modular, climate resilient and energy efficient functional community hospitals to be constructed across various sites in Malawi.
The consulting firm will provide comprehensive architectural and engineering design services, including site specific adaptation for multistory and modular structures to be used by the Ministry of Health and Sanitation.
2.1. Specific objectives
The specific objectives of the assignment will include the following:
The consulting firm will come up with designs for various sites and associated Bills of Quantities that will be packaged according to the needs of each site. Geotechnical and topographical surveys will have to be carried out to ascertain specific site conditions and disaster-prone areas. Social and environmental assessments will be carried out and the key findings or parameters to be considered in the structural designs and the development of bills of quantities.
The consultancy will conduct the following actions:
(a) Site Surveys
Making an initial visit to the site and carrying out an appraisal of the site and existing buildings
(c) Design development and cost estimations
(d) Regulatory and Standards compliance:
(e) Environmental and Social Assessment (ESA):
• Patient-centred and clinically functional planning.
• Universal accessibility and inclusive design.
• Infection prevention and control.
• Fire and life safety.
• Climate resilience and disaster risk reduction.
• Energy and water efficiency.
• Low-maintenance and locally supportable systems.
• Appropriate security and controlled circulation.
• Provision for future expansion.
• Whole-life cost/value-for-money considerations.
6. DELIVERABLES
The output from the consultancy will include an inception report, architectural designs, engineering drawings, bills of quantities, cost estimates based on bills of quantities, tender documents, a masterplan for each site, an environmental and social assessment report for each site, consolidated ESIA report based on terms of reference issued by MEPA and a comprehensive final design report. The following are the key deliverables associated with this assignment:
Stage | Required deliverables |
Inception | Inception report; surveys; geotechnical report; site constraints; stakeholder plan; risk register; programme |
Functional Planning | Functional brief; departmental schedules; room data sheets; adjacency diagrams; patient/staff/service flow diagrams |
Concept | Master plan; concept plans/elevations/sections; engineering concepts; sustainability strategy; cost plan. As part of the needs assessment exercise, stakeholder consultations are expected to be undertaken so as to receive input from a range of parties at every design stage that may have an interest in the project. |
Preliminary | Coordinated preliminary design; outline specifications; equipment interfaces; updated cost estimate. |
Detailed | Working drawings; calculations; specifications; BOQ with cost of the ESMP’s incorporated; engineer’s estimate; tender package |
ESIA | ESIA report approved by MEPA and World Bank respectively with costed ESMPS’s and monitoring framework.
Electronic and hard copy of the ESIA report.
|
Final Design report | Prepare and submit electronic and three (3) hard copies of a comprehensive consolidated design final report with the respective recommendations addressing comments from MOH. To be presented to multiple levels of Ministry of Health Approval systems. |
C. Room Data Sheets
The Consultant shall prepare room data sheets for every clinical, diagnostic, administrative and support room, stating room function, occupancy, area, finishes, infection-control requirements, equipment, electrical loads, data points, plumbing, medical gases, HVAC/ventilation, lighting, fire requirements and accessibility.
DISASTER PREPAREDNESS SELECTED SITES
Number | District | Health Centre |
1 | Chikhwawa | Chapananga Health Centre |
2 | Nsanje | Osiyana |
3 | Zomba | Chingale health center |
4 | Phalombe | Chitekesa Health Centre |
5 | Salima | Khombedza Health Centre |
6 | Chiradzulu | Namitambo Health Centre |
7 | Thyolo | Thekerani Health Centre |
8 | Neno | Chifunga Health Centre |
9 | Machinga | Chikweo Health Centre |
10 | Ntcheu | Bayani |
11 | Mulanje | Thuchira Health Centre |
12 | Mangochi | Chilipa health center |
It is anticipated that the assignment will be conducted within a period of six months.
The following key positions must be filled. The consultant team may propose additional specialists or team members with motivation.
8.1. Qualifications of the Firm
8.2. Team composition or personnel requirements
The bidder is required to provide personnel who are suited to filling the positions described, based on their CVs, the range of tasks involved and the required qualifications.
The below specified qualifications represent the requirements to reach the maximum number of points in the technical assessment.
Include the issues of a firm and experience
b. Architect
c) Quantity Surveyor
d) Civil/Structural Engineer
e) Mechanical and Electrical (M&E) Engineers
f) Landscape Architect
g) Land surveyor
h) Environmental and Social assessment Expert –
The anticipated timelines for deliverables covering the scope presented above is outlined below:
Part | Item | Deliverable | Timeline |
Phase 1 Design | 1 | Inception Report
| 30 Calendar days |
2 | Architectural concept and sketch design
| 40 calendar days | |
3 | Detailed architectural design, Engineering designs (structural and Services)
| 40 calendar days | |
5 | Preliminary cost estimate and Bills of quantities.
| 30 calendar days | |
| 7 | Final design report
| 40 calendar days |
| |||
| |||
Part | Item | Deliverable | Timeline |
|
|
|
Notes:
10. FORMAT FOR SUBMISSION OF REPORTS
All delivery reports must be submitted in a MSWord format (with relevant annexures) and delivered as both electronic and hard copy documents.
The Consultant shall report to the Ministry of Health and Sanitation through the designated Project Manager/Directorate responsible for infrastructure. The Consultant shall participate in inception meetings, design reviews, stakeholder consultations, tender/procurement meetings, site meetings and other meetings reasonably required by the Client.
11. SELECTION METHOD
The Consultants will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS)
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section I, paragraphs 1.9 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations” Selection and Employment of Consultant under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits and Grants by World Bank Borrowers, July 2016 Revised November 2017 and August 2018 (“Procurement Regulations”- Consultant Guidelines), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
Further information can be obtained at the address 12(a) below during office hours from 08.00 to 12.00 and 13.00 to 16.30 hours local time, except on Weekends and Public Holidays
Expression of Interest, clearly marked on the outer envelope with EoI name and reference number must be delivered to the address at 12 (b) below and deposited in the tender box located at Ministry of Heath, 2nd Floor at or before 10:00 hours local time on 12th October, 2026
12 (a) Address for Clarifications and Further Information
The Chairperson
Internal Procurement and Disposal of Assets Committee,
Ministry of Health
Procurement Unit – Malawi Health Emergency Preparedness, Response and Resilience Program (MHEPRRP)
Ground Floor, Room No. 17
Capital Hill Circle,
Lilongwe, Malawi.
Attention: Procurement Specialist
Email: andrewngwendu@gmail.com
cc: lingonda@gmail.com
12 (b) Address for Submission of Expression of Interests
The Chairperson
Internal Procurement and Disposal of Assets Committee,
Ministry of Health Headquarters,
Tender Box: Second Floor,
Capital Hill Circle,
Lilongwe,
Malawi.
"},{"id":"OP00467751","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"10-Sep-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-29T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"09:00","project_ctry_name":"China","project_id":"P162178","project_name":"China Food Safety Improvement Project","bid_reference_no":"GD-FSS-GAMR-CS12","bid_description":"Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project Information Technology Third-Party Service Package I (Supervision Services)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Address of EOI Submission: Huaxia Road No. 49-1, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, 51000, Guangdong, China","contact_ctry_name":"China","contact_email":"zhangzhi5@cgci.gt.cn","contact_name":"Zhang Zhi, Guo Hujun","contact_organization":"China International Tendering Co., Ltd.","contact_phone_no":"010 8116 8424","submission_date":"2026-09-10T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SUPERVISION SERVICES
for China Food Safety Improvement Project Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Projec
Country: People's Republic of China
Name of Project: China Food Safety Improvement Project
Loan No.: IBRD-92130
Assignment Title: Information Technology Supervision Services
Reference No.: GD-FSS-GAMR-CS12
The Guangdong Administration for Market Regulation has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the China Food Safety Improvement Project Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services. The total estimated amount for this project is RMB 1.6003 million.
(I) Scope of Services
The service scope of this project covers the full-process supervision services for four informatization sub-projects, specifically including:
(II) Service Content
The supervision service agency shall provide full-process supervision services for the implementation of the aforementioned four informatization sub-projects, assisting the project undertaking company and the user party in carrying out their work to ensure the achievement of the predetermined project goals. In accordance with supervision work specifications, the agency shall implement full-process control over project quality, schedule, investment, contracts, and information security. This is to ensure that the construction activities are legal, compliant, reasonable, scientific, and economical, thereby reducing project construction risks and achieving both the overall project goals and the current phase goals.
(III) Service Period
The supervision service period for this project shall commence from the date of contract signing and continue until the project closing date (March 31, 2029).
(IV) Deliverables
Reports and outcome documents shall be submitted at specified dates and frequencies, including but not limited to: Mobilization Report, Supervision Plan, Detailed Supervision Implementation Rules, Supervision Weekly Report, Supervision Monthly Report, Supervision Notice, Meeting Minutes, Special Supervision Report, Supervision Work Summary Report, Project Acceptance Report, and other materials required by the construction unit and the project implementation party.
(V) Agency Qualification Requirements
The supervision service agency must have independently undertaken no fewer than ten information system engineering supervision services within the past three years. The relevant performance records must cover core business types such as government informatization, software platform construction, system integration, and network security. These records must sufficiently demonstrate the agency's comprehensive service capability in full-process supervision and coordination for multi-domain informatization projects.
Note: The service performance records refer to contracts signed on or after January 1, 2023.
(VI) Qualifications of the Staff
No. | Expert Position | Qty. | Responsibilities | Qualifications |
1 | Chief Supervisory Engineer | 1 | Fully preside over the supervision work of this project and manage the supervisory engineer team in a comprehensive manner. Responsible for the review and evaluation of major system changes in the project, and comprehensively in charge of risk management, information security, and data security management during the project implementation. | 1. Bachelor's degree or above; |
2 | Representative of Chief Supervisory Engineer | 1 | Responsible for the supervision work designated or assigned by the Chief Supervisory Engineer. Authorized by the Chief Supervisory Engineer, exercise part of the duties and powers of the Chief Supervisory Engineer, and carry out the project supervision implementation work. | 1. Bachelor's degree or above; |
3 | Specialty Supervisory Engineer | 4 | Responsible for carrying out the implementation work of informatization project supervision. | 1. Bachelor's degree or above; |
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
The Guangdong Administration for Market Regulation now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are: the overall competence and strength of the Consultant, quality control and project management capabilities, understanding of the assignment, relevant experience and past performance, proposed team composition, preliminary work plan, and a brief technical approach. Key Experts will be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
(VII) Contents of this Consultation
(VIII) Submission Materials
Note: All the above materials must be stamped with the official seal of the consulting agency.
Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interests of the Borrower. Without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, Consultants shall not be hired under the circumstances set forth below:
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the CQS method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours. Office hours are from 09:00 to 17:00 on working days from September 11 to September 28, 2026
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by fax, or by e-mail) by 09:00 on September 29, 2026.
Tender Agency: China International Tendering Co., Ltd.
Attn: Zhang Zhi, Guo Hujun
Title: Project Manager
Address: Huaxia Road No. 49-1, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, China
Postal Code: 51000
Tel.: 010-81168424; 010-81168460
E-mail: zhangzhi5@cgci.gt.cn; guohujun@gt.cn
Employer: Guangdong Administration for Market Regulation
Attn: Chen Lin
Title: Special Cadre, World Bank Loan Project Office
Address: No. 363 West Huangpu Avenue, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province, China
Tel.: 020-38835493
E-mail: gdsjj_xietiaoyingji@gd.gov.cn
Annex: Term of Reference (TOR)
TERM OF REFERENCE
To ensure the implementation of the World Bank China Food Safety Improvement Project Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project Information Technology Third-Party Service Package I (Supervision Services)of the Guangdong Administration for Market Regulationand to achieve the informatization construction goals of the project, the Guangdong Administration for Market Regulation intends to engage a third-party service agency to carry out the implementation of this project.
I. Background and Description
The World Bank Loan China Food Safety Demonstration Project officially entered into force on March 21, 2024, with an implementation period until March 31, 2029. It aims to comprehensively enhance the modern governance capacity for food safety at both national and local levels. As a key implementer of this project in Guangdong Province, the Guangdong Administration for Market Regulation plans to apply for a World Bank loan of 10 million US dollars and will precisely support the achievement of the project goals through the construction of six core sub-projects:
i. Develop a full-chain traceability platform for "coding, tracing, and recalling" food in key areas, enabling whole-process traceability and risk early warning with 15 functional modules and 359 functional points;
ii. Build the "Internet + Clear Kitchen and Bright Stove" system under the Guangdong Food Safety initiative, covering intelligent video supervision of scenarios such as elderly care and campus canteens;
iii. Upgrade and transform the emergency real-time dispatching and command system, and improve the accident emergency response mechanism;
iv. Carry out a capacity improvement project for food-related personnel in the market supervision field, including the development of a learning and assessment system, the production of 75 course videos, and the organization of skill competitions;
v. Establish a high-quality food standard system and conduct promotion activities, developing no less than 30 standards and carrying out quality monitoring within two years;
vi. Provide professional consulting services throughout the entire project implementation process.
To ensure the high-quality implementation of the above-mentioned construction content, we plan to refer to advanced practices from other World Bank projects to further optimize procurement management and improve service coordination efficiency; in the next phase of actual procurement operations, while keeping the total project budget unchanged, we intend to integrate the supervision services of the four projects—the "Coding, Tracing, and Recalling" Full-Chain Traceability Platform Project for Food in Key Areas (or Key Varieties), the Guangdong Food Safety "Internet + Clear Kitchen and Bright Stove" System Construction Project, the Emergency Real-Time Dispatching and Command System Upgrade, Transformation, and Operation Project, and the Capacity Improvement Project for Food-Related Personnel in the Market Supervision Field—into a single package for unified procurement and management, so as to ensure the smooth achievement of the project's construction goals.
II. Objectives
To ensure the high-quality implementation of the informatization sub-projects under the World Bank Loan Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project, third-party supervision services will be provided throughout the entire process for four informatization sub-projects: the "Coding, Tracing, and Recalling" full-chain traceability platform, the "Internet + Clear Kitchen and Bright Stove" intelligent supervision system, the emergency real-time dispatching and command system, and the learning and assessment system for capacity improvement of food-related personnel. Through full-cycle, closed-loop management and control covering quality, progress, investment, changes, contract compliance, safety, intellectual property, multi-party collaboration, and documentation during project construction, we will ensure that project construction activities are legal, compliant, economical, and scientific; strictly control risks such as project overspending, delays, and quality defects; and guarantee the project is completed with high quality within the agreed schedule and budget. With the core goal of comprehensively enhancing modern governance capacity for food safety, we will build a full-chain management mechanism covering risk identification, early warning response, and closed-loop disposal through the system construction and coordinated advancement of the informatization sub-projects. This will provide a solid data foundation and institutional guarantee for the scientific calculation of the "proportion of early warnings for which mitigation measures have been initiated," realize systematic training for food safety inspectors and supervisors while quantifying the participation ratio of female supervisors, comprehensively improve the quality and management level of project implementation, ensure that the collection, accounting, and reporting of all indicator data comply with World Bank standards, and help promote the efficient implementation of the World Bank project.
III. Service Overview
The total estimated amount for this project is RMB 1.6003 million.
(I) Scope of Services
The service scope of this project covers the full-process supervision services for four informatization sub-projects, specifically including:
(II) Service Content
The supervision service agency shall provide full-process supervision services for the implementation of the aforementioned four informatization sub-projects, assisting the project undertaking company and the user party in carrying out their work to ensure the achievement of the predetermined project goals. In accordance with supervision work specifications, the agency shall implement full-process control over project quality, schedule, investment, contracts, and information security. This is to ensure that the construction activities are legal, compliant, reasonable, scientific, and economical, thereby reducing project construction risks and achieving both the overall project goals and the current phase goals.For details:
Adopt a full-process control mechanism of pre-prevention, in-process management and control, and post rectification. Control the quality of system development in accordance with regulatory standards, project contracts and design documents; regularly review project documents, issue supervision briefs and conduct quantitative evaluation; assist in reviewing design schemes and software selection, and supervise software testing, installation and commissioning links; formulate project acceptance standards and disposal plans, urge the implementation unit to rectify quality defects and follow up the operation and maintenance services during the warranty period. Simultaneously control the training quality, review the training plan, supervise the implementation of training and recheck the training summary.
Establish a standardized project meeting mechanism, organize weekly meetings, demand coordination meetings, technical special meetings, problem notification meetings and phased acceptance meetings, and completely retain meeting minutes; coordinate the work relations among the construction unit, business departments, development and implementation units and software and hardware suppliers, and build a normalized communication channel; coordinate to solve various problems such as demand differences, development (stuck points), testing disputes, etc., and simultaneously implement the project safety supervision objectives.
(III) Service Period
The supervision service period for this project shall commence from the date of contract signing and continue until the project closing date (March 31, 2029).
IV Deliverables, Result Review and Acceptance
a.Deliverables
Supervision Service Institution’s Key Report Deliverables During the Project Implementation Periodfor details,
NO. | Report Name | Submission Date/Frequency | Note |
1 | Site Entry Report | Submitted within the specified time limit after the contract is signed | Clarify the implementation plan for each work item |
2 | Supervision Plan | In the early stage of project initiation | Compiled under the organization of the Chief Supervision Engineer, reviewed by the company's technical department, and then submitted to the construction unit |
3 | Supervision Implementation Rules | In the early stage of project initiation | Compiled by the Professional Supervision Engineer, approved by the Chief Supervision Engineer, and then submitted to the construction unit |
4 | Weekly Supervision Report | One copy submitted per week | Report on project dynamics, supervision status, existing problems and suggestions |
5 | Monthly Supervision Report | One copy submitted per month | Report on project dynamics, supervision status, existing problems and suggestions |
6 | Supervision Notice | One copy submitted each time it is issued | After obtaining the consent of the construction unit, issue supervision instructions to the project implementation party |
7 | Meeting Minutes | One copy submitted after each meeting | Cover project regular meetings, coordination meetings, technical seminars, etc., and distributed to all participating units |
8 | Special Supervision Report | Submitted according to the actual needs of the project | Special report or suggestion submitted to the construction unit for specific project situations |
9 | Materials requiring approval by the construction unit | Submitted according to the actual project milestones | Including engineering changes, implementation plans, various progress schedules, project progress payments, opinions on quality accident handling, construction period extension reports, etc. (the supervisor shall issue opinions first) |
10 | Other materials declared by the project implementation party | Submitted according to the actual project milestones | Other materials declared by the project implementation party that require approval by the construction unit |
11 | Materials requiring joint review and signature by multiple parties | Submitted according to the actual project milestones | Materials requiring joint review and signature by the construction unit, supervisor, implementation party and other parties |
12 | Supervision Work Summary Report | Submitted before the end of the contract | Including project implementation overview, supervision contract performance, control status from various dimensions, supervision work effectiveness, summary evaluation and suggestions, etc. |
13 | Project Acceptance Report | Submitted when the supervised project passes acceptance | After the supervised project passes acceptance, a formal acceptance report is formed |
14 | Other Service Deliverables | Output as needed | Other materials required by the construction unit |
b. Result Review and Acceptance
After the Project Office reviews and approves the deliverable reports submitted by the supervision service agency, for the deliverable documents that need to be submitted to the World Bank for review in accordance with regulations, the supervision service agency shall cooperate with the Project Office to complete the submission. The phased deliverable shall be formally considered completed only after obtaining the World Bank's no-objection opinion. All deliverable reports must fully conform to the service content specified in this Terms of Reference, with standardized format, complete content, and true and accurate data.
V Agency and Personnel Qualification Requirements
a. Agency Qualification Requirements
The supervision service agency must have independently undertaken no fewer than ten information system engineering supervision services within the past three years. The relevant performance records must cover core business types such as government informatization, software platform construction, system integration, and network security. These records must sufficiently demonstrate the agency's comprehensive service capability in full-process supervision and coordination for multi-domain informatization projects.
b. Personnel Qualification Requirements
NO. | Expert Position | Qty | Responsibilities | Qualifications |
1 | Chief Supervisory Engineer | 1 | Fully preside over the supervision work of this project and manage the supervisory engineer team in a comprehensive manner. Responsible for the review and evaluation of major system changes in the project, and comprehensively in charge of risk management, information security, and data security management during the project implementation. | 1. Bachelor's degree or above; |
2 | Representative of Chief Supervisory Engineer | 1 | Responsible for the supervision work designated or assigned by the Chief Supervisory Engineer. Authorized by the Chief Supervisory Engineer, exercise part of the duties and powers of the Chief Supervisory Engineer, and carry out the project supervision implementation work. | 1. Bachelor's degree or above; |
| Specialty Supervisory Engineer | 4 | Responsible for carrying out the implementation work of informatization project supervision. | 1. Bachelor's degree or above; |
VI. Facilities and Personnel Provided by the Client
To ensure the smooth implementation of the service, the Client will provide the following necessary assistance and services:
a. Relevant project documents, reports, annual work plans and other materials.
b.Designate or entrust staff to coordinate with the service provider and carry out related work.
"},{"id":"OP00465486","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"28-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-14T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:30","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P512975","project_name":"Regional Acceleration Project 1 under the Africa Resilient Irrigation for Sustainable Economies Mult","bid_reference_no":"ZA-AUDA-NEPAD-565949-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Procurement of Consultancy services for RISE RAP Regional Geospatial & Data Analytics (Remote Sensing, Hydro Informatics & Dashboard Data Products)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"230 15th Rd, Randjespark, Midrand, 1685","contact_ctry_name":"South Africa","contact_email":"abd-ala@auda-nepad.org","contact_name":"Abd-al-Malik Madina Ahmat","contact_organization":"African Union Development Agency - New Partnership for Africa's Development","contact_phone_no":"+27 (0) 72 906 9488","contact_web_url":"https://www.nepad.org/","submission_date":"2026-08-28T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
_____________________________________________________
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
Country: Multinational
Name of Project: Resilient Irrigation for a Sustainable Economy Project
Grant No.: P514153
Assignment Title: Procurement of Consultancy services for RISERAP Regional Geospatial & Data Analytics (Remote Sensing, HydroInformatics & Dashboard Data Products)
Reference No: 656/AUDA/DITIR/GEN/QCBS/2026
Method: Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS)
The African Union Development Agency – New Partnership for Africa Development (AUDA-NEPAD) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the “Resilient Irrigation for a Sustainable Economy Project”, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services. “ Procurement of Consultancy services for RISERAP Regional Geospatial & Data Analytics (Remote Sensing, HydroInformatics & Dashboard Data Products)”
The consulting services (“the Services”) include: Joint Inception, Institutional Readiness and Workplan Confirmation - Participate in a joint inception phase with the Africa RISE Gateway team to prepare a unified delivery schedule, shared data model, API architecture note, staging plan, approval pathway and milestone acceptance process. Where the same firm delivers both workstreams, separate teams, named leads, reporting lines and acceptance checkpoints shall be maintained. . Regional Geospatial Data Products and Benchmarking Inputs - Produce priority regional geospatial layers aligned with the Africa RISE Regional Benchmarking System, including crop and irrigated-area maps, evapotranspiration and water productivity datasets, vegetation and biomass indicators, surface-water extent, groundwater-stress proxies where feasible, drought/flood exposure and climate-variability composites; Analytics Workflows and Decision-Support Outputs - Develop and operationalize an analytics suite comprising: Irrigation Performance Assessment; Water Security analytics; Climate Risk analytics; Digital Field Monitoring Toolkit; Regional Benchmarking analytics; and Decision Dashboard publication package; Data Governance, Interoperability, QA/QC and Publication Controls - Prepare and operationalize a practical Data Governance, QA/QC and Interoperability Pack covering validation rules, uncertainty documentation, metadata standards, dataset lineage, version control, access controls, API/interface specifications and data privacy requirements; Capacity Building, Sustainability and Handover - Design and deliver a tiered capacity-building programme for AUDA-NEPAD technical staff, national data focal points, programme managers, policy users and field teams, including practical exercises and on-the-job support linked to actual analytics products and Gateway staging outputs.
A structured capacity-building programme shall be delivered to ensure sustainability beyond the assignment and to strengthen both regional-level users and national-level actors. Because data will be generated, validated and submitted at country level, the programme shall build national capacity so that the platform functions as a sustainable data production and validation system, rather than depending on repeated follow-up with country teams for routine submissions, validation and issue resolution.
Technical clinics and office hours: Periodic technical clinics shall be held with the AUDA-NEPAD PMU and nominated country focal points to resolve implementation issues, support adoption and refine training materials.
Capacity-building outputs shall include training slides, practical exercises, user guides and focal-point reference materials, with attendance records and post-training evaluations for regional and national participants.
Key Expert | Person-Days |
Key Expert 1: Team Leader / Lead Geospatial & Data Analytics Specialist | 35 |
Key Expert 2: Remote Sensing / GIS & Spatial Data Analyst | 30 |
Key Expert 3: HydroInformatics & Water Monitoring Specialist | 25 |
Key Expert 4: Data Engineer / Dashboard Data Pipeline & Integration Specialist | 30 |
Key Expert 5: Data Governance, QA/QC & Metadata Specialist (Interoperability Lead) | 20 |
Total | 140 |
Total duration: 12 Months + 4-6 Months of structured transition and backstopping period from the date of contract signature
The African Union Development Agency – New Partnership for Africa Development (AUDA-NEPAD) now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.15, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” February 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment:
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office.
Expressions of interest must be delivered to the address below by email on or before September 14th, 2026, 14:30 hours (South African Time). All EOI’s must be marked “656/AUDA/DITIR/GEN/QCBS/2026 – Procurement of Consultancy services for RISERAP Regional Geospatial & Data Analytics (Remote Sensing, HydroInformatics & Dashboard Data Products)” in the subject line of the email.
EOIs can also be sent by email, addressed to the address below. Interested Consultants may also obtain further information at the address below during office hours (09:00 - 17:00 South Africa time):
The Chairperson, Internal Procurement Committee (IPC)
African Union Development Agency (AUDA-NEPAD)
Eco Origin, Block F,
349 Witch Hazel Street,
Eco Park, Centurion.
Email: procurement@nepad.org ; and copy to manthatir@auda-nepad.org
Attention of: Procurement Division
annex 1
DECLARATION OF UNDERTAKING
{Location, Date}
To: The Chairperson Internal Procurement Committee (IPC)
AUDA-NEPAD
230, 15th Road, P. O. Box 218 Midrand,
1685 Johannesburg, South Africa
The Attention of: Head of Procurement Division
We remain,
Yours sincerely,
Authorised Signature:
Name and Title of Signatory:
Name of Firm:
Address:
"},{"id":"OP00465445","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"28-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-11T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:30","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P512975","project_name":"Regional Acceleration Project 1 under the Africa Resilient Irrigation for Sustainable Economies Mult","bid_reference_no":"ZA-AUDA-NEPAD-565929-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Selection of consultancy services for Africa[MR1.1] RISE Gateway: Website, Dashboard & Digital Infrastructure","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"230 15th Rd, Randjespark, Midrand, 1685","contact_ctry_name":"South Africa","contact_email":"abd-ala@auda-nepad.org","contact_name":"Abd-al-Malik Madina Ahmat","contact_organization":"African Union Development Agency - New Partnership for Africa's Development","contact_phone_no":"+27 (0) 72 906 9488","contact_web_url":"https://www.nepad.org/","submission_date":"2026-08-28T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
_____________________________________________________
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
Country: Multinational
Name of Project: Resilient Irrigation for a Sustainable Economy Project
Grant No.: P P514153
Assignment Title: Procurement of Consultancy Services to Develop and Deploy the Africa RISE Gateway
Reference No: 926/AUDA/DITIR/RESILIENTIRRIGATIONF/QCBS/2026
Method: Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS)
The African Union Development Agency – New Partnership for Africa Development (AUDA-NEPAD) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the “Resilient Irrigation for a Sustainable Economy Project”, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services. “Consultancy Services to Develop and Deploy the Africa RISE Gateway”
The consulting services (“the Services”) include: Task 1: Africa RISE User Requirements Assessment: Map and profile all user groups and partners including relevant African Union agencies and departments (AUDANEPAD, AU-SAFGRAD, SEBE), government ministries, transboundary water management agencies, regulators, MPA focal points, implementing partners, research institutes and universities and technical experts, farmers, aggregators, private sector, equipment suppliers and financial institutions and farmer unions and cooperative societies etc; Task 2: Design, Develop and Commission the Africa RISE Gateway: Define system architecture, data structures, modules, dashboard requirements and process workflows, including a unified data interoperability Layer that meets vPIC standards and aligns with the Africa RISE Regional Geospatial Analytics Platform and national irrigation monitoring systems. The architecture shall specify: (a) the endpoints and payload schemas through which national data collection tools, the Regional Geospatial Platform, and other authorized external data sources submit and validate benchmarking data; (b) the data lineage and version control mechanisms ensuring that published benchmarks are traceable to their submission source; and (c) the traffic-light alert logic that translates performance indicator values into color-coded risk flags for display in the executive dashboard. Task 3: Technical Assistance (TA) and Capacity Building: Develop and deliver a structured, tiered capacity-building programme and associated training materials for all user groups, comprising: (i) a Technical Track for AUDA-NEPAD IT personnel, national technical focal points and system administrators, covering system administration, data management, integration and cybersecurity; (ii) an Operational Track for programme managers, extension officers and policy stakeholders, focusing on effective use of the platform and its functional modules; and (iii) an End-User Track providing simplified guidance and orientation materials. Task 4: Sustainable Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Model for the Gateway: Assess the technical and operational requirements for sustained operation of the Gateway, including hosting, security, data management, updates, user support and maintenance schedules and prepare indicative annual cost projections for the post-project period. Task 5: Envisaged functionality of the Africa RISE Gateway: The Africa RISE Gateway, as a go-to information and knowledge solution, is envisaged to serve.
Key Expert | Person-Days |
Key Expert 1: Team Leader / Digital Platform and Systems Architecture Lead | 90 |
Key Expert 2: Business Analyst / User Requirements and Institutional Readiness Specialist | 75 |
Key Expert 3: Lead Software Developer / Gateway Solution Architect | 160 |
Key Expert 4: Data Engineer / API, Dashboard and Interoperability Specialist | 110 |
Key Expert 5: Cybersecurity and Cloud Infrastructure Specialist | 55 |
Key Expert 6: GIS / Geospatial Platform Integration Specialist | 50 |
Key Expert 7: Knowledge Management, Learning and Capacity Development Specialist | 80 |
Total | 620 |
Total duration: 56 weeks from the date of contract signature
The African Union Development Agency – New Partnership for Africa Development (AUDA-NEPAD) now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.15, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” February 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment:
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office.
Expressions of interest must be delivered to the address below by email on or before September 11th, 2026, 14:30 hours (South African Time). All EOI’s must be marked “926/AUDA/DITIR/RESILIENTIRRIGATIONF/QCBS/2026 – Procurement of Consultancy Services to Develop and Deploy the Africa RISE Gateway” in the subject line of the email.
EOIs can also be sent by email, addressed to the address below. Interested Consultants may also obtain further information at the address below during office hours (09:00 - 17:00 South Africa time):
The Chairperson, Internal Procurement Committee (IPC)
African Union Development Agency (AUDA-NEPAD)
Eco Origin, Block F,
349 Witch Hazel Street,
Eco Park, Centurion.
Email: procurement@nepad.org ; and copy to manthatir@auda-nepad.org
Attention of: Procurement Division
annex 1
DECLARATION OF UNDERTAKING
{Location, Date}
To: The Chairperson Internal Procurement Committee (IPC)
AUDA-NEPAD
230, 15th Road, P. O. Box 218 Midrand,
1685 Johannesburg, South Africa
The Attention of: Head of Procurement Division
We remain,
Yours sincerely,
Authorised Signature:
Name and Title of Signatory:
Name of Firm:
Address:
"},{"id":"OP00463607","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"19-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-10-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:00","project_ctry_name":"Eswatini","project_id":"P508960","project_name":"Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini","bid_reference_no":"SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB","bid_description":"Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto Reclosers (Plant)","procurement_group":"CW","procurement_method_code":"RFB","procurement_method_name":"Request for Bids","contact_address":"P.O. 258 , Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road\nH100, Mbabane\nEswatini","contact_ctry_name":"Eswatini","contact_email":"thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz","contact_name":"Thobeka Gama","contact_organization":"Eswatini Electricity Company","contact_phone_no":"26878332239","submission_date":"2026-08-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Request for Bids
Plant
Design, Supply, and Installation
Two-envelope with Rated Criteria
RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB
March 2025 |
Request for Bids
Eswatini Electricity Company
Procurement of
Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)
For the
Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini
Project ID No: P508960
Employer: Eswatini Electricity Company
Project: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation - Eswatini
Contract title: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)
Country: Kingdom of Eswatini
Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: 7700-SZ
RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB
Issued on: 19 August 2026
Standard Procurement Document
Table of Contents
PART 1 – Bidding Procedures. 3
Section I - Instructions to Bidders. 5
Section II - Bid Data Sheet 39
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (After prequalification) 49
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification) 59
Section IV - Bidding Forms. 77
Section V - Eligible Countries. 151
Section VI - Fraud and Corruption. 153
PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements. 157
Section VII - Employer’s Requirements. 159
PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms. 189
Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract 191
Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract 291
Section X - Contract Forms. 297
PART 1 – Bidding Procedures
Section I - Instructions to Bidders
Contents
A. General 8
1. Scope of Bid. 8
2. Source of Funds. 9
3. Fraud and Corruption. 9
4. Eligible Bidders. 9
5. Eligible Plant and Installation Services. 12
B. Contents of Bidding Document 12
6. Sections of Bidding Document 12
7. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting. 13
8. Amendment of Bidding Document 15
C. Preparation of Bids. 15
9. Cost of Bidding. 15
10. Language of Bid. 15
11. Documents Comprising the Bid. 15
12. Letters of Bid and Price Schedules. 17
13. Alternative Bids. 17
14. Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services. 17
15. Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 17
16. Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Plant and Installation Services. 18
17. Bid Prices and Discounts. 18
18. Currencies of Bid and Payment 21
19. Period of Validity of Bids. 21
20. Bid Security. 22
21. Format and Signing of Bid. 24
D. Submission of Bids. 24
22. Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids. 24
23. Deadline for Submission of Bids. 25
24. Late Bids. 25
25. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids. 25
E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26
26. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26
F. Evaluation of Bids- General Provisions. 27
27. Confidentiality. 27
28. Clarification of Bids. 28
29. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions. 28
G. Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids. 29
30. Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Part 29
31. Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 29
32. Detailed Evaluation of Technical Part 30
H. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30
33. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30
I. Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids. 32
34. Adjustments for Non-material Noconformities. 32
35. Correction of Arithmetic Errors. 32
36. Evaluation Process, Financial Part 32
37. Abnormally Low Bids. 33
38. Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids. 33
J. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid and Notification of Intention to Award. 34
39. Evaluation of combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid. 34
40. Employer’s right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids. 34
41. Standstill Period. 35
42. Notification of Intention to Award. 35
K. Award of Contract 35
43. Award Criteria. 35
44. Notification of Award. 35
45. Debriefing by the Employer 36
46. Signing of Contract 37
47. Performance Security. 37
48. Procurement Related Complaint 38
Section I - Instructions to Bidders
|
| |
|
Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another. Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions.
A non-exhaustive list of (i) behaviors which constitute SEA and (ii) behaviors which constitute SH is attached to the Code of Conduct form in Section IV. |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
PART 1. Bidding Procedures
PART 2. Employer’s Requirements
PART 3. Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule No. 1: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad Schedule No. 2: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the Employer’s Country Schedule No. 3: Design Services Schedule No. 4: Installation Services Schedule No. 5: Grand Summary (Schedule Nos.1 to 4) Schedule No. 6: Recommended Spare Parts
The price of the Plant shall be quoted on CIP-named place of destination basis as specified in the BDS.
(i) The price of the Plant shall be quoted on an EXW Incoterm basis (such as “ex-works,” “ex-factory,” “ex-warehouse” or “off-the-shelf,” as applicable), including all customs duties, sales and other taxes already paid or payable on the components and raw materials used in the manufacture or assembly of the Plant; (ii) Sales tax and all other taxes payable in the Employer’s Country on the Plant if the contract is awarded to the Bidder;
(e) Recommended spare parts shall be quoted separately (Schedule 6) as specified in either subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance with the origin of the spare parts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from a reputable source from an eligible country. If an unconditional guarantee is issued by a non-bank financial institution located outside the Employer’s Country the issuing non-bank financial institution shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country to make it enforceable unless the Employer has agreed in writing, prior to Bid submission, that a correspondent financial institution is not required. In the case of a bank guarantee, the Bid Security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, or in another substantially similar format approved by the Employer prior to Bid submission. The Bid Security shall be valid for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the original date of expiry of the Bid validity, or beyond any extended date if requested under ITB 19.2.
the Borrower may, if provided for in the BDS, declare the Bidder disqualified to be awarded a contract by the Employer for a period of time as stated in the BDS. |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the bidding document; (b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the bidding document; and (c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the bidding document.
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section II - Bid Data Sheet The following specific data for the Facilities to be procured shall complement, supplement, or amend the provisions in the Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in ITB. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A. General | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 1.1 | The reference number of the Request for Bids (RFB) is: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB The Employer is: Eswatini Electricity Company (EEC). The name of the RFB is: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant) The number and identification of lots (contracts) comprising this RFB is: one (1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 1.2 (a) | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 2.1 | The Borrower is: Government of Kingdom of Eswatini Loan or Financing Agreement amount: US$90 million The name of the Project is: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Eswatini | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 4.1 | Maximum number of members in the JV shall be: Three (3) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 4.5 | A list of debarred firms and individuals is available on the Bank’s external website: http://www.worldbank.org/debarr. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 4.11 | This Bidding Process is not subject to prequalification. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
B. Bidding Document | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 7.1 | For Clarification of Bid purposes only, the Employer’s address is: Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke, Procurement Manager Address: Po Box 258, Head Office, Eluvatsini House, Floor/Room number: Ground Floor City: Mbabane Country: Kingdom of Eswatini (Swaziland) Telephone: +268 2409 4065 Electronic mail address: bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz and thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz Requests for clarification should be received by the Employer no later than: 12 October 2026. Web page: www.eec.co.sz | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 7.4 | A pre-bid meeting shall take place at the following date, time and place: Date: 10 September 2026 Time: 10h00 SAST Place: Virtual Join: https://teams.microsoft.com/meet/350969007718107?p=iaBABpQyLOD1SvWqoV Meeting ID: 350 969 007 718 107 Passcode: vZ7TW3mc A non-compulsory site visit conducted by the Employer shall be on 17nth and 18nth September 2026 Telephone: +268 2409 4062 E-mail: thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz copied to bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz Contact person/conference coordinator: Ms. Thobeka Gama, Procurement Specialist | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 7.6 | The Employer shall not publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting on the web page. However, the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting will be circulated to all bidders who have purchased the bidding document. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
C. Preparation of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 10.1 | The language of the Bid is: English All correspondence exchange shall be in English language. Language for translation of supporting documents and printed literature is English. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 11.2 (i) | The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Technical Part of its Bid: Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to Contractor’s Personnel (as defined in Sub-Clause 1.1.17 of the General Conditions of Contract), to ensure compliance with the Contractor’s Environmental and Social (ES) obligations under the Contract. The Bidder shall use for this purpose the Code of Conduct form provided in Section IV. No substantial modifications shall be made to this form, except that the Bidder may introduce additional requirements, including as necessary to take into account specific Contract issues/risks. A satisfactory code of conduct will contain obligations on all Contractor’s Personnel project staff (including sub-contractors and day workers) that are suitable to address the following issues, as a minimum. Additional obligations may be added to respond to particular concerns of the region, the location and the project sector or to specific project requirements. The code of conduct shall contain a statement that the term “child” / “children” means any person(s) under the age of 18 years. The issues to be addressed include: 1. Compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations. 2. Compliance with applicable health and safety requirements to protect the local community, the Employer’s Personnel, and the Contractor’s Personnel 3. Interactions with the local community(ies), members of the local community (ies), and any affected person(s) (for example to convey an attitude of respect, including to their culture and traditions) 4. Sexual harassment 5. Sexual exploitation and abuse 6. Protection of children (including prohibitions against sexual activity or abuse, or otherwise unacceptable behavior towards children, limiting interactions with children, and ensuring their safety in project areas) 7. Sanitation requirements 8. Non retaliation against workers who report violations of the Code, if that report is made in good faith. Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the (ES) risks The Bidder shall submit Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIPs) to manage the following key Environmental and Social (ES) risks:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 11.3(d) | The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Financial Part of its Bid: N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 13.1 | Alternative Bids shall not be considered. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 13.2 | Alternatives to the Time Schedule shall not be permitted. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 13.4 | Alternative technical solutions shall not be permitted for the Plant and Installation Services. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.1 | Bidders shall quote for the following components or services on a single responsibility basis:
and The supply of the following components or services will be provided under the responsibility of the Employer:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.5 (a) and (d) | Place of destination: Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha. Final destination (Project Site): Various projects sites across the country with 150 km radius from the Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.6 | The Incoterms edition is: CIP-INCOTERMS 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.7 | The prices quoted by the Bidder shall not be subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 18.1 | The currency of bid and payment for Bidder from the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries shall be Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL). Bidder from outside the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries is not required to quote in the currency of the Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL), the portion of the Bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the Employer’s Country currencies. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 19.1 | The Bid shall be valid until: 23 January 2027 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 19.3 (a) | The Bid price shall be adjusted by the following factor(s): Not Applicable. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 20.1 | A Bid Security shall be required. A Bid-Securing Declaration shall not be required. If a Bid Security shall be required, the amount and currency of the Bid Security shall be E50,000.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 20.3 (d) | Other types of acceptable securities: NONE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 20.9 | Not applicable | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 21.3 | The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shall consist of “Power of Attorney” (either notarized or attested by the appropriate authority in the Bidder’s home country) along with a copy of relevant Board Resolution. Note: The Power of Attorney shall indicate that the person signing the Bid has the authority to sign the Bid and the Bid is binding upon the Bidder during the full period of its validity. In case of a Joint venture Bid, the Power of Attorney shall be signed by the appropriate official of each of the JV partner. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
D. Submission and Opening of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 22.1 | In addition to the original Bid, the number of copies is: Two (2). Notes:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 23.1 | For Bid submission purpose only, the Procuring Agency’s address is: Eswatini Electricity Company Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road Floor/ Room number: Reception City: Mbabane Country: Kingdom of Eswatini The deadline for Bid submission is: Date: 23 October 2026 Time:11h00 SAST Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their Bids electronically. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 26.1 | The Bid opening shall take place at: EEC Head Office Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road Floor/ Room number: Reception, Cubicle 1 City: Mbabane Country: Kingdom of Eswatini Date: 23 October 2026 Time: 11.15 AM SAST The electronic Bid opening procedures shall be: N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 26.6 | The Letter of Bid - Technical Part and the sealed envelope marked “Second Envelope - Financial Part” shall be initialed by at least three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
G. Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 32.2 | The weight to be given for Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors) is: 0.5(50 %) The technical factors and sub-factors, which for purposes of this document carry the same meaning as Rated Criteria, and the corresponding scores in % are:
Note:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
H. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 33.5 | The Letter of Bid – Financial Part and Schedules shall be initialed by three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening. Each Financial Part of Bid shall be initialed by 3 representatives of the employer conducting the financial opening. Any modification to the total price shall be recorded and initialed by 3 Representatives of the Employer. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
I. Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
36.1(f) | The adjustments shall be determined using the following criteria, from amongst those set out in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 36.2
| The currency that shall be used for Bid evaluation and comparison purposes to convert at the selling exchange rate all Bid prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is: Lilangeni (SZL) The source of exchange rate shall be: Central Bank of Eswatini The date for the exchange rate shall be: 23 October 2026 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
J. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts and Most Advantageous Bid | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 39.1 | The weight to be given for cost is: 0.5 (50%) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
K. Award of Contract | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 48.1 | The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are detailed in the “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Annex III).” If a Consultant wishes to make a Procurement-related Complaint, the Consultant shall submit its complaint following these procedures, In Writing (by the quickest means available, such as by email or fax), to: For the attention: Mr. Mphumuzi Maziya Title/position: Managing Director Client: Eswatini Electricity Company Email address: mphumuzi.maziya@eec.co.sz copied bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz A copy of the complaint can be sent for the Bank’s information and monitoring to: pprocurementcomplaints@worldbank.org In summary, a Procurement-related Complaint may challenge any of the following:
|
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification)
This section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate Bids and qualify Bidders. No other factors, methods or criteria shall be used other than specified in this Bidding document. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
Wherever a Bidder is required to state a monetary amount, Bidders should indicate the USD equivalent using the rate of exchange determined as follows:
Exchange rates shall be taken from the publicly available source identified in the ITB 36.2. Any error in determining the exchange rates in the Bid may be corrected by the Employer.
Table of Contents
1. Qualification. 61
2. Evaluation of Technical Part 62
3. Evaluation of Financial Part 64
4. Combined Evaluation. 66
5. Multiple Contracts. 66
1.1 Qualification Requirements
The Bidder’s qualification shall be assessed in accordance with the Qualification table included in this section.
1.2 Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have suitably qualified Contractor’s Representative and other suitably qualified (and in adequate numbers) key personnel, as described in the Employer’s Requirements.
The Bidder shall provide details of the Contractor’s Representative and other key personnel, and such other key personnel that the Bidder considers appropriate, together with their academic qualifications and work experience. The Bidder shall complete the relevant Forms in Section IV, Bid Forms.
1.3 Equipment
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have access to the key equipment required to perform the contract.
The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant Form in Section IV.
1.4 Subcontractors/Manufacturers
Subcontractors/manufacturers for major items of supply or services identified in the Initial Selection document must meet or continue to meet the minimum criteria specified therein for each item.
Subcontractors for the following additional major items of supply or services must meet the following minimum criteria, herein listed for that item:
Item No. | Description of Item | Minimum Criteria to be met |
1 | Telecommunication equipment | 5 years’ experience in supplying and installing telecommunication equipment |
2 | Overhead line construction | 5 years’ experience in distribution infrastructure construction |
3 | 11kV Auto reclosers | 10 years’ experience in the manufacturing of auto reclosers |
4 | Protection and SCADA | 10 Years experience in protection and automation of electrical transmission or distribution systems |
Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of the subcontractor.
In the case of a Bidder who offers to supply and/or install Plant and equipment under the contract that the Bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce and/or install, the Bidder shall provide the manufacturer’s authorization, using the form provided in Section IV, showing that the Bidder has been duly authorized by the manufacturer or producer of the related Plant and equipment or component to supply and/or install that item in the Employer’s country. The Bidder is responsible for ensuring that the manufacturer or producer complies with the requirements of ITB 4 and ITB 5 and meets the minimum criteria listed above for that item.
The total technical points assigned to each Bid in the Evaluated Bid Formula will be determined by adding and weighting the scores assigned by an evaluation committee to technical factors of the Bid in accordance with the criteria set forth below.
No. | Rated Criterion | Weight | Key Assessment Considerations |
1 | Specific Experience of bidder, capability and suitability of subcontractors | 15% |
|
2 | Technical compliance and plant design solution | 25% |
|
3 | Approach, Methodology, method statement and implementation plan | 20% |
|
4 | Key personnel and project organization | 20% |
|
5 | Programme, schedule and delivery plan | 5% |
|
6 | Cybersecurity risk management and innovation | 5% |
|
7 | Training, documentation, warranties and lifecycle support | 10% |
|
Total | 100% |
TECHINICAL PART SCORING METHOLOGY
Evaluators will apply the following scoring guidance consistently to each rated criterion. Scores will be based on the extent to which the bidder’s submission demonstrates compliance, completeness, relevance, credibility of evidence, and practical suitability for the required scope of work.
Score | Rating | General Scoring Guidance |
0 | Non-responsive / No evidence | The submission does not address the criterion, provides no relevant evidence, or contains information that is materially non-compliant with the requirements. The response gives the evaluator no reasonable basis to confirm capability, compliance, or suitability. |
1 | Poor | The submission addresses the criterion only superficially or partially. Evidence is weak, generic, insufficient, incomplete, or not clearly relevant to the required scope. There are significant gaps, uncertainties, or weaknesses that may create delivery, compliance, performance, safety, operational, or support risks. |
2 | Acceptable | The submission adequately addresses the criterion and demonstrates basic compliance with the requirements. Evidence is generally relevant and sufficient, although some details may be missing or not fully developed. Any minor weaknesses are manageable and are not expected to materially affect delivery of the required scope. |
3 | Good | The submission addresses the criterion clearly and comprehensively. Evidence is relevant, credible, and well aligned with the requirements. The response demonstrates sound understanding, suitable capability, and a practical approach marginally exceeding minimum or generic standards. Even if there are very minor omissions or risks that can be readily clarified or managed. |
4 | Excellent | The submission fully addresses the criterion and exceeds the minimum requirements in a meaningful and relevant way. Evidence is strong, specific, verifiable, and directly applicable to the scope. The response demonstrates superior capability, robust risk controls, clear interfaces, reliable delivery arrangements, and added value without introducing unacceptable risk. |
The score for each sub- factor (i) within a factor (j) will be combined with the scores of sub- factors in the same factor as a weighted sum to form the Factor Technical Score using the following formula:
where:
tji = the technical score for sub- factor “i” in factor “j”
wji = the weight of sub- factor “i” in factor “j”,
k = the number of scored sub-factors in factor “j”
and
The Factor Technical Scores will be combined in a weighted sum to form the total Technical Part Score using the following formula:
where:
Sj = the Factor Technical Score of factor “j”
Wj = the weight of factor “j” as specified in the BDS
n = the number of Factors
and
Note: After the technical evaluation only, only bids that attains a score of 70 % and or above shall be considered for financial evaluation.
The following factors and methods will apply:
Time to complete the Plant and Installation Services from the effective date specified in Article 3 of the Contract Agreement for determining time for completion of pre-commissioning activities is 6 months. No credit will be given for earlier completion.
Note: A compliant Bid must offer a contract completion within the time specified above. Bids offering a completion date beyond the maximum designated period shall be rejected as non-responsive.
None
The minimum requirements stated in the Specification for functional guarantees required in the Specification are:
Functional Guarantee | Minimum (or Maximum, as appropriate) Requirement |
1. All 11 kV auto reclosers as stated in the employer’s requirements. | 100% operational functionality throughout the Warranty Period & Design Life. |
The performance figures quoted on forms-FUNC and Technical Data Sheet shall be guaranteed within the tolerances permitted by relevant standards listed under Part-II, Employer’s Requirement, and shall become a part of the successful Bidder's Contract. For the purposes of evaluation, for each percentage point the functional guarantee of the proposed Plant and Installation Services is below the norm specified in the Specification and in the above table, but above the minimum acceptable levels also specified therein, an adjustment of 5% will be added to the Bid price. If the drop below the norm the Auto reclosers will be rejected.
None
None
The Employer will evaluate and compare the Bids that have been determined to be substantially responsive.
An Evaluated Bid Score (B) will be calculated for each responsive Bid using the following formula, which permits a comprehensive assessment of the evaluated cost and the technical merits of each Bid:
where
C = Evaluated Bid Cost
C low = the lowest of all Evaluated Bid Costs among responsive Bids
T = the total Technical Score awarded to the Bid
Thigh = the Technical Score achieved by the Bid that was scored best among all responsive Bids
X = weight for Cost as specified in the BDS
The Bid with the best evaluated Bid Score (B) among responsive Bids shall be the Most Advantageous Bid provided the Bidder is qualified to perform the Contract.
……………………………………………………………………………………
2. Qualification
Factor | 1 Eligibility | |||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required | ||||
Requirement | Bidder | |||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture(existing or intended) | |||||
All members combined | Each Partner | At least one Partner | ||||
1.1 Nationality | Nationality in accordance with ITB 4.4. | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form ELI –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments |
1.2 Conflict of Interest | No- conflicts of interests as described in ITB 4.2 | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Letter of Bid |
1.3 Bank Ineligibility | Not having been declared ineligible by the Bank as described in 4.5. | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Letter of Bid |
1.4 State Owned Enterprise or Institution | Compliance with conditions of ITB 4.6 | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form ELI –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments |
1.5 Ineligibility based on a United Nations resolution or Borrower’s country law | Not having been excluded as a result of the Borrower’s country laws or official regulations, or by an act of compliance with UN Security Council resolution, in accordance with ITB 4.8and Section V. | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Letter of Bid |
Factor | 2. Historical Contract Non-Performance | |||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required | ||||
Requirement | Bidder | |||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture (existing or intended) | |||||
All members combined | Each member | At least one member | ||||
2.1 History of non-performing contracts | Non-performance[1]of a contract did not occur within the last 5 years prior to the deadline for application submission, based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation. A fully settled dispute or litigation is one that has been resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Mechanism under the respective contract, and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted. | Must meet requirement by itself or as member to past or existing JV | N / A | Must meet requirement[2] | N / A | Form CON - 2 |
2.2 Suspension | Not under suspension based on execution of a Bid Securing Declaration or Proposal Securing Declaration pursuant to ITB 4.7 and ITB 20.9 | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Letter of Bid |
2.3 Pending Litigation | Bid’s financial position and prospective long term profitability still sound according to criteria established in 3.1 below and assuming that all pending litigation will be resolved against the Bidder | Must meet requirement
| N / A | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form CON – 2 |
2.4 Litigation History | No consistent history of court/arbitral award decisions against the Bidder[3]since 1st January 2021
| Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N/A | Form CON – 2 |
2.5 Declaration: Environmental and Social (ES) past performance | Declare any contract that has been suspended or terminated and/or performance security called by an employer for reasons of breach of environmental, or social (including Sexual Exploitation, and Abuse) contractual obligations in the past five years.[4] | Must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration. |
N/A | Each must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration. |
N/A | Form CON-3 ES Performance Declaration |
2.6 Bank’s SEA and/or SH Disqualification | At the time of Contract Award, not subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations | Must meet requirement (including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder) | N/A | Must meet requirement (including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder) | N/A | Letter of Bid, Form CON-4 |
Factor | 3 Financial Situation | ||||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required | |||||
Requirement | Bidder | ||||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture (existing or intended) | ||||||
All members combined | Each member | At least one member | |||||
3.1 Financial Capabilities | Submission of audited balance sheets or if not required by the law of the Bidder’s Country, other financial statements acceptable to the Employer, for the last three [3] years to demonstrate the current soundness of the Bidders financial position and its prospective long-term profitability. | Must meet requirement | N / A | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form FIN – 3.1 with attachments | |
3.2 Average Annual Turnover
| Minimum average annual construction turnover in supply and installation of electricity distribution infrastructure of US$ 1,720,000.00 (One million, seven hundred and twenty thousand), calculated as total certified payments received for contracts in progress and/or completed within the last three (3) years, | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement | Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement | Form FIN –3.2 | |
3.3 Financial Resources
| The Bidder must demonstrate access to, or availability of, financial resources such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, other than any contractual advance payments to meet: (i) the following cash-flow requirement: USD $ 430,000.00 (four hundred and thirty thousand) and (ii) the overall cash flow requirements for this contract and its current commitments. | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement | Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement | Form FIN –3.3 | |
Factor | 4 Experience | ||||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required |
| ||||
Requirement | Bidder |
| |||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture (existing or intended) |
| |||||
All members combined | Each member | At least one member |
| ||||
4.1 General Experience | Experience in supply, installation and commissioning of electricity distribution control systems under contracts in the role of main contractor, JV member, subcontractor, or management contractor for at least the last five (5) years starting 1st January 2021 | Must meet requirement
| N / A | Must meet requirement
| N / A | Form EXP-4.1 |
|
4.2(a) Specific Experience | (a)Participation as contractor, joint venture member[5], management contractor, or subcontractor, in at least two (2) contracts within the last eight (8) years (from 1 January 2018), each with a value of at least $860,000.00 that have been successfully and substantially[6]completed and that are similar to the proposed Plant and Installation Services. The similarity of the contracts shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods, technology or other characteristics as described in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements. | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirements[7] | N / A | Must meet the following requirements for the key activities listed below
| Form EXP 4.2(a)
|
|
4.2(b) Specific Experience | (b) For the above or other contracts executed during the period stipulated in 4.2(a) above, a minimum experience in the following key activities:
Bidders should submit details of previous projects and reference letters from clients in support of the projects they are using to demonstrate their qualifications. The Employer may make independent inquiries about any or all of the projects referenced by bidders and may visit and examine the projects used by Bidders in support of their qualifications. | Must meet requirements
| Must meet requirements[8] | N / A | Must meet the requirements | Form EXP-4.2(b) |
|
4.2 (c) Specific Experience in managing ES aspects | For the contracts in 4.2 (a) above and/or any other contracts [substantially completed and under implementation] as prime contractor, joint venture member, or Subcontractor between 1st January 2021 and Application submission deadline, experience in managing ES risks and impacts in the following aspects:
| Must meet requirements
| Must meet requirements
| N/A
| N/A
| Form EXP – 4.2 (c) |
|
Section IV - Bidding Forms |
Table of Forms
Letter of Bid- Technical Part 79
Technical Proposal 82
Site Organization. 83
Method Statement 84
Mobilization Schedule. 85
Construction Schedule. 86
ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) 87
Sustainable Procurement Proposal 88
Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan. 89
Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form.. 90
Plant 94
Contractor’s Equipment 95
Functional Guarantees. 96
Personnel 97
Resume of Proposed Personnel 99
Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services. 100
Others - Time Schedule. 101
Bidders Qualification without prequalification. 115
Bidder Information Sheet 116
Party to JV Information Sheet 117
Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History. 118
Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress. 124
Financial Situation. 125
Historical Financial Performance. 125
Average Annual Turnover 127
Financial Resources. 128
Experience. 129
General Experience. 129
Specific Experience. 131
Specific Experience in Key Activities. 133
Form of Bid Security. 136
Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee. 136
Form of Bid Security- Bid Bond. 138
Form of Bid-Securing Declaration. 139
Manufacturer’s Authorization. 140
Schedule of Rates and Prices. 143
Schedule No. 1. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad. 143
Country of Origin Declaration Form.. 144
Schedule No. 2. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country. 145
Schedule No. 3. Design Services. 146
Schedule No. 4. Installation and Other Services. 147
Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary. 148
Schedule No. 6. Recommended Spare Parts. 149
Price Adjustment 150
Letter of Bid- Technical Part
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address. Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form. |
Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]
RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]
Alternative No.:[insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
We, the undersigned, hereby submit our Bid, in two parts, namely:
In submitting our Bid, we make the following declarations:
We [where JV, insert: “including any of our JV members”], and any of our subcontractors:
;
Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]
*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder
**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid
Technical Proposal |
Site Organization
Method Statement
[Note to the Bidder: (i) As required in BDS 11.2 (i), also include method statement, management strategies, implementation plans and innovations; (ii) if there are assessed supply chain risks, the method statement must include proposed supply chain risks management plans.]
In addition, the Bidder/Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain a Method Statement for its specific Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) risks on site and describe mitigation measures to keep high risks under control. Method Statement is a type of health and safety document that Contractor shall use for high-risk work. It describes the steps (method) that workers must take to carry out a particular job safely. Primarily, they are for the benefit of those who will physically be carrying out the work, usually those working in the construction sector.
The document shall identify the potential hazards that may arise during a particular task and outline the necessary precautions that must be put in place and taken by workers. The statement must be as simple as possible to avoid any misinterpretations that could result in injury. Workers involved in the work shall read it, understand what is expected of them and follow the measures that are in place to keep them safe. Method Statement shall be approved by the Employer.
The Bidder/Contractor shall describe the method of work to keeping under control high risks and establish a permit to work system and issue a permit to work (PTW) for specific work. PTW shall be issued, but is not limited to, working at height, working in confined spaces, lone work, asbestos, hot work and the use of dangerous plant. Method Statements shall contain the following items but not limited to:
Mobilization Schedule
[Insert Technical Proposal for Mobilization Schedule]
Construction Schedule
The Bidder should chalk out proper mobilisation schedule and construction schedule along with the CPM/ PERT charts for execution of the Contract as a whole. Since no extension of time is anticipated unless exclusively warranted under critical circumstances, work programme for all key activities that may have bearing on project implementation should be clearly shown within the overall project schedule. For example, time required for import of equipment and construction materials together with time schedule within the overall schedule for preconstruction activities like surveys and investigations and preparation of construction drawings.
ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP)
The Bidder shall submit comprehensive and concise Environmental and Social Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) as required by ITB 11.1 (j) of the Bid Data Sheet. These strategies and plans shall describe in detail the actions, materials, equipment, management processes etc. that will be implemented by the Contractor, and its subcontractors.
In developing these strategies and plans, the Bidder shall have regard to the ES provisions of the contract including those as may be more fully described in the Employer’s Requirements in Section VII.
Sustainable Procurement Proposal
Note to Bidder: In addition to submitting the required ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans, the Bidder shall provide its proposal to demonstrate how additional sustainable procurement requirements, if any, specified in Section VII- Employer’s Requirements would be addressed. The Bidder shall also provide its proposal, if any, for exceeding the sustainable procurement requirements.
Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan
The Bidder should submit a risk register identifying the hazards anticipated during the implementation of the contract.
For the key hazards ranked by impact, the risk register shall include a description of the hazard, an assessment of the potential impact on health and safety, environment, cost, program or other, and the proposed mitigation strategy for each hazard.
Note to the Bidder: The minimum content of the Code of Conduct form as set out by the Employer shall not be substantially modified. However, the Bidder may add requirements as appropriate, including to take into account Contract-specific issues/risks. The Bidder shall initial and submit the Code of Conduct form as part of its bid.
|
Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form
Note to the Employer: The following minimum requirements shall not be modified. The Employer may add additional requirements to address identified issues, informed by relevant environmental and social assessment. The types of issues identified could include risks associated with: labour influx, spread of communicable diseases, and Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) etc. Delete this Box prior to issuance of the bidding documents.
|
We are the Contractor, [enter name of Contractor]. We have signed a contract with [enter name of Employer] for [enter description of the Facilities]. The Plant for the Facilities will be installed at [enter the Site]. Our contract requires us to implement measures to address environmental and social risks, related to the Installation Services i.e. services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, such as inland transportation, site preparation works/ associated civil works, installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations and maintenance etc. as the case may require.
This Code of Conduct is part of our measures to deal with environmental and social risks related to the Installation Services.
All personnel that we utilize in the execution of the Contract, including staff, labor and other employees of us and of each Subcontractor, and any other personnel assisting us in the execution of the Contract, are referred to as Contractor’s Personnel.
This Code of Conduct identifies the behavior that we require from the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located).
Our workplace is an environment where unsafe, offensive, abusive or violent behavior will not be tolerated and where all persons should feel comfortable raising issues or concerns without fear of retaliation.
REQUIRED CONDUCT
Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located) shall:
RAISING CONCERNS
If any person observes behavior that he/she believes may represent a violation of this Code of Conduct, or that otherwise concerns him/her, he/she should raise the issue promptly. This can be done in either of the following ways:
The person’s identity will be kept confidential, unless reporting of allegations is mandated by the country law. Anonymous complaints or allegations may also be submitted and will be given all due and appropriate consideration. We take seriously all reports of possible misconduct and will investigate and take appropriate action. We will provide warm referrals to service providers that may help support the person who experienced the alleged incident, as appropriate.
There will be no retaliation against any person who raises a concern in good faith about any behavior prohibited by this Code of Conduct. Such retaliation would be a violation of this Code of Conduct.
CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATING THE CODE OF CONDUCT
Any violation of this Code of Conduct by the Contractor’s Personnel may result in serious consequences, up to and including termination and possible referral to legal authorities.
FOR CONTRACTOR’s PERSONNEL:
I have received a copy of this Code of Conduct written in a language that I comprehend. I understand that if I have any questions about this Code of Conduct, I can contact [enter name of Contractor’s contact person(s) with relevant experience] requesting an explanation.
Name of Contractor’s Personnel: [insert name] Signature: __________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________
Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:
Signature: ________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): ______________________________________________
ATTACHMENT 1: Behaviors constituting SEA and behaviors constituting SH
ATTACHMENT 1 TO THE CODE OF CONDUCT FORM
BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL EXPLOITATION AND ABUSE (SEA) AND BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL HARASSMENT (SH)
The following non-exhaustive list is intended to illustrate types of prohibited behaviors.
Plant
Contractor’s Equipment
Form EQU
The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key Contractor’s equipment listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder.
Item of equipment
| ||
Equipment information | Name of manufacturer
| Model and power rating |
| Capacity
| Year of manufacture |
Current status | Current location
| |
| Details of current commitments
| |
|
| |
Source | Indicate source of the equipment o Owned o Rented o Leased o Specially manufactured |
Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.
Owner | Name of owner | |
| Address of owner
| |
|
| |
| Telephone | Contact name and title |
| Fax | Telex |
Agreements | Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project
| |
|
|
Functional Guarantees
Form FUNC
The Bidder shall copy in the left column of the table below, the identification of each functional guarantee required in the Specification and stated by the Employer in para. 1.2 (c) of Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, and in the right column, provide the corresponding value for each functional guarantee of the proposed plant and equipment.
Required Functional Guarantee | Value of Functional Guarantee of the Proposed Plant and Equipment |
1. |
|
2. |
|
3. |
|
… |
|
Personnel |
Form PER -1
Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel
Schedule
Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the specified requirements stated in Section VII. The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.
*As listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
Contractor’ Representative and Key Personnel
| Title of position: Contractor’s Representative | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
| Title of position: [Environmental Specialist] | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
| Title of position: [Health and Safety Specialist] | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
| Title of position: [Social Specialist] | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
Title of position: Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Harassment Expert [Where a Project SEA risks are assessed to be substantial or high, key personnel shall include an expert/s with relevant experience in addressing sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment cases] | ||
| Name of candidate | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
7. | Title of position: [insert title] |
Form PER-2
Resume of Proposed Personnel
Name of Bidder
|
Position
| ||
Personnel information | Name
| Date of birth |
| Professional qualifications
| |
Present employment | Name of employer
| |
| Address of employer
| |
| Telephone
| Contact (manager / personnel officer) |
| Fax
| |
| Job title
| Years with present employer |
Summarize professional experience over the last 20 years, in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.
From | To | Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management experience |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services
A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.
The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of the facilities indicated. Bidders are free to propose more than one for each item
Major Items of Plant and Installation Services | Proposed Subcontractors/Manufacturers | Nationality |
11kV auto reclosers supply |
|
|
Telecommunications equipment (data radios and antennas) |
|
|
Overhead line construction |
|
|
Protection and SCADA |
|
|
Others - Time Schedule
(to be used by Bidder when alternative Time for Completion is invited in ITB 13.2)
Bidders Qualification without prequalification
To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder.
Form ELI 1.1
Bidder Information Sheet
Date: ______________________
RFB No.: ___________________
Page ________ of _______ pages
1. Bidder’s Legal Name
|
2. In case of JV, legal name of each party:
|
3. Bidder’s actual or intended Country of Registration: |
4. Bidder’s Year of Registration: |
5. Bidder’s Legal Address in Country of Registration:
|
6. Bidder’s Authorized Representative Information Name: Address: Telephone/Fax numbers: Email Address:
|
7. Attached are copies of original documents of Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or documents of registration of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4 In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1 In case of state-owned enterprise or institution, in accordance with ITB 4.6, documents establishing:
8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership, using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form. |
Form ELI 1.2
Party to JV Information Sheet
Date: ______________________
RFB No.: ___________________
Page ________ of_ ______ pages
1. Bidder’s Legal Name:
|
2. JV’s Party legal name: |
3. JV’s Party Country of Registration: |
4. JV’s Party Year of Registration:
|
5. JV’s Party Legal Address in Country of Registration:
|
6. JV’s Party Authorized Representative Information Name: Address: Telephone/Fax numbers: Email Address:
|
7. Attached are copies of original documents of Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or registration documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4. In case of a state-owned enterprise or institution, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy, operation in accordance with commercial law, and that they are not under the supervision of the Employer, in accordance with ITB 4.6. 8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership for each JV member using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form. |
Form CON – 2
Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History
Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _______________________ ___________________
RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Non-Performed Contracts in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||
Contract non-performance did not occur since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1. Contract(s) not performed since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1 | |||
Year | Non- performed portion of contract | Contract Identification
| Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent) |
[insert year] | [insert amount and percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for nonperformance: [indicate main reason(s)] | [insert amount] |
Pending Litigation, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||
No pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3. | |||
Pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3 as indicated below. |
Year of dispute | Amount in dispute (currency) | Contract Identification | Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate) | ||
|
| Contract Identification: _________ Name of Employer: ____________ Address of Employer: __________ Matter in dispute: ______________ Party who initiated the dispute: ____ Status of dispute: ___________ |
| ||
|
| Contract Identification: Name of Employer: Address of Employer: Matter in dispute: Party who initiated the dispute: Status of dispute: |
| ||
Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||||
No Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4. Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4 as indicated below. | |||||
Year of award | Outcome as percentage of Net Worth | Contract Identification | Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate) | ||
[insert year] | [insert percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Matter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute] Party who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”] Reason(s) for Litigation and award decision [indicate main reason(s)] | [insert amount] | ||
Form CON – 3
Environmental and Social Performance Declaration
[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each Specialized Subcontractor]
Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Specialized Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
Environmental and Social Performance Declaration in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||
No suspension or termination of contract: An employer has not suspended or terminated a contract and/or called the performance security for a contract for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5. Declaration of suspension or termination of contract: The following contract(s) has/have been suspended or terminated and/or Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5. Details are described below: | |||
Year | Suspended or terminated portion of contract | Contract Identification
| Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent) |
[insert year] | [insert amount and percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., gender-based violence; sexual exploitation or sexual abuse breaches] | [insert amount] |
[insert year] | [insert amount and percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s)] | [insert amount] |
… | … | [list all applicable contracts] | … |
Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to ES performance | |||
Year | Contract Identification
| Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent) | |
[insert year] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for calling of performance security: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., for gender-based violence; sexual exploitation, or sexual abuse breaches] | [insert amount] | |
|
|
|
Form CON – 4
Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment Performance Declaration
[The following table shall be filled in by the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder]
Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
SEA and/or SH Declaration in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria |
We: ¨ (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations ¨ (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations ¨ (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor. |
[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.] |
Form CCC
Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress
Bidders and each member to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.
Name of contract | Employer, contact address/tel/fax | Value of outstanding work (current US$ equivalent) | Estimated completion date | Average monthly invoicing over last six months |
1.
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
Form FIN – 3.1
Financial Situation
Historical Financial Performance
Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _______________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
To be completed by the Bidder and, if JV, by each member
Financial information in US$ equivalent | Historic information for previous ______ (__) years (US$ equivalent in 000s) | ||||
| 2022/23 | 2023/24 | 2024/25 | Avg. | Avg. Ratio |
Information from Balance Sheet | |||||
Total Assets (TA) |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities (TL) |
|
|
|
| |
Net Worth (NW) |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets (CA) |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities (CL) |
|
|
|
| |
Information from Income Statement | |||||
Total Revenue (TR) |
|
|
|
|
|
Profits Before Taxes (PBT) |
|
|
|
|
Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets, including all related notes, and income statements) for the years required above complying with the following conditions:
Form FIN – 3.2
Average Annual Turnover
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: ____________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Annual turnover data | ||
Year | Amount and Currency | US$ equivalent |
2022/23 | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
2023/24 | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
2024/25 | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
*Average Annual Turnover | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
*Average annual turnover calculated as total certified payments received for work in progress or completed, divided by the number of years specified in Section III, Evaluation Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.3.2.
Form FIN3.3
Financial Resources
Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total cash flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as indicated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
Source of financing | Amount (US$ equivalent) |
1.
|
|
2.
|
|
3.
|
|
4.
|
|
Form EXP 4.1
Experience
General Experience
Bidder’s Legal Name: ____________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: ____________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Starting Month / Year | Ending Month / Year |
Years* | Contract Identification
| Role of Bidder |
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
*List calendar year for years with contracts with at least nine (9) months activity per year starting with the earliest year
Form EXP –4.2(a)
Specific Experience
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Similar Contract Number: ___ of ___ required. |
| Information | ||||
Contract Identification |
| _______________________________________ | ||||
Award date Completion date |
| _______________________________________ _______________________________________ | ||||
|
|
| ||||
Role in Contract | Prime Contractor | Member in
| Management Contractor | Subcontractor |
| |
Total contract amount | US$__________ | |||||
If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount |
______% |
|
___________ |
US$_______ |
| |
Employer’s Name: |
| _______________________________________ | ||||
Address:
Telephone/fax number: E-mail: |
| _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ | ||||
Form EXP –4.2(a) (cont.)
Specific Experience (cont.)
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Page _______ of _______ pages
JV Member Legal Name: ___________________________
Similar Contract No. __[insert specific number] of [total number of contracts] ___ required | Information |
Description of the similarity in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2a) of Section III: |
|
Amount | _________________________________ |
Physical size | _________________________________ |
Complexity | _________________________________ |
Methods/Technology | _________________________________ |
Physical Production Rate
| _________________________________ |
Form EXP –4.2(b)
Specific Experience in Key Activities
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________ Page _______ of _______ pages
| Information | ||
Contract Identification | _______________________________________ | ||
Award date Completion date | _______________________________________ _______________________________________ | ||
Role in Contract | Prime Contractor | Management Contractor |
Subcontractor
|
Total contract amount | US$________ | ||
If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount |
__________% |
_____________ |
US$________ |
Employer’s Name: | _______________________________________ | ||
Address:
Telephone/fax number: E-mail: | _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ |
Form EXP –4.2 (b)(cont.)
Specific Experience in Key Activities (cont.)
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Page _______ of _______ pages
JV Member Legal Name: ___________________________
Subcontractor’s Legal Name: __________________________
| Information |
Description of the key activities in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2b) of Section III: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form EXP –4.2(c)
Specific Experience in Managing ES aspects and any additional sustainable procurement aspects
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________ Page _______ of _______ pages
____________________
Contract Identification |
| |||
Award date |
| |||
Completion date |
| |||
Role in Contract
| Prime Contractor | Member in | Management Contractor | Subcontractor |
Total Contract Amount | US$ ____________ | |||
Details of relevant experience |
|
Form of Bid Security
Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee
[The bank shall fill in this Bank Guarantee Form in accordance with the instructions indicated.]
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: [Employer to insert its name and address]
RFB No.:[Employer to insert reference number for the Request for Bids]
Alternative No.: [Insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
Date:[Insert date of issue]
BID GUARANTEE No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
We have been informed that ______ [insert name of the Bidder, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture (whether legally constituted or prospective) or the names of all members thereof](hereinafter called "the Applicant") has submitted or will submit to the Beneficiary its Bid (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of ________________ under RFB No. ____________
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Beneficiary’s conditions, Bids must be supported by a Bid guarantee.
At the request of the Applicant, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (____________) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand, supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that either the Bidder:
(a) has withdrawn its Bid prior to the Bid validity expiry date set forth in the Applicant’s Letter of Bid, or any extended date provided by the Applicant; or
(b) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Beneficiary prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant, (i) has failed to execute the Contract Agreement, or (ii) has failed to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (“ITB”) of the Beneficiary’s bidding document.
This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Applicant is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the contract agreement signed by the Applicant and the Performance Security issued to the Beneficiary in relation to such contract agreement; or (b) if the Applicantis not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of the Beneficiary’s notification to the Applicant of the results of the Bidding process; or (ii)twenty-eight days after the expiry date of the Bid validity.
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office indicated above on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758.
_____________________________
[Signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
Manufacturer’s Authorization
Date: __________________
RFB No.: _________________
To: ________________________
WHEREAS
We ___________________, who are official manufacturers of____________________, having factories at _____________________, do hereby authorize ______________________ to submit a Bid the purpose of which is to provide the following goods, manufactured by us _______________________, and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.
We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 27 of the General Conditions, with respect to the goods offered by the above firm.
Signed: _______________________________________
Name: ______________________________________
Title:______________________________________
Duly authorized to sign this Authorization on behalf of: ______________________________________
Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address. Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form. |
Letter of Bid - Financial Part
Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]
Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]
Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
To: [insert complete name of Employer]
We, the undersigned, hereby submit the second part of our Bid, the Bid Price and Bill of Quantities. This accompanies the Letter of Bid- Technical Part.
In submitting our Bid, we make the following additional declarations:
[Option 1, in case of one lot:] Total price is: [insert the total price of the Bid in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];
Or
[Option 2, in case of multiple lots:] (a) Total price of each lot [insert the total price of each lot in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies]; and (b) Total price of all lots (sum of all lots) [insert the total price of all lots in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];
(i) The discounts offered are: [Specify in detail each discount offered]
(ii) The exact method of calculations to determine the net price after application of discounts is shown below: [Specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply the discounts];
Name of Recipient | Address | Reason | Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)
Name of the Bidder:*[insert complete name of the Bidder]
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: ** [insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]
*: In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder.
**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules
Schedule of Rates and Prices
Price schedule to be accessed from the following link:
11kV Auto Reclosers
Schedule No. 1. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad
Country of Origin Declaration Form
Schedule No. 2. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country
1 Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB 18.1 |
|
Schedule No. 3. Design Services
Schedule No. 4. Installation and Other Services
Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary
Price Adjustment
If price adjustment applies in accordance with ITB 17.9, the Bidder shall indicate the sources of indices and source of exchange rate (if applicable) and the base date indices in its Bid.
Item | Source of Indices | Base date Indices | Source of exchnage rate (if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section V - Eligible Countries
Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Non-Consulting Services in
Bank-Financed Procurement
In reference to ITB 4.8 and 5.1, for the information of the Bidders, at the present time firms, goods and services from the following countries are excluded from this Bidding process: None
Under ITB 4.8 (a) and 5.1: None
Section VI - Fraud and Corruption
(this Section shall not be changed)
PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements
Section VII - Employer’s Requirements |
Contents
Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor. 160
Specification. 161
Forms and Procedures. 168
Form of Completion Certificate. 169
Change Order Procedure and Forms. 171
Change Order Procedure. 172
Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal 173
Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal 175
Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate. 177
Annex 4. Change Proposal 178
Annex 5. Change Order 181
Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal 184
Drawings. 186
Supplementary Information. 187
Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor
The scope covers the design, supply, equipment installation and commissioning of the 13 pole mounted 11kV auto-reclosers as per the configuration shown in the figure below. The scope highlighted below is a guide to the bidder and any tasks necessary to deliver the project as per the bidder’s design should be included in the scope to be submitted.
The following is to be done by the supplier.
Note: In certain instances, use the nearest substation with UMUX Interface.
The following will have to be procured for the project.
Externally (Provided by supplier):
Internal (To be supplied by EEC).
Construction (Supplier):
Protection (bidder):
Telecommunications (Supplier):
SCADA (Supplier):
Provide formal training on the equipment as well. This should be specified in the quotation for the project. The training should be done before project implementation (State the period for training on the breaker, control unit and any other training that might be required for the project). Training should cover 25 technicians from the different sections internally (SCADA, Protection, Switchgear, Distribution, Telecoms).
The bidders are expected to provide a methodology showing how the design, construction, installation and commissioning exercise will be carried out. Include block diagrams where appropriate showing how the entire system integrates. This will indicate the level of understanding of what is expected from the Plant design, supply and installation Contractor.
Specification
This specification covers the requirements for an automatic electrically controlled three phase vacuum recloser for distribution systems. The recloser is intended for radial, loop, and meshed networks.
3.2.1 Manufacturer qualifications: The chosen manufacturer shall have at least 10 years’ experience in manufacturing vacuum reclosers. The manufacturer of the reclosers shall be completely and solely responsible for the performance of the reclosers as a complete integrated assembly as rated.
3.2.2 Main recloser components such as circuit breaker, vacuum interrupters, current and voltage sensors, control cubicle and software shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer.
3.2.3 The manufacturer shall be able to submit the confirmation of certification or ratings of the reclosers upon request.
3.2.4 The recloser shall be manufactured and type tested according to requirements of applicable industry standards:
a) IEC 62271-111
b) IEEE C37.60
3.2.5 The recloser manufacturing process shall be complying with the standard ISO 9001, Quality Management System.
3.2.6 The type test reports should be issued not more than 5 years before the submission date.
3.2.7 The manufacturer shall provide minimum 5-year warranty for all components provided.
3.2.8 The circuit breaker shall be maintenance free over a total life expectancy.
3.3 Delivery, storage, and handling
3.3.1 Packing components shall not contain any materials that are hazardous to the environment or personnel. No special methods of disposal shall be required.
3.3.2 All recloser components including circuit breaker, control cubicle, installation frame, pole interface provisions, fasteners shall be delivered in a single package made of recyclable materials.
3.3.3 The package gross weight shall not exceed 300 kg.
3.3.4 It shall be possible to stack at least two original packages during transportation and storage.
3.3.5 The package shall allow stapling and outdoor storage in case indoor storage is unavailable. Unpacked and assembled equipment shall be storable outdoor for not less than 1 year without additional treatment before installation.
3.3.6 All recloser components shall be installed, assembled, and tested in accordance with the requirements of current specification. The recloser shall be delivered fully assembled on the mounting frame and ready for the installation.
3.3.7 The recloser installation kit shall be designed to reduce the number of lifting operations.
3.4 Technical Specification
3.4.1 General
3.4.1.1 Technical parameters
a) | Rated maximum voltage, kV | 12…15 |
d) | Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (peak), kV | 110 |
e) | Rated continuous current, A | 630 |
h) | Rated short-circuit breaking current, kA | 16 |
i) | Rated peak withstand current, kA | 41.6 |
j) | Rated short time withstand current, kA | 16 |
k) | Rated duration of short circuit, s | 4 |
l) | Rated frequency, Hz | 50 |
3.4.1.2 Power supply characteristics
a) | Supply voltage range shall not be less than, V | 85 … 265 AC 110 … 220 DC |
b) | Rated power consumption shall not exceed, VA | 40 |
c) | Maximum power consumption shall not exceed, VA | 75 |
d) | Duration of operation without auxiliary supply shall be not less than, hours | 48 |
3.4.2 Recloser control
3.4.2.1 The recloser operation shall be controlled by electronic control modules.
3.4.2.2 The recloser control shall provide the following functions: measurement, protection, monitoring, and remote communication.
3.4.2.3 The recloser control air circulation and dehydration shall be organized to avoid using any humidity control devices or heaters.
3.4.2.4 The external and internal doors shall be able to be securely fixed in the open position.
3.4.2.5 It shall be possible to connect the laptop with configuration software by means of serial interface (USB, RS232).
3.4.2.6 Ethernet (RJ45), Optical Ethernet (SC) SCADA and wireless local engineering access interfaces (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi) shall be available for ordering optionally.
3.4.2.7 The recloser control shall be equipped with a prewired provision for power supply outlet installation. Socket shall be MCB protected.
3.4.2.8 The recloser control shall be equipped with a removable provision for communication equipment installation. It shall be located at the top of the controller and provide at least 326x180x108mm space for communication equipment. Stationary provision is not accepted.
3.4.2.9 The recloser control shall be equipped with the control panel module. The module shall provide local control and indication functions by LED, display, and buttons.
3.4.2.10 The local control panel module shall be equipped with USB A interface.
3.4.2.11 The control panel box shall have a provision for a padlock.
3.4.3 Rechargeable Battery
3.4.3.1 The recloser shall be supplied with rechargeable battery to provide the recloser control with auxiliary power when the main auxiliary power is not present.
3.4.3.2 The battery shall be of a sealed lead acid.
3.4.4.3 The battery shall provide ten full auto reclosing cycles for the recloser without auxiliary power supply.
3.4.4 Protection
The auto-recloser shall have the following protection functionalities but not limited to:
3.4.5 Communication
The recloser control shall provide:
3.4.5.1 PMR Telecoms Integration
1 General Integration
2 Equipment and Hardware Requirements
3.4.5.2 SCADA/Telemetry Integration
The PMR panel/controller shall have the following interfaces/ports
Port | Physical Interface | Typical Use |
USB | USB Type-B (front panel) | Local engineering |
RS-232 Port | DB9 | SCADA serial communications (DNP3 Serial, IEC60870-5-101) |
Ethernet | RJ45 10/100 Mbps | SCADA over DNP3 TCP, IEC 60870-5-104 |
RS-485 | Optional | Third-party modem or serial communications |
The following are key cybersecurity requirements;
Environmental and Social (ES) requirements
The project Environmental and Social Safeguards and tentative Contractor – Environment & Social Management Plan templates can be accessed in the following link:
11kV Auto Reclosers
1. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall comply with all environmental impact prevention and mitigation measures outlined in the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) as described herein. Where there is a conflict of requirements, the prevention and mitigation measures listed in the ESMF shall govern.
The Contractor (and sub-contractors) will need to adopt this ESMF and prepare a comprehensive Contractor’s (Construction) Environment and Social Management Plan (CESMP) that will provide the key reference point for compliance.
The Project Applicant, namely the EEC, is responsible for ensuring that the Contractor Team’s execution of the construction phase activities is compliant with the conditions of the ESMF and CESMP. The Contractor must therefore ensure compliance with the ESMF, CESMP, LMP, SEP, SEA/SH Action Plan, GRM Procedure and the OCHSIP at all times during construction activities and maintain environmental and social incidents and GRM registers which keeps a record of all environmental and social incidents as well as community/worker grievances that occur on the site during the installation of the 11kV auto reclosers contracts. These incidents may include:
The Contractor is also responsible for the implementation of corrective actions issued by the Employer within a reasonable or agreed upon period of time.
Within the first 15 days following contract signing, the Contractor shall present an C-ESMP Implementation Plan. The Plan shall be submitted to the Employer for approval prior to the start of the construction works. The Contractor ESMP shall contain, at a minimum but not limited to, the following components:
Any deviations from the approved Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP must be submitted to the Employer for approval.
Compliance with requirements established in General Condition of Contract (GCC)
The Environmental and Social requirements shall be prepared in a manner that does not conflict with the relevant General Conditions of Contract and Particular Conditions of Contract, and in particular:
GCC | Sub-Clause/Clause | Remarks |
9.10 | Training of Contractor’s Personnel | The Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor personnel receive mandatory training on Environmental and Social (E&S) requirements prior to commencement of works. Training shall include, at a minimum: (i) CESMP obligations; (ii) pollution prevention and waste management; (iii) community health and safety risks; (iv) SEA/SH awareness and Code of Conduct; (v) grievance redress procedures; and (vi) emergency preparedness and response. Refresher training and toolbox talks shall be conducted periodically. |
20 | Design and Engineering | The Contractor shall ensure that all designs comply with applicable national legislation, Environmental Authorization conditions, and World Bank ESF requirements (particularly ESS4). Designs shall: (i) incorporate climate resilience measures (e.g. flood risk, extreme weather tolerance); (ii) ensure universal access where applicable; (iii) minimize environmental footprint and vegetation clearing; (iv) assess and mitigate risks to the public from operational hazards; and (v) comply with applicable engineering and safety certification standards. All designs shall be reviewed and approved prior to implementation.
|
22.2.4 | Rates of wages and conditions of labor | The Contractor shall comply with the Labour Management Procedures (LMP), national labour laws, and ESS2 requirements. This includes: (i) fair wages in line with national minimum standards; (ii) safe and decent working conditions; (iii) prohibition of child labour and forced labour; (iv) non-discrimination and equal opportunity; and (v) provision of written contracts to all workers.
|
22.2.6 | Facilities for Staff and Labor | The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for all personnel, including: (i) safe drinking water; (ii) sanitary and washing facilities segregated where appropriate; (iii) waste management systems; (iv) first aid and medical access; and (v) where accommodation is required, it shall meet GIIP and national standards. Facilities shall be culturally appropriate and accessible, and shall not create environmental or social risks to surrounding communities (ESS2 & ESS4).
|
22.8 | Security of the Site | The Contractor shall establish security arrangements consistent with ESS4 and GIIP. Security measures shall be proportionate to the level of risk and shall respect human rights. The Contractor shall: (i) avoid use of excessive force; (ii) train security personnel on Code of Conduct and SEA/SH prevention; (iii) coordinate with local authorities; and (iv) ensure security does not restrict community access unnecessarily. All incidents involving security personnel shall be recorded and reported.
|
22.9 | Protection of the Environment | The Contractor shall implement all necessary measures to prevent pollution and environmental degradation in accordance with ESS3 and national legislation. The following limits and controls shall apply:
|
22.11 | Cultural Heritage Findings
| The Contractor shall implement a Chance Finds Procedure in accordance with ESS8. In the event of discovery of cultural heritage resources:
Works shall only resume upon formal clearance.
|
2. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Requirements
The Contractor shall establish and implement an Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Programme as part of the CESMP to ensure compliance with environmental requirements and to verify the effectiveness of mitigation measures in accordance with ESS1 of the World Bank ESF and applicable national legislation.
Environmental monitoring shall be risk-based, proportionate to the scale and nature of the works, and shall cover all significant environmental aspects associated with construction activities.
a) Monitoring Parameters
The monitoring programme shall include, at a minimum, the following parameters (where applicable):
Environmental monitoring is essential to assess impacts such as air, water, soil, and noise pollution arising from construction activities and to ensure mitigation measures are effective.
b) Monitoring Frequency and Methods
The Contractor shall:
c) Environmental Registers and Records
The Contractor shall maintain up-to-date records, including:
d) Reporting Requirements
The Contractor shall:
Maintain records for audit and inspection purposes.
e) Non-Compliance and Corrective Actions
Where monitoring identifies non-compliance:
f) Roles and Responsibilities
A Rehabilitation Plan shall also be prepared, which shall include preliminary designs on the temporary and permanent landscaping plan during both the construction and post-construction maintenance period. The landscape plan shall cover all project works which may affect vegetation and natural landform (e.g. borrow pits, disposal sites and temporary and stockpiling areas). Sensitive locations and areas where landscaping works are required both during construction and after the construction shall be identified and incorporated into the design.
3. Environmental and Social Implementation Plans (MSIPs)
The Contractor shall prepare a Construction Environmental and Social Management Plan, implementation plan, referred to, in this document as CESMP implementation plan based on the Project ESMF.
4. Requirements for competence of Environmental and Social Specialist
Contractor shall certify that:
5. Applicable ESS Documents for CESMP
Contractor shall use and apply when establishing the Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP the following project documents:
6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall implement all environmental management measures in accordance with:
(a) Environmental Compliance and Permitting
The Contractor shall:
(b) Pollution Prevention and Resource Efficiency & Management (ESS3)
The Contractor shall implement measures to prevent, minimize, and control pollution, including:
(c) Soil, Land and Vegetation Management
The Contractor shall:
d) Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources (ESS6)
The Contractor shall:
e) Management of Construction Sites and Camps
The Contractor shall:
f) Traffic and Transport Management (ESS4 link)
The Contractor shall:
g) Chance Finds Procedure (ESS8 link)
In the event of chance finds (cultural or natural heritage):
h) Environmental Training and Awareness
The Contractor shall:
i) Emergency Preparedness and Response
The Contractor shall:
7. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
Health, Safety plan and Coordination
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for ensuring the safety and health of all workmen and other persons in or around the works site. All activities shall be carried out in compliance with national legislation, OCHSIP, World Bank ESF, (ESS 2 and ESS 4) in accordance with the existing legislation.
The Contractor shall prepare, submit, and implement a site-specific Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Management Plan (SHE File) consistent with the OCHSIP, prior to commencement of works. The plan shall, at a minimum, include the following components:
This plan must also be compliant with:
Plan Scope and Content
The OHS Plan shall:
The Draft OHS Plan submitted at tender stage shall demonstrate the Contractor’s approach and capacity but may exclude detailed site-specific documentation (e.g., MSDS, equipment manuals). The Final OHS Plan, submitted prior to commencement of Works, shall be comprehensive and site-specific.
8. Safety Management Personnel
The Contractor shall appoint a qualified and experienced Safety and Health Coordinator (SHC) who shall:
Have full authority to enforce OHS requirements and to stop any unsafe work;
Be supported by an adequately resourced and competent safety team appropriate to the scale and risk of the Works.
The proposed SHC and safety team shall not be replaced or reduced without prior approval, and any replacement shall have equal or higher qualifications and experience.
Evaluation of OHS Plan
The adequacy of the Contractor’s OHS Plan will be evaluated during tender assessment, taking into account:
9. Social Standards Requirements
The Contractor shall implement all social risk management measures in accordance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF), specifically ESS2 (Labour and Working Conditions), ESS4 (Community Health and Safety), ESS10 (Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure) as well as the project’s Gender Action Plan (GAP).
The Contractor shall develop (in alignment with available project instruments) and comply with all project-specific instruments, including the:
These requirements shall be implemented as part of the Contractor’s CESMP and maintained throughout the duration of the works
a) Labour and Working Conditions (ESS2)
The Contractor shall:
b) Community Health and Safety (ESS4)
The Contractor shall:
d) Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure (ESS10)
The Contractor shall:
e) Grievance Management and Reporting
The Contractor shall:
f) Monitoring and Compliance
The Contractor shall:
Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have the personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:
Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel
Item No. | Position/specialization | Relevant academic qualifications | Minimum years of relevant work experience |
1 | Contractor’s Representative/ Project manager | Bachelors in (Electrical Engineering) | 5 |
2. | Site Manager/ Construction Manager | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 5 |
Tele-Communication Specialist | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 10 | |
Protection Specialist | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 10 | |
SCADA Specialist | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 10 | |
6. | Environmental and Social expert | Bachelors/Masters in Environment Management, Sciences | 5 |
7. | Health and Safety officer | Bachelors in Environmental Sciences )/Any other degree with Occupational Health | 5 |
Forms and Procedures
Form of Completion Certificate
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
To: _________________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
Pursuant to GCC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _____________, relating to the ____________________, we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was (were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.
1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: ______________________________
2. Date of Completion: __________________
However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto as soon as practicable.
This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.
Very truly yours,
Title
(Project Manager)
Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
_________________________________________
To: ________________________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _______________, relating to the ___________________________________, we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained on the date specified below.
1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: _______________________________
2. Date of Operational Acceptance: _______________________
This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.
Very truly yours,
Title
(Project Manager)
Change Order Procedure and Forms
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
CONTENTS
1. General
2. Change Order Log
3. References for Changes
ANNEXES
Annex 1 Request for Change Proposal
Annex 2 Estimate for Change Proposal
Annex 3 Acceptance of Estimate
Annex 4 Change Proposal
Annex 5 Change Order
Annex 6 Pending Agreement Change Order
Annex 7 Application for Change Proposal
Change Order Procedure
1. General
This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.
2. Change Order Log
The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8. Entries of the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-date. The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer.
3. References for Changes
(1) Request for Change as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CR-X-nnn.
(2) Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CN-X-nnn.
(3) Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CA-X-nnn.
(4) Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CP-X-nnn.
(5) Change Order as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CO-X-nnn.
Note: (a) Requests for Change issued from the Employer’s Home Office and the Site representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective references:
Home Office CR-H-nnn
Site CR-S-nnn
(b) The above number “nnn” is the same for Request for Change, Estimate for Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and Change Order.
Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: ____________________________________ Date:
Attention: ______________________________________
Contract Name: _________________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions within _______________ days of the date of this letter____________________.
1. Title of Change: ________________________
2. Change Request No. __________________
3. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________
Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. _______[12]:
4. Brief Description of Change: _________________________________________________
5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: _____________
6. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:
Drawing No./Document No. Description
7. Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change: ________________
8. General Terms and Conditions:
(a) Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will have on the Contract Price.
(b) Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for completion of the requested Change.
(c) If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal of revised provisions.
(d) Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of its personnel shall be calculated.
(e) You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change until we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.
(Employer’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)
To: ______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _____________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1 of the General Conditions. We acknowledge that your agreement to the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2, is required before estimating the cost for change work.
1. Title of Change: ________________________
2. Change Request No./Rev.: ____________________________
3. Brief Description of Change: __________________________
4. Scheduled Impact of Change: ___________________________
5. Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal: _______________[13]
(a) Engineering (Amount)
(i) Engineer hrs x rate/hr =
(ii) Draftsperson hrs x rate/hr =
Sub-total hrs
Total Engineering Cost
(b) Other Cost
Total Cost (a) + (b)
(Contractor’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: ______________________________ Date:
Attention: ________________________________
Contract Name: _____________________________
Contract Number: ___________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal.
1. Title of Change: ___________________________
2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________
3. Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________
4. Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.: _______________________________
5. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
6. Other Terms and Conditions: In the event that we decide not to order the Change accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
(Employer’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name and Title of signatory)
Annex 4. Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. _______________________________, we hereby submit our proposal as follows:
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________
3. Originator of Change: Employer: [_______________________________
Contractor: _______________________________
4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
5. Reasons for Change: _______________________________
6. Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change: _______________________________
7. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:
Drawing/Document No. Description
8. Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:[14]
(Amount)
(a) Direct material
(b) Major construction equipment
(c) Direct field labor (Total hrs)
(d) Subcontracts
(e) Indirect material and labor
(f) Site supervision
(g) Head office technical staff salaries
Process engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Project engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Equipment engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Procurement hrs @ rate/hr
Draftsperson hrs @ rate/hr
Total hrs
(h) Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.)
(i) Fee for general administration, % of Items
(j) Taxes and customs duties
Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal
(Sum of items (a) to (j))
Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal
(Amount payable if Change is not accepted)
9. Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal
10. Effect on the Functional Guarantees
11. Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract
12. Validity of this Proposal: within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the Employer
13. Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:
(a) You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this detailed Change Proposal within ______________ days from your receipt of this Proposal.
(b) The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the adjustment of the Contract Price.
(c) Contractor’s cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2
(Contractor’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 5. Change Order
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. _______), and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________
3. Change Order No./Rev.: _______________________________
4. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________
Contractor: _______________________________
5. Authorized Price:
Ref. No.: _______________________________ Date: __________________________
Foreign currency portion __________ plus Local currency portion __________
6. Adjustment of Time for Completion
None Increase _________ days Decrease _________ days
7. Other effects, if any
Authorized by: Date:
(Employer)
Accepted by: Date:
(Contractor)
Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: [_______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Employer’s Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________dated: __________
3. Contractor’s Change Proposal No./Rev.: ________________________ dated: __________
4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: _______________________________
6. Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:
Drawing/Document No. Description
7. Adjustment of Time for Completion:
8. Other change in the Contract terms:
9. Other terms and conditions:
(Employer’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities.
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________ dated: _______________________________
3. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
4. Reasons for Change:
5. Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract):
6. Scheduled Impact of Change:
7. Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any:
8. Appendix:
(Contractor’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Drawings |
Supplementary Information The proposed locations of the auto-reclosers across the Eswatini Electricity Company network:
|
The coordinates existing locations of the Communication High Sites across the Eswatini Electricity Company network can be found in this link:
11kV Auto Reclosers
PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract |
Table of Clauses
A. Contract and Interpretation. 193
1. Definitions. 193
2. Contract Documents. 196
3. Interpretation. 196
4. Communications. 198
5. Law and Language. 198
6. Fraud and Corruption. 198
B. Subject Matter of Contract 199
7. Scope of Facilities. 199
8. Time for Commencement and Completion. 200
9. Contractor’s Responsibilities. 200
10. Employer’s Responsibilities. 204
C. Payment 206
11. Contract Price. 206
12. Terms of Payment 206
13. Securities. 206
14. Taxes and Duties. 208
D. Intellectual Property. 209
15. License/Use of Technical Information. 209
16. Confidential Information. 209
E. Execution of the Facilities. 210
17. Representatives. 210
18. Work Program.. 212
19. Subcontracting. 215
20. Design and Engineering. 216
21. Procurement 218
22. Installation. 220
23. Test and Inspection. 232
24. Completion of the Facilities. 234
25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance. 236
F. Guarantees and Liabilities. 239
26. Completion Time Guarantee. 239
27. Defect Liability. 240
28. Functional Guarantees. 242
29. Patent Indemnity. 243
30. Limitation of Liability. 245
G. Risk Distribution. 245
31. Transfer of Ownership. 245
32. Care of Facilities. 246
33. Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification. 247
34. Insurance. 248
35. Unforeseen Conditions. 251
36. Change in Laws and Regulations. 252
37. Force Majeure. 252
38. War Risks. 254
H. Change in Contract Elements. 255
39. Change in the Facilities. 255
40. Extension of Time for Completion. 259
41. Suspension. 260
42. Termination. 262
43. Assignment 269
44. Export Restrictions. 269
I. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration. 269
45. Contractor’s Claims. 269
46. Disputes and Arbitration. 271
47. Cyber Security. 275
General Conditions of Contract
1. Definitions | 1.1 The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them: “Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Employer and the Contractor, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein; they shall constitute the Contract, and the term “the Contract” shall in all such documents be construed accordingly. “Contract Documents” means the documents listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) of the Contract Agreement (including any amendments thereto). “GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract hereof. “PCC” means the Particular Conditions of Contract. “day” means calendar day. “year” means 365 days. “month” means calendar month. “Party” means the Employer or the Contractor, as the context requires, and “Parties” means both of them. “Employer” means the person named as such in the PCC and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Employer. “Project Manager” means the person appointed by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.1 (Project Manager) hereof and named as such in the PCC to perform the duties delegated by the Employer. “Contractor” means the person(s) whose Bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Employer and is named as Contractor in the Contract Agreement, and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Contractor. “Contractor’s Representative” means any person nominated by the Contractor and approved by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2 (Contractor’s Representative and Construction Manager) hereof to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor. “Construction Manager” means the person appointed by the Contractor’s Representative in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.4. “Subcontractor,” including manufacturers, means any person to whom execution of any part of the Facilities, including preparation of any design or supply of any Plant, is sub-contracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor, and includes its legal successors or permitted assigns. “Dispute Board” (DB) means the person or persons named as such in the PCC appointed by agreement between the Employer and the Contractor to make a decision with respect to any dispute or difference between the Employer and the Contractor referred to him or her by the Parties pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 (Dispute Board) hereof. “The Bank” means the financing institution named in the PCC. “Contract Price” means the sum specified in Article 2.1 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract. “Facilities” means the Plant to be supplied and installed, as well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the Contractor under the Contract. “Plant” means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, materials, articles and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the Facilities by the Contractor under the Contract (including the spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 hereof), but does not include Contractor’s Equipment. “Installation Services” means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract, such as transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation works (including the provision and use of Contractor’s Equipment and the supply of all construction materials required), installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc… as the case may require. “Contractor’s Equipment” means all facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of Facilities that are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant, or other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities. “Country of Origin” means the countries and territories eligible under the rules of the Bank as further elaborated in the PCC. “Site” means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such other land or places as may be specified in the Contract as forming part of the Site. “Effective Date” means the date of fulfillment of all conditions stated in Article 3 (Effective Date) of the Contract Agreement, from which the Time for Completion shall be counted. “Time for Completion” means the time within which Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been prescribed) is to be attained, as referred to in GCC Clause 8 and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Contract. “Completion” means that the Facilities (or a specific part thereof where specific parts are specified in the Contract) have been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition, that all work in respect of Precommissioning of the Facilities or such specific part thereof has been completed, and that the Facilities or specific part thereof are ready for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof. “Precommissioning” means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the Employer’s Requirements that are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof. “Commissioning” means operation of the Facilities or any part thereof by the Contractor following Completion, which operation is to be carried out by the Contractor as provided in GCC Sub-Clause 25.1 (Commissioning) hereof, for the purpose of carrying out Guarantee Test(s). “Guarantee Test(s)” means the test(s) specified in the Employer’s Requirements to be carried out to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 25.2 (Guarantee Test) hereof. “Operational Acceptance” means the acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities (or any part of the Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts), which certifies the Contractor’s fulfillment of the Contract in respect of Functional Guarantees of the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees) hereof and shall include deemed acceptance in accordance with GCC Clause 25 (Commissioning and Operational Acceptance) hereof. “Defect Liability Period” means the period of validity of the warranties given by the Contractor commencing at Completion of the Facilities or a part thereof, during which the Contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) as provided in GCC Clause 27 (Defect Liability) hereof. “ES” means Environmental and Social (including Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH)). “Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following: Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another. Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions; “Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s Personnel or Employer’s Personnel. “Contractor’s Personnel” means all personnel whom the Contractor utilizes in the execution of the Contract, including the staff, labor and other employees of the Contractor and each Subcontractor; and any other personnel assisting the Contractor in the execution of the Contract; and “Employer’s Personnel” means all staff, labor and other employees of the Project Manager and of the Employer engaged in fulfilling the Employer’s obligations under the Contract; and any other personnel identified as Employer’s Personnel, by a notice from the Employer to the Contractor. | ||
2. Contract Documents | 2.1 Subject to Article 1.2 (Order of Precedence) of the Contract Agreement, all documents forming part of the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be correlative, complementary and mutually explanatory. The Contract shall be read as a whole. | ||
3. Interpretation | 3.1 In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:
The marginal words and other headings shall not be taken into consideration in the interpretation of these Conditions. 3.2 Incoterms Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of Parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms. Incoterms means international rules for interpreting trade terms published by the International Chamber of Commerce (latest edition), 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France. 3.3 Entire Agreement Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 16.4 hereof, the Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and Contractor with respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all communications, negotiations and agreements (whether written or oral) of Parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract. 3.4 Amendment No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each Party hereto. 3.5 Independent Contractor The Contractor shall be an independent contractor performing the Contract. The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship between the Parties hereto. Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the manner in which the Contract is performed. All employees, representatives or Subcontractors engaged by the Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be under the complete control of the Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Employer, and nothing contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such employees, representatives or Subcontractors and the Employer. 3.6 Non-Waiver 3.6.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 3.6.2 below, no relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by either Party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either Party to the other shall prejudice, affect or restrict the rights of that Party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either Party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract. 3.6.2 Any waiver of a Party’s rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be dated and signed by an authorized representative of the Party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived. 3.7 Severability If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract. 3.8 Country of Origin “Origin” means the place where the plant and component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided. Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components. | ||
4. Communications | 4.1 Wherever these Conditions provide for the giving or issuing of approvals, certificates, consents, determinations, notices, requests and discharges, these communications shall be:
When a certificate is issued to a Party, the certifier shall send a copy to the other Party. When a notice is issued to a Party, by the other Party or the Project Manager, a copy shall be sent to the Project Manager or the other Party, as the case may be. | ||
5. Law and Language | 5.1 The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws of the country specified in the PCC.
| ||
6. Fraud and Corruption |
| ||
| |||
7. Scope of Facilities | 7.1 Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor’s obligations cover the provision of all Plant and the performance of all Installation Services required for the design, and the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil works, Precommissioning and delivery) of the Plant, and the installation, completion and commissioning of the Facilities in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Section, Employer’s Requirements. Such specifications include, but are not limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering services; the supply of labor, materials, equipment, spare parts (as specified in GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 below) and accessories; Contractor’s Equipment; construction utilities and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at the Site); and storage, except for those supplies, works and services that will be provided or performed by the Employer, as set forth in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer. 7.2 The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Completion of the Facilities as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract. 7.3 In addition to the supply of Mandatory Spare Parts included in the Contract, the Contractor agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the Facilities for the period specified in the PCC and the provisions, if any, specified in the PCC. However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such spare parts and the terms and conditions relating to the supply thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor, and the price of such spare parts shall be that given in Price Schedule No. 6, which shall be added to the Contract Price. The price of such spare parts shall include the purchase price therefor and other costs and expenses (including the Contractor’s fees) relating to the supply of spare parts. |
| |
8. Time for Commencement and Completion | 8.1 The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within the period specified in the PCC and without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.9 and 26.2 hereof, the Contractor shall thereafter proceed with the Facilities in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule. 8.2 The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in the Contract, within the time stated in the PCC or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof. |
| |
9. Contractor’s Responsibilities | 9.1 The Contractor shall design, manufacture including associated purchases and/or subcontracting, install and complete the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. When completed, the Facilities should be fit for the purposes for which they are intended as defined in the Contract. 9.2 The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that the Contractor could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available and of other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities as of the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to Bid submission. The Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Facilities. 9.3 The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor to obtain in its name and which are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for the Contractor’s Personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractor’s Equipment. The Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses that are not the responsibility of the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 10.3 hereof and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract. 9.4 The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in the country where the Facilities are to be implemented. The laws will include all local, state, national or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and bind upon the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 10.1 hereof. 9.5 Any Plant and Installation Services that will be incorporated in or be required for the Facilities and other supplies shall have their origin as specified under GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). Any subcontractors retained by the Contractor shall be from a country as specified in GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). 9.6 If the Contractor is a joint venture, or association (JV) of two or more persons, all such persons shall be jointly and severally bound to the Employer for the fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract, and shall designate one of such persons to act as a leader with authority to bind the JV. The composition or the constitution of the JV shall not be altered without the prior consent of the Employer. 9.7 Pursuant to paragraph 2.2 e. of Appendix B to the General Conditions the Contractor shall permit and shall cause its agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit, the Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the site and/or the accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have such accounts, records and other documents audited by auditors appointed by the Bank. The Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ and subconsultants’ attention is drawn to Sub-Clause 6.1 (Fraud and Corruption) which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant to the Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures). 9.8 The Contractor shall conform to the sustainable procurement contractual provisions, if and as specified in the PCC. 9.9 Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP) The Contractor shall not carry out mobilization to Site unless the Project Manager gives approval, an approval that shall not be unreasonably delayed, to the measures the Contractor proposes to address environmental and social risks and impacts including the code of conduct, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 22.4. The Contractor shall submit, to the Project Manager for Review, any additional Management Strategies and Implementation Plans as are necessary to manage the ES risks and impacts of the Facilities. These Management Strategies and Implementation Plans collectively comprise the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP). The Contractor shall review the C-ESMP, periodically (but not less than every six (6) months), and update it as required to ensure that it contains measures appropriate to the Facilities. The updated C-ESMP shall be submitted to the Project Manager for its approval. 9.10 Training of Contractor’s Personnel The Contractor shall provide appropriate training to relevant Contractor’s Personnel on ES aspects of the Contract, including appropriate sensitization on prohibition of SEA and health and safety training referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 22.2.7. As stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also allow appropriate opportunities for the relevant Contractor’s Personnel to be trained on ES aspects of the Contract by the Employer’s personnel and/or other personnel assigned by the Employer. 9.11 Stakeholder engagements The Contractor shall provide relevant contract- related information, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request to conduct contract stakeholder engagement. “Stakeholder” refers to individuals or groups who:
The Contractor may also directly participate in contract stakeholder engagements, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request. 9.12 Forced Labor The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage forced labour. Forced labour consists of any work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is exacted from an individual under threat of force or penalty, and includes any kind of involuntary or compulsory labour, such as indentured labour, bonded labour or similar labour-contracting arrangements. No persons shall be employed or engaged who have been subject to trafficking. Trafficking in persons is defined as the recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons by means of the threat or use of force or other forms of coercion, abduction, fraud, deception, abuse of power, or of a position of vulnerability, or of the giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve the consent of a person having control over another person, for the purposes of exploitation. The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage forced labour including trafficked persons. If forced labour/trafficking cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks. 9.13 Child Labor The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child under the age of 14 unless the national law specifies a higher age (the minimum age). The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child between the minimum age and the age of 18 in a manner that is likely to be hazardous, or to interfere with, the child’s education, or to be harmful to the child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development. The Contractor including its Subcontractors, shall only employ or engage children between the minimum age and the age of 18 after an appropriate risk assessment has been conducted by the Contractor with the Engineer’s consent. The Contractor shall be subject to regular monitoring by the Project Manager that includes monitoring of health, working conditions and hours of work. Work considered hazardous for children is work that, by its nature or the circumstances in which it is carried out, is likely to jeopardize the health, safety, or morals of children. Such work activities prohibited for children include work:
The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage child labor. If child labor cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks. 9.14 Serious Safety Issues The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall comply with all applicable safety obligations. The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) to adopt procedures and mitigation measures adequate to address safety issues related to their personnel. If serious safety issues are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks. 9.15 Obtaining natural resource materials The Contractor shall obtain natural resource materials from suppliers that can demonstrate, through compliance with the applicable verification and/ or certification requirements, that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats such as unsustainably harvested wood products, gravel or sand extraction from riverbeds or beaches. If a supplier cannot continue to demonstrate that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to demonstrate that they are not significantly adversely impacting the habitats. 9.16 Site Signage The Contractor shall not post and shall ensure that its Subcontractors/suppliers/manufacturers and Contractors’ Personnel shall not post, any signage on the Site, or in any other place where the Works will be carried out, except such signage as is required under the Contract, including by the Laws of the Country, or has been approved by the Employer. For the purposes of this sub-clause, signage shall include, inter alia, flags, billboards, advertising materials and any other similar item separately posted on the Site. |
| |
10. Employer’s Responsibilities | 10.1 All information and/or data to be supplied by the Employer as described in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, shall be deemed to be accurate, except when the Employer expressly states otherwise. 10.2 The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of the Site and access thereto, and for providing possession of and access to all other areas reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract, including all requisite rights of way, as specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer. The Employer shall give full possession of and accord all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in that Appendix. 10.3 The Employer shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which (a) such authorities or undertakings require the Employer to obtain in the Employer’s name, (b) are necessary for the execution of the Contract, including those required for the performance by both the Contractor and the Employer of their respective obligations under the Contract, and (c) are specified in the Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer). 10.4 If requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all permits, approvals and/or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor or Subcontractors or the personnel of the Contractor or Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain. 10.5 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Employer shall provide sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply and make available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, other materials and facilities; and shall perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, including those required by the Contractor to properly carry out Precommissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, at or before the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 hereof and in the manner thereupon specified or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor. 10.6 The Employer shall be responsible for the continued operation of the Facilities after Completion, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.8, and shall be responsible for facilitating the Guarantee Test(s) for the Facilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2. 10.7 All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the obligations under this GCC Clause 10 shall be the responsibility of the Employer, save those to be incurred by the Contractor with respect to the performance of Guarantee Tests, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2. 10.8 In the event that the Employer shall be in breach of any of his obligations under this Clause, the additional cost incurred by the Contractor in consequence thereof shall be determined by the Project Manager and added to the Contract Price. |
| |
11. Contract Price | 11.1 The Contract Price shall be as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement. 11.2 Unless an adjustment clause is provided for in the PCC, the Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any alteration, except in the event of a Change in the Facilities or as otherwise provided in the Contract. 11.3 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.2, 10.1 and 35 hereof, the Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract. |
12. Terms of Payment | 12.1 The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement and in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which also outlines the procedures to be followed in making application for and processing payments. 12.2 No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities or any part(s) thereof. 12.3 In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s) shown in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after judgment or arbitrage award. 12.4 The currency or currencies in which payments are made to the Contractor under this Contract shall be specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, subject to the general principle that payments will be made in the currency or currencies in which the Contract Price has been stated in the Contractor’s Bid. 12.5 As specified in the PCC, if the Contractor fails to perform its cyber security obligations under the Contract, an assessed amount, as determined by the Project Manager, may be withheld until the obligation has been performed. |
13. Securities | 13.1 Issuance of Securities The Contractor shall provide the securities specified below in favor of the Employer at the times, and in the amount, manner and form specified below. 13.2 Advance Payment Security 13.2.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security in an amount equal to the advance payment calculated in accordance with the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, and in the same currency or currencies. 13.2.2 The security shall be in the form provided in the Bidding documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer. The amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the Facilities executed by and paid to the Contractor from time to time, and shall automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment has been recovered by the Employer. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration. 13.3 Performance Security 13.3.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the PCC. 13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be denominated in the currency or currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in the form provided in Section X, Contract Forms, corresponding to the type of bank guarantee stipulated by the Employer in the PCC, or in another form acceptable to the Employer. 13.3.3 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the security shall be reduced by half on the date of the Operational Acceptance. The Security shall become null and void, or shall be reduced pro rata to the Contract Price of a part of the Facilities for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, five hundred and forty (540) days after Completion of the Facilities or three hundred and sixty five (365) days after Operational Acceptance of the Facilities, whichever occurs first; provided, however, that if the Defects Liability Period has been extended on any part of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.8 hereof, the Contractor shall issue an additional security in an amount proportionate to the Contract Price of that part. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration, provided, however, that if the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10, is liable for an extended defect liability obligation, the Performance Security shall be extended for the period specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10 and up to the amount specified in the PCC. 13.3.4 The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security, except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled under the Contract. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from a claim under the Performance Security to the extent to which the Employer was not entitled to make the claim. |
14. Taxes and Duties | 14.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, levies and charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is located. 14.2 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 14.1 above, the Employer shall bear and promptly pay (a) all customs and import duties for the Plant specified in Price Schedule No. 1; and (b) other domestic taxes such as, sales tax and value added tax (VAT) on the Plant specified in Price Schedules No. 1 and No. 2 and that is to be incorporated into the Facilities, and on the finished goods, imposed by the law of the country where the Site is located. 14.3 If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the Contractor in the country where the Site is located, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to enable the Contractor to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent. 14.4 For the purpose of the Contract, it is agreed that the Contract Price specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement is based on the taxes, duties, levies and charges prevailing at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission in the country where the Site is located (hereinafter called “Tax” in this GCC Sub-Clause 14.4). If any rates of Tax are increased or decreased, a new Tax is introduced, an existing Tax is abolished, or any change in interpretation or application of any Tax occurs in the course of the performance of Contract, which was or will be assessed on the Contractor, Subcontractors or their employees in connection with performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price shall be made to fully take into account any such change by addition to the Contract Price or deduction therefrom, as the case may be, in accordance with GCC Clause 36 hereof. |
15. License/Use of Technical Information | 15.1 For the operation and maintenance of the Plant, the Contractor hereby grants a non-exclusive and non-transferable license (without the right to sub-license) to the Employer under the patents, utility models or other industrial property rights owned by the Contractor or by a third Party from whom the Contractor has received the right to grant licenses thereunder, and shall also grant to the Employer a non-exclusive and non-transferable right (without the right to sub-license) to use the know-how and other technical information disclosed to the Employer under the Contract. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring ownership of any patent, utility model, trademark, design, copyright, know-how or other intellectual property right from the Contractor or any third Party to the Employer. 15.2 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information furnished to the Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or, if they are furnished to the Employer directly or through the Contractor by any third Party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third Party. |
16. Confidential Information | 16.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other Party hereto, divulge to any third Party any documents, data or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other Party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination of the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such documents, data and other information it receives from the Employer to the extent required for the Subcontractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Contractor under this GCC Clause 16. 16.2 The Employer shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Contractor for any purpose other than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities. Similarly, the Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Employer for any purpose other than the design, procurement of Plant, construction or such other work and services as are required for the performance of the Contract. 16.3 The obligation of a Party under GCC Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above, however, shall not apply to that information which (a) now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that Party (b) can be proven to have been possessed by that Party at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other Party hereto (c) otherwise lawfully becomes available to that Party from a third Party that has no obligation of confidentiality (d) is being provided to the Bank. 16.4 The above provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the Parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof. 16.5 The provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract. |
17. Representatives | 17.1 Project Manager If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project Manager. The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed, and shall give a notice of the name of such other person to the Contractor without delay. No such appointment shall be made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The Project Manager shall represent and act for the Employer at all times during the performance of the Contract. All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided. All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided. 17.2 Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager 17.2.1 If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed. If the Employer makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Contractor’s Representative shall be deemed to have been approved. If the Employer objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefor, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1 shall apply thereto. 17.2.2 The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the performance of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager all the Contractor’s notices, instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract. All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the Employer or the Project Manager to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractor’s Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein otherwise provided. The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s Representative without the Employer’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1. 17.2.3 The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions and authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation may be revoked at any time. Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractor’s Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and authorities thereby delegated or revoked. No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and the Project Manager. Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.3 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractor’s Representative. 17.2.4 From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Completion, the Contractor’s Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with the proper performance of the Contract. Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as the Construction Manager’s deputy. 17.2.5 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be removed) the Contractor’s Representative or any other person employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract, who:
If appropriate, the Contractor shall then promptly appoint (or cause to be appointed) a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience. Notwithstanding any requirement from the Project Manager to remove or cause to remove any person, the Contractor shall take immediate action as appropriate in response to any violation of (a) through (g) above. Such immediate action shall include removing (or causing to be removed) from the Site or other places where the Contract is being executed, any Contractor’s Personnel who engages in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g) above or has been recruited as stated in (f) above.. 17.2.6 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.5, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience. |
18. Work Program | 18.1 Contractor’s Organization The Contractor shall supply to the Employer and the Project Manager a chart showing the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor for carrying out work on the Facilities within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date. The chart shall include the identities of the key personnel and the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed shall be supplied together with the chart. The Contractor shall promptly inform the Employer and the Project Manager in writing of any revision or alteration of such an organization chart. 18.2 Program of Performance Within twenty-eight (28) days after the Effective Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a detailed program of performance of the Contract, made in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and showing the sequence in which it proposes to design, manufacture, transport, assemble, install and precommission the Facilities, as well as the date by which the Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. The program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the Time Schedule included in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and any other dates and periods specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the Times for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to Sub-Clause 8.2 and any extension granted in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and shall submit all such revisions to the Project Manager. 18.3 Progress Report The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager every month. The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for each activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective action being taken. Unless otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, each progress report shall include the Environmental and Social (ES) metrics set out in Appendix C. If stated in the PCC, progress report shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation. In addition to the progress reports, the Contractor shall inform the Project Manager immediately of any allegation, incident or accident in the Site, which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel or Contractor’s Personnel. This includes, but is not limited to, any incident or accident causing fatality or serious injury; significant adverse effects or damage to private property; any cyber security incidents as specified in the PCC; or any allegation of SEA and/or SH. In case of SEA and/or SH, while maintaining confidentiality as appropriate, the type of allegation (sexual exploitation, sexual abuse or sexual harassment), gender and age of the person who experienced the alleged incident should be included in the information. The Contractor, upon becoming aware of the allegation, incident or accident, shall also immediately inform the Project Manager of any such incident or accident on the Subcontractors’ or suppliers’ premises relating to the Facilities which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel, or Contractor’s, its Subcontractors’ and suppliers’ personnel. The notification shall provide sufficient detail regarding such incidents or accidents. The Contractor shall provide full details of such incidents or accidents to the Project Manager within the timeframe agreed with the Project Manager. The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors and suppliers to immediately notify the Contractor of any incidents or accidents referred to in this Subclause. 18.4 Progress of Performance If at any time the Contractor’s actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Employer or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project Manager a revised program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion under GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, any extension thereof entitled under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the Contractor. 18.5 Procedures The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents including the procedures given in the Forms and Procedures of the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract. |
19. Subcontracting | 19.1 The Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, specifies major items of supply or services and a list of approved Subcontractors against each item, including manufacturers. Insofar as no Subcontractors are listed against any such item, the Contractor shall prepare a list of Subcontractors for such item for inclusion in such list. The Contractor may from time to time propose any addition to or deletion from any such list. The Contractor shall submit any such list or any modification thereto to the Employer for its approval in sufficient time so as not to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Submission by the Contractor, for addition of any Subcontractor not named in the Contract, shall also include the Subcontractor’s declaration in accordance with Appendix D- Sexual exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration. Approval by the Employer for any of the Subcontractors shall not relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations, duties or responsibilities under the Contract. 19.2 The Contractor shall select and employ its Subcontractors for such major items from those listed in the lists referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 19.1. 19.3 For items or parts of the Facilities not specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, the Contractor may employ such Subcontractors as it may select, at its discretion. 19.4 Each sub-contract shall include provisions which would entitle the Employer to require the sub-contract to be assigned to the Employer under GCC 19.5 (if and when applicable), or in event of termination by the Employer under GCC 42.2. 19.5 If a Subcontractor's obligations extend beyond the expiry date of the relevant Defects Liability Period and the Project Manager, prior to that date, instructs the Contractor to assign the benefits of such obligations to the Employer, then the Contractor shall do so. 19.6 The Contractor shall ensure that its Subcontractors execute the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, including complying with the relevant ES requirements and the obligations set out in GCC Sub-Clause 22.4. |
20. Design and Engineering | 20.1 Specifications and Drawings 20.1.1 The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and the engineering work in compliance with the provisions of the Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with good engineering practice. The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications, drawings and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of the Employer. 20.1.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project Manager. 20.2 Codes and Standards Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of Bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified. During Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied subject to approval by the Employer and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 39. 20.3 Approval/Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager 20.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare or cause its Subcontractors to prepare, and furnish to the Project Manager the documents listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Documents for Approval or Review, for its approval or review as specified and in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance). Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Manager’s approval thereof. GCC Sub-Clauses 20.3.2 through 20.3.7 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project Manager’s approval, but not to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only. 20.3.2 Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its disapproval thereof and the reasons therefor and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes. If the Project Manager fails to take such action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the said document shall be deemed to have been approved by the Project Manager. 20.3.3 The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the document does not comply with the Contract or that it is contrary to good engineering practice. 20.3.4 If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.2. If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required modification(s), whereupon the document shall be deemed to have been approved. 20.3.5 If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer and the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the disapproval by the Project Manager of any document and/or any modification(s) thereto that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period, then such dispute or difference may be referred to a Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 hereof. If such dispute or difference is referred to a Dispute Board, the Project Manager shall give instructions as to whether and if so, how, performance of the Contract is to proceed. The Contractor shall proceed with the Contract in accordance with the Project Manager’s instructions, provided that if the Dispute Board upholds the Contractor’s view on the dispute and if the Employer has not given notice under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 hereof, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Employer for any additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of such responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as the Dispute Board shall decide, and the Time for Completion shall be extended accordingly. 20.3.6 The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications required by the Project Manager. 20.3.7 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first submitted to the Project Manager an amended document and obtained the Project Manager’s approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 20.3. If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any document based thereon, the provisions of GCC Clause 39 shall apply to such request. |
21. Procurement | 21.1 Plant Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, the Contractor shall procure and transport all Plant in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Site. 21.2 Employer-Supplied Plant If the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, provides that the Employer shall furnish any specific items to the Contractor, the following provisions shall apply: 21.2.1 The Employer shall, at its own risk and expense, transport each item to the place on or near the Site as agreed upon by the Parties and make such item available to the Contractor at the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, unless otherwise mutually agreed. 21.2.2 Upon receipt of such item, the Contractor shall inspect the same visually and notify the Project Manager of any detected shortage, defect or default. The Employer shall immediately remedy any shortage, defect or default, or the Contractor shall, if practicable and possible, at the request of the Employer, remedy such shortage, defect or default at the Employer’s cost and expense. After inspection, such item shall fall under the care, custody and control of the Contractor. The provision of this GCC Sub-Clause 21.2.2 shall apply to any item supplied to remedy any such shortage or default or to substitute for any defective item, or shall apply to defective items that have been repaired. 21.2.3 The foregoing responsibilities of the Contractor and its obligations of care, custody and control shall not relieve the Employer of liability for any undetected shortage, defect or default, nor place the Contractor under any liability for any such shortage, defect or default whether under GCC Clause 27 or under any other provision of Contract. 21.3 Transportation 21.3.1 The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges most suitable under all the circumstances. 21.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to select any safe mode of transport operated by any person to carry the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment. 21.3.3 Upon dispatch of each shipment of materials and the Contractor’s Equipment, the Contractor shall notify the Employer by telex, cable, facsimile or electronic means, of the description of the materials and of the Contractor’s Equipment, the point and means of dispatch, and the estimated time and point of arrival in the country where the Site is located, if applicable, and at the Site. The Contractor shall furnish the Employer with relevant shipping documents to be agreed upon between the Parties. 21.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if necessary, approvals from the authorities for transportation of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site. The Employer shall use its best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining such approvals, if requested by the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any claim for damage to roads, bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by the transport of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site. 21.4 Customs Clearance The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle all imported materials and Contractor’s Equipment at the point(s) of import and shall handle any formalities for customs clearance, subject to the Employer’s obligations under GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, provided that if applicable laws or regulations require any application or act to be made by or in the name of the Employer, the Employer shall take all necessary steps to comply with such laws or regulations. In the event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension in the Time for Completion, pursuant to GCC Clause 40. |
22. Installation | 22.1 Setting Out/Supervision 22.1.1 Bench Mark: The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench marks, reference marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on behalf of the Employer. If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Project Manager. If such error is based on incorrect data provided in writing by or on behalf of the Employer, the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer. 22.1.2 Contractor’s Supervision: The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of the Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of the installation. The Contractor shall provide and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand. 22.2 Labor: 22.2.1 Engagement of Staff and Labor Except as otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labor, local or otherwise, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport. The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for the proper and timely execution of the Contract. The Contractor is encouraged to use local labor that has the necessary skills. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the appropriate authorities for the entry of all labor and personnel to be employed on the Site into the country where the Site is located. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use his best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state, national or government permission required for bringing in the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall at its own expense provide the means of repatriation to all of its Contractor’s Personnel employed for the excution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out to the place where they were recruited or to their domicile. It shall also provide suitable temporary maintenance of all such persons from the cessation of their employment on the Contract to the date programmed for their departure. In the event that the Contractor defaults in providing such means of transportation and temporary maintenance, the Employer may provide the same to such personnel and recover the cost of doing so from the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, relevant information and documentation that are clear and understandable regarding their terms and conditions of employment. The information and documentation shall set out their rights under relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel (which will include any applicable collective agreements), including their rights related to hours of work, wages, overtime, compensation and benefits, as well as those arising from any requirements in the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed when any material changes to their terms or conditions of employment occur. 22.2.2 Persons in the Service of Employer The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and labor from amongst the Employer’s Personnel. 22.2.3 Labor Laws The Contractor shall comply with all the relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel, including laws relating to their employment, health, safety, welfare, immigration and emigration, and shall allow them all their legal rights. The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavors to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behavior by or amongst its employees and the labor of its Subcontractors. The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labor and the labor of its Subcontractors currently employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or other customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of labor. 22.2.4 Rates of Wages and Conditions of Labor The Contractor shall pay rates of wages, and observe conditions of labor, which are not lower than those established for the trade or industry where the work is carried out. If no established rates or conditions are applicable, the Contractor shall pay rates of wages and observe conditions which are not lower than the general level of wages and conditions observed locally by employers whose trade or industry is similar to that of the Contractor. The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about:
The Contractor shall perform such duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such laws. Where required by applicable Laws or as stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor and its Subcontarctors shall provide their personnel written notice of termination of employment and details of severance payments in a timely manner. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall have paid their personnel (either directly or where appropriate for their benefit) all due wages and entitlements including, as applicable, social security benefits and pension contributions, on or before the end of their engagement/ employment. 22.2.5 Working Hours No work shall be carried out on the Site on locally recognized days of rest, or outside the normal working hours stated in the PCC, unless: (a) otherwise stated in the Contract, (b) the Project Manager gives consent, or (c) the work is unavoidable, or necessary for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Facilities, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the Project Manager. If and when the Contractor considers it necessary to carry out work at night or on public holidays so as to meet the Time for Completion and requests the Project Manager’s consent thereto, the Project Manager shall not unreasonably withhold such consent. This Sub-Clause shall not apply to any work which is customarily carried out by rotary or double-shifts. 22.2.6 Facilities for Staff and Labor Except as otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities for the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out. The Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements. If stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall give access to or provide services that accommodate the physical, social and cultural needs of the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall also provide similar facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s Personnel to maintain any temporary or permanent living quarters within the structures forming part of the Facilities. 22.2.7 Health and Safety The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located). Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 9.9, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for its approval a health and safety manual which sets out all the health and safety requirements under the Contract. The health and safety manual shall be in addition to any other similar document required under applicable health and safety regulations and Laws. The Contractor shall:
22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements In the event of the death of any of the Contractor’s Personnel or accompanying members of their families, the Contractor shall be responsible for making the appropriate arrangements for their return or burial, unless otherwise specified in the PCC. 22.2.9 Records of Contractor’s Personnel The Contractor shall keep accurate records of the Contractor’s Personnel, including the number of each class of Contractor’s personnel on the Site and the names, ages, genders, hours worked and wages paid to all workers. These records shall be summarized on a monthly basis in a form approved by the Project Manager and shall be available for inspection by the Project Manager until the Contractor has completed all work. 22.2.10 Supply of Foodstuffs The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a sufficient supply of suitable food as may be stated in the Employer’s Requirements at reasonable prices for the Contractor’s personnel for the purposes of or in connection with the Contract. 22.2.11 Supply of Water The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the use of the Contractor’s personnel. 22.2.12 Measures against Insect and Pest Nuisance The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to protect the Contractor’s Personnel employed on the Site from insect and pest nuisance, and to reduce their danger to health. The Contractor shall comply with all the regulations of the local health authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide. 22.2.13 Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the laws of the Country, import, sell, give barter or otherwise dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow importation, sale, gift barter or disposal by Contractor's Personnel. 22.2.14 Arms and Ammunition The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow Contractor's Personnel to do so. 22.2.15 Workers’ Organizations In countries where the relevant labor laws recognize workers’ rights to form and to join workers’ organizations of their choosing and to bargain collectively without interference, the Contractor shall comply with such laws. In such circumstances, the role of legally established workers’ organizations and legitimate workers’ representatives will be respected, and they will be provided with information needed for meaningful negotiation in a timely manner. Where the relevant labor laws substantially restrict workers’ organizations, the Contractor shall enable alternative means for the Contractor’s Personnel to express their grievances and protect their rights regarding working conditions and terms of employment. The Contractor shall not seek to influence or control these alternative means. The Contractor shall not discriminate or retaliate against the Contractor’s Personnel who participate, or seek to participate, in such organizations and collective bargaining or alternative mechanisms. Workers’ organizations are expected to fairly represent the workers in the workforce. 22.2.16 Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity The Contractor shall not make decisions relating to the employment or treatment of Contractor’s Personnel on the basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements. The Contractor shall base the employment of Contractor’s Personnel on the principle of equal opportunity and fair treatment, and shall not discriminate with respect to any aspects of the employment relationship, including recruitment and hiring, compensation (including wages and benefits), working conditions and terms of employment, access to training, job assignment, promotion, termination of employment or retirement, and disciplinary practices. Special measures of protection or assistance to remedy past discrimination or selection for a particular job based on the inherent requirements of the job shall not be deemed discrimination. The Contractor shall provide protection and assistance as necessary to ensure non-discrimination and equal opportunity, including for specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant workers and children (of working age in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 9.13). 22.2.17 Contractor’s Personnel Grievance Mechanism The Contractor shall have a grievance mechanism for the Contractor’s Personnel, and where relevant the workers’ organizations stated in subclause 22.2.15, to raise workplace concerns. The grievance mechanism shall be proportionate to the nature, scale, risks and impacts of the Contract. The mechanism shall address concerns promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that provides timely feedback to those concerned in a language they understand, without any retribution, and shall operate in an independent and objective manner. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed of the grievance mechanism at the time of engagement for the Contract, and the measures put in place to protect them against any reprisal for its use. Measures will be put in place to make the grievance mechanism easily accessible to all Contractor’s Personnel. The grievance mechanism shall not impede access to other judicial or administrative remedies that might be available, or substitute for grievance mechanisms provided through collective agreements. The grievance mechanism may utilize existing grievance mechanisms, providing that they are properly designed and implemented, address concerns promptly, and are readily accessible to such project workers. Existing grievance mechanisms may be supplemented as needed with Contract-specific arrangements. 22.3 Contractor’s Equipment 22.3.1 All Contractor’s Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used exclusively for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall not remove the same from the Site without the Project Manager’s consent that such Contractor’s Equipment is no longer required for the execution of the Contract. 22.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any surplus materials remaining thereon. 22.3.3 The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national government permission required by the Contractor for the export of the Contractor’s Equipment imported by the Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no longer required for the execution of the Contract. 22.4 Site Regulations The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site regulations setting out the rules to be observed in the execution of the Contract at the Site and shall comply therewith. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Project Manager with a copy to the Employer, proposed Site regulations for the Project Manager’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to, Code of Conduct for environmental and social aspectssubmitted as part of the Bid and agreed to by the Employer, , security arrangements in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 22.8, safety of the Facilities, gate control, sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that each Contractor’s Personnel, employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, is made aware of the Code of Conduct including specific behaviors that are prohibited, and understands the consequences of engaging in such prohibited behaviors. These measures include providing instructions and documentation that can be understood by the Contractor’s Personnel and seeking to obtain that person’s signature acknowledging receipt of such instructions and/or documentation, as appropriate. The Contractor shall also ensure that the Code of Conduct is visibly displayed in multiple locations on the Site and any other place where the Installation Services will be carried out, as well as in areas outside the Site accessible to the local community and project affected people. The posted Code of Conduct shall be provided in languages comprehensible to Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s Personnel and the local community. The Contractor’s Management Strategy and Implementation Plans shall include appropriate processes for the Contractor to verify compliance with these obligations. 22.5 Opportunities for Other Contractors 22.5.1 The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to any other contractors employed by the Employer on or near the Site. 22.5.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the Contractor’s Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature for such other contractors, the Employer shall fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage caused or occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use or service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration for the use of such equipment or the provision of such services. 22.5.3 The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform its work as to minimize, to the extent possible, interference with the work of other contractors. The Project Manager shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise between the Contractor and other contractors and the workers of the Employer in regard to their work. 22.5.4 The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager promptly of any defects in the other contractors’ work that come to its notice, and that could affect the Contractor’s work. The Project Manager shall determine the corrective measures, if any, required to rectify the situation after inspection of the Facilities. Decisions made by the Project Manager shall be binding on the Contractor. 22.6 Emergency Work If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to the Facilities, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such work. If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work immediately, the Employer may do or cause such work to be done as the Employer may determine is necessary in order to prevent damage to the Facilities. In such event the Employer shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any such emergency, notify the Contractor in writing of such emergency, the work done and the reasons therefor. If the work done or caused to be done by the Employer is work that the Contractor was liable to do at its own expense under the Contract, the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer. Otherwise, the cost of such remedial work shall be borne by the Employer. 22.7 Site Clearance 22.7.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance: In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractor’s Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract. 22.7.2 Clearance of Site after Completion: After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities in a clean and safe condition. 22.8 Security of the Site The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Site including providing and maintaining at its own expense all lighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public. If required in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall submit for the Project Manager’s No-objection a security management plan that sets the security arrangements for the Site. In making security arrangements, the Contractor shall be guided by applicable laws and any other requirements stated in the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor shall (i) conduct appropriate background checks on any personnel retained to provide security; (ii) train the security personnel adequately (or determine that they are properly trained) in the use of force (and where applicable, firearms), and appropriate conduct towards Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s personnel and affected communities; and (iii) require the security personnel to act within the applicable Laws and any requirements set out in the Employer’s Reqquirements. The Contractor shall not permit any use of force by security personnel in providing security except when used for preventive and defensive purposes in proportion to the nature and extent of the threat. 22.9 Protection of the Environment The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to:
The Contractor shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges, effluent and any other pollutants from the Contractor’s activities shall exceed neither the values indicated in the Employer’s Requirements, nor those prescribed by applicable laws. In the event of damage to the environment, property and/or nuisance to people, on or off Site as a result of the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall agree with the Project Manager the appropriate actions and time scale to remedy, as practicable, the damaged environment to its former condition. The Contractor shall implement such remedies at its cost to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. 22.10 Traffic and Road Safety The Contractor shall take all necessary safety measures to avoid the occurrence of incidents and injuries to any third party associated with the use of Contractor’s Equipment on public roads or other public infrastructure. The Contractor shall monitor and use road safety incidents and accidents reports to identify negative safety issues, and establish and implement necessary measures to resolve them. 22.11 Cultural Heritage Findings All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, structures, groups of structures, and other remains or items of geological, archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious interest found on the Site shall be placed under the care and custody of the Employer. The Contractor shall:
If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs extra costs from complying with the Project Manager instructions, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price. |
23. Test and Inspection | 23.1 The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place of manufacture and/or on the Site all such tests and/or inspections of the Plant and any part of the Facilities as are specified in the Contract. 23.2 The Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid test and/or inspection, provided that the Employer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses. 23.3 Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable advance notice of such test and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof to the Project Manager. The Contractor shall obtain from any relevant third Party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives to attend the test and/or inspection. 23.4 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection. If the Employer or Project Manager or their designated representatives fails to attend the test and/or inspection, or if it is agreed between the Parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor may proceed with the test and/or inspection in the absence of such persons, and may provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results thereof. 23.5 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to carry out any test and/or inspection not required by the Contract, provided that the Contractor’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price. Further, if such test and/or inspection impede the progress of work on the Facilities and/or the Contractor’s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for Completion and the other obligations so affected. 23.6 If any Plant or any part of the Facilities fails to pass any test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace such Plant or part of the Facilities and shall repeat the test and/or inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 23.3. 23.7 If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the Parties in connection with or arising out of the test and/or inspection of the Plant or part of the Facilities that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period of time, it may be referred to an Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3. 23.8 The Contractor shall afford the Employer and the Project Manager, at the Employer’s expense, access at any reasonable time to any place where the Plant are being manufactured or the Facilities are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the Project Manager shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior notice. Without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 9.7, as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also afford other relevant entities (at the Employer’s or their respective entities’ expense, as appropriate) access to the Facilities, to inspect progress and the manner of the execution of the Facilities, carry out environmental and social audit, as appropriate, or carry out any other duty as stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager. 23.9 The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or inspection of Plant or any part of the Facilities, nor the attendance by the Employer or the Project Manager, nor the issue of any test certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.4, shall release the Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract. 23.10 No part of the Facilities or foundations shall be covered up on the Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and/or inspection required under the Contract. The Contractor shall give a reasonable notice to the Project Manager whenever any such parts of the Facilities or foundations are ready or about to be ready for test and/or inspection; such test and/or inspection and notice thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract. 23.11 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Facilities or foundations, or shall make openings in or through the same as the Project Manager may from time to time require at the Site, and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts. If any parts of the Facilities or foundations have been covered up at the Site after compliance with the requirement of GCC Sub-Clause 23.10 and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating, and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, and the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract. |
24. Completion of the Facilities | 24.1 As soon as the Facilities or any part thereof has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the Employer’s Requirements, excluding minor items not materially affecting the operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Employer in writing. 24.2 Within seven (7) days after receipt of the notice from the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, the Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof. Pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, the Employer shall also provide, within the said seven (7) day period, the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof. 24.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after the operating and maintenance personnel have been supplied by the Employer and the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters have been provided by the Employer in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.2, the Contractor shall commence Precommissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof in preparation for Commissioning, subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5. 24.4 As soon as all works in respect of Precommissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the Contractor, the Facilities or any part thereof is ready for Commissioning, the Contractor shall so notify the Project Manager in writing. 24.5 The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, either issue a Completion Certificate in the form specified in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures), stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, or notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies. If the Project Manager notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such defects and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure described in GCC Sub-Clause 24.4. If the Project Manager is satisfied that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion, the Project Manager shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s repeated notice. If the Project Manager is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, and the above procedure shall be repeated. 24.6 If the Project Manager fails to issue the Completion Certificate and fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4 or within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or if the Employer makes use of the Facilities or part thereof, then the Facilities or that part thereof shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice or repeated notice, or as of the Employer’s use of the Facilities, as the case may be. 24.7 As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor. 24.8 Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof, together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof. |
25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance | 25.1 Commissioning 25.1.1 Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof shall be commenced by the Contractor immediately after issue of the Completion Certificate by the Project Manager, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or immediately after the date of the deemed Completion, under GCC Sub-Clause 24.6. 25.1.2 The Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel and all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Commissioning. 25.1.3 In accordance with the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor’s and Project Manager’s advisory personnel shall attend the Commissioning, including the Guarantee Test, and shall advise and assist the Employer. 25.2 Guarantee Test 25.2.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5, the Guarantee Test and repeats thereof shall be conducted by the Contractor during Commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof to ascertain whether the Facilities or the relevant part can attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees. The Employer shall promptly provide the Contractor with such information as the Contractor may reasonably require in relation to the conduct and results of the Guarantee Test and any repeats thereof. 25.2.2 If for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Guarantee Test of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof cannot be successfully completed within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the Functional Guarantees, and GCC Sub-Clauses 28.2 and 28.3 shall not apply. 25.3 Operational Acceptance 25.3.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.4 below, Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof when (a) the Guarantee Test has been successfully completed and the Functional Guarantees are met; or (b) the Guarantee Test has not been successfully completed or has not been carried out for reasons not attributable to the Contractor within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.2 above or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor; or (c) the Contractor has paid the liquidated damages specified in GCC Sub-Clause 28.3 hereof; and (d) any minor items mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 24.7 hereof relevant to the Facilities or that part thereof have been completed. 25.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures) in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in such notice as of the date of such notice. 25.3.3 The Project Manager shall, after consultation with the Employer, and within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate. 25.3.4 If within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate, the Facilities or the relevant part thereof shall be deemed to have been accepted as of the date of the Contractor’s said notice. 25.4 Partial Acceptance 25.4.1 If the Contract specifies that Completion and Commissioning shall be carried out in respect of parts of the Facilities, the provisions relating to Completion and Commissioning including the Guarantee Test shall apply to each such part of the Facilities individually, and the Operational Acceptance Certificate shall be issued accordingly for each such part of the Facilities. 25.4.2 If a part of the Facilities comprises facilities such as buildings, for which no Commissioning or Guarantee Test is required, then the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for such facility when it attains Completion, provided that the Contractor shall thereafter complete any outstanding minor items that are listed in the Operational Acceptance Certificate. 25.5 Delayed Precommissioning and/or Guarantee Test 25.5.1 In the event that the Contractor is unable to proceed with the Precommissioning of the Facilities pursuant to Sub-Clause 24.3, or with the Guarantee Test pursuant to Sub-Clause 25.2, for reasons attributable to the Employer either on account of non availability of other facilities under the responsibilities of other contractor(s), or for reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, the provisions leading to “deemed” completion of activities such as Completion, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.6, and Operational Acceptance, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.4, and Contractor’s obligations regarding Defect Liability Period, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.2, Functional Guarantee, pursuant to GCC Clause 28, and Care of Facilities, pursuant to GCC Clause 32, and GCC Clause 41.1, Suspension, shall not apply. In this case, the following provisions shall apply. 25.5.2 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that he will be unable to proceed with the activities and obligations pursuant to above Sub-Clause 25.5.1, the Contractor shall be entitled to the following: (a) the Time of Completion shall be extended for the period of suspension without imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 26.2; (b) payments due to the Contractor in accordance with the provision specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which would not have been payable in normal circumstances due to non-completion of the subject activities, shall be released to the Contractor against submission of a security in the form of a bank guarantee of equivalent amount acceptable to the Employer, and which shall become null and void when the Contractor will have complied with its obligations regarding those payments, subject to the provision of Sub-Clause 25.5.3 below; (c) the expenses towards the above security and extension of other securities under the contract, of which validity needs to be extended, shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer; (d) the additional charges towards the care of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 32.1 shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer for the period between the notification mentioned above and the notification mentioned in Sub-Clause 25.5.4 below. The provision of GCC Sub-Clause 33.2 shall apply to the Facilities during the same period. 25.5.3 In the event that the period of suspension under above Sub-Clause 25.5.1 actually exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days, the Employer and Contractor shall mutually agree to any additional compensation payable to the Contractor. 25.5.4 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that the Plant is ready for Precommissioning, the Contractor shall proceed without delay in performing Precommissioning in accordance with Clause 24. |
26. Completion Time Guarantee | 26.1 The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of the Facilities (or a part for which a separate time for completion is specified) within the Time for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof. 26.2 If the Contractor fails to attain Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer liquidated damages in the amount specified in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price or the relevant part thereof. The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price. Once the “Maximum” is reached, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2. Such payment shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s obligation to attain Completion of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40. The Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof. However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to complete the Facilities or from any other obligations and liabilities of the Contractor under the Contract. Save for liquidated damages payable under this GCC Sub-Clause 26.2, the failure by the Contractor to attain any milestone or other act, matter or thing by any date specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and/or other program of work prepared pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 shall not render the Contractor liable for any loss or damage thereby suffered by the Employer. 26.3 If the Contractor attains Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof before the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor a bonus in the amount specified in the PCC. The aggregate amount of such bonus shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC. |
27. Defect Liability | 27.1 The Contractor warrants that the Facilities or any part thereof shall be free from defects in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied and of the work executed. 27.2 The Defect Liability Period shall be five hundred and forty (540) days from the date of Completion of the Facilities (or any part thereof) or one year from the date of Operational Acceptance of the Facilities (or any part thereof), whichever first occurs, unless specified otherwise in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10. If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Employer regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace or otherwise make good as the Contractor shall determine at its discretion, such defect as well as any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any defect or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes: (a) improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the Employer; (b) operation of the Facilities outside specifications provided in the Contract; or (c) normal wear and tear. 27.3 The Contractor’s obligations under this GCC Clause 27 shall not apply to: (a) any materials that are supplied by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 21.2, are normally consumed in operation, or have a normal life shorter than the Defect Liability Period stated herein; (b) any designs, specifications or other data designed, supplied or specified by or on behalf of the Employer or any matters for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein; or (c) any other materials supplied or any other work executed by or on behalf of the Employer, except for the work executed by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 27.7. 27.4 The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof. The Employer shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such defect. 27.5 The Employer shall afford the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site to enable the Contractor to perform its obligations under this GCC Clause 27. The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer, remove from the Site any Plant or any part of the Facilities that are defective if the nature of the defect, and/or any damage to the Facilities caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the Site. 27.6 If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the Facilities or any part thereof, the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests. If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good, as the case may be, until that part of the Facilities passes such tests. The tests shall be agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor. 27.7 If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered to be less than fifteen (15) days), the Employer may, following notice to the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due the Contractor or claimed under the Performance Security. 27.8 If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be, shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part cannot be used by the Employer because of any of the aforesaid reasons. 27.9 Except as provided in GCC Clauses 27 and 33, the Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever and howsoever arising, and whether under the Contract or at law, in respect of defects in the Facilities or any part thereof, the Plant, design or engineering or work executed that appear after Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof, except where such defects are the result of the gross negligence, fraud, or criminal or willful action of the Contractor. 27.10 In addition, any such component of the Facilities, and during the period of time as may be specified in the PCC, shall be subject to an extended defect liability period. Such obligation of the Contractor shall be in addition to the defect liability period specified under GCC Sub-Clause 27.2. |
28. Functional Guarantees | 28.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, subject to and upon the conditions therein specified. 28.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not met either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum level of such Guarantees. The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications and/or additions, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test until the minimum level of the Guarantees has been met. If the Contractor eventually fails to meet the minimum level of Functional Guarantees, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2. 28.3 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not attained either in whole or in part, but the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the said Appendix to the Contract Agreement is met, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s option, either (a) make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities or any part thereof that are necessary to attain the Functional Guarantees at its cost and expense, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test or (b) pay liquidated damages to the Employer in respect of the failure to meet the Functional Guarantees in accordance with the provisions in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees. 28.4 The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, up to the limitation of liability specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s guarantees under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, and the Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof. Upon the payment of such liquidated damages by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for the Facilities or any part thereof in respect of which the liquidated damages have been so paid. |
29. Patent Indemnity | 29.1 The Contractor shall, subject to the Employer’s compliance with GCC Sub-Clause 29.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Employer may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of: (a) the installation of the Facilities by the Contractor or the use of the Facilities in the country where the Site is located; and (b) the sale of the products produced by the Facilities in any country. Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Facilities or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the Facilities or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment, Plant or materials not supplied by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract Agreement. 29.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 29.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim. If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim. The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing. 29.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Contractor may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer. |
30. Limitation of Liability | 30.1 Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct, (a) neither Party shall be liable to the other Party, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with the Contract, other than specifically provided as any obligation of the Party in the Contract, and (b) the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer, whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the amount resulting from the application of the multiplier specified in the PCC, to the Contract Price or, if a multiplier is not so specified, the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the Employer with respect to patent infringement. |
31. Transfer of Ownership | 31.1 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) to be imported into the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer upon loading on to the mode of transport to be used to convey the Plant from the country of origin to that country. 31.2 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) procured in the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer when the Plant are brought on to the Site. 31.3 Ownership of the Contractor’s Equipment used by the Contractor and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Contractor or its Subcontractors. 31.4 Ownership of any Plant in excess of the requirements for the Facilities shall revert to the Contractor upon Completion of the Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Plant in question are no longer required for the Facilities. 31.5 Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Plant, the responsibility for care and custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to GCC Clause 32 (Care of Facilities) hereof until Completion of the Facilities or the part thereof in which such Plant are incorporated. |
32. Care of Facilities | 32.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or any part thereof until the date of Completion of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 24 or, where the Contract provides for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of the relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the Facilities or the relevant part thereof from any cause whatsoever during such period. The Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by the Contractor or its Subcontractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause 27. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to the Facilities or that part thereof caused by reason of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 and 38.1. 32.2 If any loss or damage occurs to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s temporary facilities by reason of (a) insofar as they relate to the country where the Site is located, nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination, pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance, including War Risks and Political Risks, taken out under GCC Clause 34 hereof; or (b) any use or occupation by the Employer or any third Party other than a Subcontractor, authorized by the Employer of any part of the Facilities; or (c) any use of or reliance upon any design, data or specification provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, or any such matter for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all sums payable in respect of the Facilities executed, notwithstanding that the same be lost, destroyed or damaged, and will pay to the Contractor the replacement value of all temporary facilities and all parts thereof lost, destroyed or damaged. If the Employer requests the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Contractor shall make good the same at the cost of the Employer in accordance with GCC Clause 39. If the Employer does not request the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby lost, destroyed or damaged, or, where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, the Employer shall terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1 hereof. 32.3 The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any Contractor’s Equipment, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for purposes of the Facilities, except (i) as mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 with respect to the Contractor’s temporary facilities, and (ii) where such loss or damage arises by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 (b) and (c) and 38.1. 32.4 With respect to any loss or damage caused to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s Equipment by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clause 38.1, the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 38.3 shall apply. |
33. Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification | 33.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 33.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, in respect of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to any property other than the Facilities whether accepted or not, arising in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities and by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or agents, except any injury, death or property damage caused by the negligence of the Employer, its contractors, employees, officers or agents. 33.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer that might subject the Contractor to liability under GCC Sub-Clause 33.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim. If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim. The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing. 33.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from any liability for loss of or damage to property of the Employer, other than the Facilities not yet taken over, that is caused by fire, explosion or any other perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances procured under GCC Clause 34, provided that such fire, explosion or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the Contractor. 33.4 The Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC Clause 33 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or damage which has occurred. If the Party fails to take such measures, the other Party’s liabilities shall be correspondingly reduced. |
34. Insurance | 34.1 To the extent specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, who should not unreasonably withhold such approval. (a) Cargo Insurance During Transport Covering loss or damage occurring while in transit from the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Plant (including spare parts therefor) and to the Contractor’s Equipment. (b) Installation All Risks Insurance Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to Completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the Defect Liability Period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the Defect Liability Period. (c) Third Party Liability Insurance Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third Parties including the Employer’s personnel, and loss of or damage to property occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities. (d) Automobile Liability Insurance Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, whether or not owned by them, in connection with the execution of the Contract. (e) Workers’ Compensation In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed. (f) Employer’s Liability In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed. (g) Other Insurances Such other insurances as may be specifically agreed upon by the Parties hereto as listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements. 34.2 The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1 except for the Cargo Insurance During Transport, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies. 34.3 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, deliver to the Employer certificates of insurance or copies of the insurance policies as evidence that the required policies are in full force and effect. The certificates shall provide that no less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Employer by insurers prior to cancellation or material modification of a policy. 34.4 The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under the Contract, unless such Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the Contractor. 34.5 The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract those insurances specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all such policies. All insurers’ rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies. The Employer shall deliver to the Contractor satisfactory evidence that the required insurances are in full force and effect. The policies shall provide that not less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Contractor by all insurers prior to any cancellation or material modification of the policies. If so requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall provide copies of the policies taken out by the Employer under this GCC Sub-Clause 34.5. 34.6 If the Contractor fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, the Employer may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Contractor under the Contract any premium that the Employer shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Contractor. If the Employer fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC 34.5, the Contractor may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Employer under the Contract any premium that the Contractor shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Employer. If the Contractor fails to or is unable to take out and maintain in effect any such insurances, the Contractor shall nevertheless have no liability or responsibility towards the Employer, and the Contractor shall have full recourse against the Employer for any and all liabilities of the Employer herein. 34.7 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies effected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 34, and all monies payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Contractor. The Employer shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable assistance as may be required by the Contractor. With respect to insurance claims in which the Employer’s interest is involved, the Contractor shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Employer. With respect to insurance claims in which the Contractor’s interest is involved, the Employer shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Contractor. |
35. Unforeseen Conditions | 35.1 If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical conditions other than climatic conditions, or artificial obstructions that could not have been reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced contractor on the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests, provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available, or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under the Contract that would not have been required if such physical conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work or using additional Plant or Contractor’s Equipment, notify the Project Manager in writing of (a) the physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been reasonably foreseen; (b) the additional work and/or Plant and/or Contractor’s Equipment required, including the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or obstructions; (c) the extent of the anticipated delay; and (d) the additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur. On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Project Manager shall promptly consult with the Employer and Contractor and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the physical conditions or artificial obstructions encountered. Following such consultations, the Project Manager shall instruct the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, of the actions to be taken. 35.2 Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the Contractor in following the instructions from the Project Manager to overcome such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1 shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor as an addition to the Contract Price. If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of the Contract because of any such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40. |
36. Change in Laws and Regulations | 36.1 If, after the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission, in the country where the Site is located, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or by-law having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated or changed which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities, that subsequently affects the costs and expenses of the Contractor and/or the Time for Completion, the Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased, and/or the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced costs shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where applicable, in accordance with the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 11.2. |
37. Force Majeure | 37.1 “Force Majeure” shall mean any event beyond the reasonable control of the Employer or of the Contractor, as the case may be, and which is unavoidable notwithstanding the reasonable care of the Party affected, and shall include, without limitation, the following: (a) war, hostilities or warlike operations whether a state of war be declared or not, invasion, act of foreign enemy and civil war (b) rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil commotion and terrorist acts (c) confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition by or under the order of any government or de jure or de facto authority or ruler or any other act or failure to act of any local state or national government authority (d) strike, sabotage, lockout, embargo, import restriction, port congestion, lack of usual means of public transportation and communication, industrial dispute, shipwreck, shortage or restriction of power supply, epidemics, quarantine and plague (e) earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure waves or other natural or physical disaster (f) shortage of labor, materials or utilities where caused by circumstances that are themselves Force Majeure. 37.2 If either Party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such event and the circumstances thereof within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event. 37.3 The Party who has given such notice shall be excused from the performance or punctual performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such Party’s performance is prevented, hindered or delayed. The Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40. 37.4 The Party or Parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect thereof upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfill its or their obligations under the Contract, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clauses 37.6 and 38.5. 37.5 No delay or nonperformance by either Party hereto caused by the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure shall (a) constitute a default or breach of the Contract, or (b) give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned thereby, subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2, 38.3 and 38.4 if and to the extent that such delay or nonperformance is caused by the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure. 37.6 If the performance of the Contract is substantially prevented, hindered or delayed for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of one or more events of Force Majeure during the currency of the Contract, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 38.5. 37.7 In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 37.6, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be as specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3. 37.8 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 37.5, Force Majeure shall not apply to any obligation of the Employer to make payments to the Contractor herein. |
38. War Risks | 38.1 “War Risks” shall mean any event specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of GCC Sub-Clause 37.1 and any explosion or impact of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade or other projectile, missile, munitions or explosive of war, occurring or existing in or near the country (or countries) where the Site is located. 38.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Contractor shall have no liability whatsoever for or with respect to (a) destruction of or damage to Facilities, Plant, or any part thereof; (b) destruction of or damage to property of the Employer or any third Party; or (c) injury or loss of life if such destruction, damage, injury or loss of life is caused by any War Risks, and the Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions, lawsuits, damages, costs, charges or expenses arising in consequence of or in connection with the same. 38.3 If the Facilities or any Plant or Contractor’s Equipment or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for the purposes of the Facilities shall sustain destruction or damage by reason of any War Risks, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for (a) any part of the Facilities or the Plant so destroyed or damaged to the extent not already paid for by the Employer and so far as may be required by the Employer, and as may be necessary for completion of the Facilities (b) replacing or making good any Contractor’s Equipment or other property of the Contractor so destroyed or damaged (c) replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities or the Plant or any part thereof . If the Employer does not require the Contractor to replace or make good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby destroyed or damaged or, where the loss, destruction or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, shall terminate the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. If the Employer requires the Contractor to replace or make good on any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC 40. 38.4 Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for any increased costs or incidentals to the execution of the Contract that are in any way attributable to, consequent on, resulting from, or in any way connected with any War Risks, provided that the Contractor shall as soon as practicable notify the Employer in writing of any such increased cost. 38.5 If during the performance of the Contract any War Risks shall occur that financially or otherwise materially affect the execution of the Contract by the Contractor, the Contractor shall use its reasonable efforts to execute the Contract with due and proper consideration given to the safety of its and its Subcontractors’ personnel engaged in the work on the Facilities, provided, however, that if the execution of the work on the Facilities becomes impossible or is substantially prevented for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of any War Risks, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other. 38.6 In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clauses 38.3 or 38.5, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3. |
39. Change in the Facilities | 39.1 Introducing a Change 39.1.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.5 and 39.2.7, the Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, that the Project Manager order the Contractor from time to time during the performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the Facilities hereinafter called “Change”, provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the Facilities and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, taking into account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the Facilities as specified in the Contract. 39.1.2 Value Engineering: The Contractor may prepare, at its own cost, a value engineering proposal at any time during the performance of the contract. The value engineering proposal shall, at a minimum, include the following;
The Employer may accept the value engineering proposal if the proposal demonstrates benefits that:
without compromising the necessary functions of the Facilities. If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer and results in:
39.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 39.1.1 and 39.1.2, no change made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion. 39.1.4 The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2 and 39.3, and further details and forms are provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures). 39.2 Changes Originating from Employer 39.2.1 If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following: (a) brief description of the Change (b) effect on the Time for Completion (c) estimated cost of the Change (d) effect on Functional Guarantees (if any) (e) effect on the Facilities (f) effect on any other provisions of the Contract: and (g) any additional documents as specified in the PCC. 39.2.2 Prior to preparing and submitting the “Change Proposal,” the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager an “Estimate for Change Proposal,” which shall be an estimate of the cost of preparing and submitting the Change Proposal. Upon receipt of the Contractor’s Estimate for Change Proposal, the Employer shall do one of the following: (a) accept the Contractor’s estimate with instructions to the Contractor to proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal (b) advise the Contractor of any part of its Estimate for Change Proposal that is unacceptable and request the Contractor to review its estimate (c) advise the Contractor that the Employer does not intend to proceed with the Change. 39.2.3 Upon receipt of the Employer’s instruction to proceed under GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2 (a), the Contractor shall, with proper expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1. 39.2.4 The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the Contract. If such rates and prices are inequitable, the Parties thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the Change. 39.2.5 If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that the aggregate effect of compliance therewith and with all other Change Orders that have already become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 39 would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more than fifteen percent (15%), the Contractor may give a written notice of objection thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as aforesaid. If the Employer accepts the Contractor’s objection, the Employer shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the Contractor in writing thereof. The Contractor’s failure to so object shall neither affect its right to object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders herein, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Contractor represents. 39.2.6 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all matters therein contained. Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Employer shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order. If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Contractor with details of when the Contractor can expect a decision. If the Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Contractor accordingly. Under such circumstances, the Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal, provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the Contractor in its Estimate for Change Proposal submitted in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2. 39.2.7 If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the Employer may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a “Pending Agreement Change Order.” Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with effecting the Changes covered by such Order. The Parties shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change Proposal. If the Parties cannot reach agreement within sixty (60) days from the date of issue of the Pending Agreement Change Order, then the matter may be referred to the Dispute Board in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 46.1. 39.3 Changes Originating from Contractor 39.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified in GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2. Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the Parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.6 and 39.2.7. However, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover the costs of preparing the Application for Change Proposal. |
40. Extension of Time for Completion | 40.1 The Time(s) for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2 shall be extended if the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of any of the following: (a) any Change in the Facilities as provided in GCC Clause 39 (b) any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 37, unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 35, or other occurrence of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 (c) any suspension order given by the Employer under GCC Clause 41 hereof or reduction in the rate of progress pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2 or (d) any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC Clause 36 or (e) any default or breach of the Contract by the Employer, Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled ,or any activity, act or omission of the Employer, or the Project Manager, or any other contractors employed by the Employer, or
by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Contractor. 40.2 Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance. As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Employer and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension. In the event that the Contractor does not accept the Employer’s estimate of a fair and reasonable time extension, the Contractor shall be entitled to refer the matter to a Dispute Board, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1. 40.3 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract. 40.4 In all cases where the Contractor has given a notice of a claim for an extension of time under GCC 40.2, the Contractor shall consult with the Project Manager in order to determine the steps (if any) which can be taken to overcome or minimize the actual or anticipated delay. The Contractor shall there after comply with all reasonable instructions which the Project Manager shall give in order to minimize such delay. If compliance with such instructions shall cause the Contractor to incur extra costs and the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under GCC 40.1, the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price. |
41. Suspension | 41.1 The Employer may request the Project Manager, by notice to the Contractor, to order the Contractor to suspend performance of any or all of its obligations under the Contract. Such notice shall specify the obligation of which performance is to be suspended, the effective date of the suspension and the reasons therefor. The Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such obligation, except those obligations necessary for the care or preservation of the Facilities, until ordered in writing to resume such performance by the Project Manager. If, by virtue of a suspension order given by the Project Manager, other than by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract, the Contractor’s performance of any of its obligations is suspended for an aggregate period of more than ninety (90) days, then at any time thereafter and provided that at that time such performance is still suspended, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requiring that the Employer shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the notice, order the resumption of such performance or request and subsequently order a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of the suspended obligations from the Contract. If the Employer fails to do so within such period, the Contractor may, by a further notice to the Project Manager, elect to treat the suspension, where it affects a part only of the Facilities, as a deletion of such part in accordance with GCC Clause 39 or, where it affects the whole of the Facilities, as termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. 41.2 If (a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, or fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice or (b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 10.2, or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities, then the Contractor may by fourteen (14) days’ notice to the Employer suspend performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract, or reduce the rate of progress. 41.3 If the Contractor’s performance of its obligations is suspended or the rate of progress is reduced pursuant to this GCC Clause 41, then the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and any and all additional costs or expenses incurred by the Contractor as a result of such suspension or reduction shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor in addition to the Contract Price, except in the case of suspension order or reduction in the rate of progress by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract. 41.4 During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not remove from the Site any Plant, any part of the Facilities or any Contractor’s Equipment, without the prior written consent of the Employer. |
42. Termination | 42.1 Termination for Employer’s Convenience 42.1.1 The Employer may at any time terminate the Contract for any reason by giving the Contractor a notice of termination that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. 42.1.2 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Contractor shall either immediately or upon the date specified in the notice of termination (a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) below (c) remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site, repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind, and leave the whole of the Site in a clean and safe condition, and (d) subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, (i) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors; and (iii) deliver to the Employer all non-proprietary drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.1.3 In the event of termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor the following amounts: (a) the Contract Price, properly attributable to the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor as of the date of termination (b) the costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the removal of the Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and in the repatriation of the Contractor’s Personnel (c) any amounts to be paid by the Contractor to its Subcontractors in connection with the termination of any subcontracts, including any cancellation charges (d) costs incurred by the Contractor in protecting the Facilities and leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.2 (e) the cost of satisfying all other obligations, commitments and claims that the Contractor may in good faith have undertaken with third Parties in connection with the Contract and that are not covered by paragraphs (a) through (d) above. 42.2 Termination for Contractor’s Default 42.2.1 The Employer, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may terminate the Contract forthwith in the following circumstances by giving a notice of termination and its reasons therefor to the Contractor, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2: (a) if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, if the Contractor is a corporation, a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up, other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction, a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Contractor takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt (b) if the Contractor assigns or transfers the Contract or any right or interest therein in violation of the provision of GCC Clause 43. (c) if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in Fraud and Corruption, as defined in paragrpah 2.2 a. of Appendix B to the GCC, in competing for or in executing the Contract. 42.2.2 If the Contractor (a) has abandoned or repudiated the Contract (b) has without valid reason failed to commence work on the Facilities promptly or has suspended, other than pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2, the progress of Contract performance for more than twenty-eight (28) days after receiving a written instruction from the Employer to proceed (c) persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause (d) refuses or is unable to provide sufficient materials, services or labor to execute and complete the Facilities in the manner specified in the program furnished under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 at rates of progress that give reasonable assurance to the Employer that the Contractor can attain Completion of the Facilities by the Time for Completion as extended, then the Employer may, without prejudice to any other rights it may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Contractor stating the nature of the default and requiring the Contractor to remedy the same. If the Contractor fails to remedy or to take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice, then the Employer may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice of termination to the Contractor that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2. 42.2.3 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.2.1 or 42.2.2, the Contractor shall, either immediately or upon such date as is specified in the notice of termination, (a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) below (c) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (d) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors (e) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.2.4 The Employer may enter upon the Site, expel the Contractor, and complete the Facilities itself or by employing any third Party. The Employer may, to the exclusion of any right of the Contractor over the same, take over and use with the payment of a fair rental rate to the Contractor, with all the maintenance costs to the account of the Employer and with an indemnification by the Employer for all liability including damage or injury to persons arising out of the Employer’s use of such equipment, any Contractor’s Equipment owned by the Contractor and on the Site in connection with the Facilities for such reasonable period as the Employer considers expedient for the supply and installation of the Facilities. Upon completion of the Facilities or at such earlier date as the Employer thinks appropriate, the Employer shall give notice to the Contractor that such Contractor’s Equipment will be returned to the Contractor at or near the Site and shall return such Contractor’s Equipment to the Contractor in accordance with such notice. The Contractor shall thereafter without delay and at its cost remove or arrange removal of the same from the Site. 42.2.5 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.6, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid the Contract Price attributable to the Facilities executed as of the date of termination, the value of any unused or partially used Plant on the Site, and the costs, if any, incurred in protecting the Facilities and in leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.3. Any sums due the Employer from the Contractor accruing prior to the date of termination shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor under this Contract. 42.2.6 If the Employer completes the Facilities, the cost of completing the Facilities by the Employer shall be determined. If the sum that the Contractor is entitled to be paid, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, plus the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in completing the Facilities, exceeds the Contract Price, the Contractor shall be liable for such excess. If such excess is greater than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Contractor shall pay the balance to the Employer, and if such excess is less than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Employer shall pay the balance to the Contractor. The Employer and the Contractor shall agree, in writing, on the computation described above and the manner in which any sums shall be paid. 42.3 Termination by the Contractor 42.3.1 If (a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, or (b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities, then the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer thereof, and if the Employer has failed to pay the outstanding sum, to approve the invoice or supporting documents, to give its reasons for withholding such approval, or to remedy the breach within twenty-eight (28) days of such notice, or if the Contractor is still unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days of the said notice, the Contractor may by a further notice to the Employer referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.1, forthwith terminate the Contract. 42.3.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice to the Employer to that effect, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.2, if the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, being a corporation, if a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Employer takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt. 42.3.3 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, then the Contractor shall immediately (a) cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary for the purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) (c) remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, and (d) subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.4, (i) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors, and (iii) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.3.4 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all payments specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, and reasonable compensation for all loss, except for loss of profit, or damage sustained by the Contractor arising out of, in connection with or in consequence of such termination. 42.3.5 Termination by the Contractor pursuant to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3 is without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Contractor that may be exercised in lieu of or in addition to rights conferred by GCC Sub-Clause 42.3. 42.4 In this GCC Clause 42, the expression “Facilities executed” shall include all work executed, Installation Services provided, and all Plant acquired, or subject to a legally binding obligation to purchase, by the Contractor and used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Facilities, up to and including the date of termination. 42.5 In this GCC Clause 42, in calculating any monies due from the Employer to the Contractor, account shall be taken of any sum previously paid by the Employer to the Contractor under the Contract, including any advance payment paid pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment. |
43. Assignment | 43.1 Neither the Employer nor the Contractor shall, without the express prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign to any third Party the Contract or any part thereof, or any right, benefit, obligation or interest therein or thereunder, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to assign either absolutely or by way of charge any monies due and payable to it or that may become due and payable to it under the Contract. |
44. Export Restrictions | 44.1 Notwithstanding any obligation under the Contract to complete all export formalities, any export restrictions attributable to the Employer, to the country of the Employer or to the use of the Plant and Installation Services to be supplied which arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those Plant and Installation Services, and which substantially impede the Contractor from meeting its obligations under the Contract, shall release the Contractor from the obligation to provide deliveries or services, always provided, however, that the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and of the Bank that it has completed all formalities in a timely manner, including applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the Plant and Installation Services under the terms of the Contract. Termination of the Contract on this basis shall be for the Employer’s convenience pursuant to Sub-Clause 42.1. |
45. Contractor’s Claims | 45.1 If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Time for Completion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a notice to the Project Manager, describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than 28 days after the Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstance. If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of 28 days, the Time for Completion shall not be extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim. Otherwise, the following provisions of this Sub-Clause shall apply. The Contractor shall also submit any other notices which are required by the Contract, and supporting particulars for the claim, all as relevant to such event or circumstance. The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary to substantiate any claim, either on the Site or at another location acceptable to the Project Manager. Without admitting the Employer’s liability, the Project Manager may, after receiving any notice under this Sub-Clause, monitor the record-keeping and/or instruct the Contractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall permit the Project Manager to inspect all these records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to the Project Manager. Within 42 days after the Contractor became aware (or should have become aware) of the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall send to the Project Manager a fully detailed claim which includes full supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional payment claimed. If the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect:
Within 42 days after receiving a claim or any further particulars supporting a previous claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Project Manager and approved by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall respond with approval, or with disapproval and detailed comments. He may also request any necessary further particulars, but shall nevertheless give his response on the principles of the claim within such time. Each Payment Certificate shall include such amounts for any claim as have been reasonably substantiated as due under the relevant provision of the Contract. Unless and until the particulars supplied are sufficient to substantiate the whole of the claim, the Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for such part of the claim as he has been able to substantiate. The Project Manager shall agree with the Contractor or estimate: (i) the extension (if any) of the Time for Completion (before or after its expiry) in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and/or (ii) the additional payment (if any) to which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract. The requirements of this Sub-Clause are in addition to those of any other Sub-Clause which may apply to a claim. If the Contractor fails to comply with this or another Sub-Clause in relation to any claim, any extension of time and/or additional payment shall take account of the extent (if any) to which the failure has prevented or prejudiced proper investigation of the claim, unless the claim is excluded under the second paragraph of this Sub-Clause. In the event that the Contractor and the Employer cannot agree on any matter relating to a claim, either Party may refer the matter to the Dispute Board pursuant to GCC 46 hereof. |
46. Disputes and Arbitration | 46.1 Appointment of the Dispute Board Disputes shall be referred to a DB for decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3. The Parties shall appoint a DB by the date stated in the PCC. The DB shall comprise, as stated in the PCC, either one or three suitably qualified persons (“the members”), each of whom shall meet the criteria set forth in Sub-Clause 3 of Appendix A- General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement. If the number is not so stated and the Parties do not agree otherwise, the DB shall comprise three persons, one of whom shall serve as chairman. If the Contract is with a foreign Contractor, the DB members shall not have the same nationality as the Employer or the Contractor. If the Parties have not jointly appointed the DB 21 days before the date stated in the PCC and the DB is to comprise three persons, each Party shall nominate one member for the approval of the other Party. The first two members shall recommend and the Parties shall agree upon the third member, who shall act as chairman. However, if a list of potential members is included in the PCC, the members shall be selected from those on the list, other than anyone who is unable or unwilling to accept appointment to the DB. The agreement between the Parties and either the sole member or each of the three members shall incorporate by reference the General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement contained in the Appendix to these General Conditions, with such amendments as are agreed between them. The DB shall be deemed to be constituted on the date the Parties and the sole member or the three members (as the case may be) of the DB have all signed a DB agreement. The terms of the remuneration of either the sole member or each of the three members, including the remuneration of any expert whom the DB consults, shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties when agreeing the terms of appointment of the member or such expert (as the case may be). Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of this remuneration. If a member declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment, a replacement shall be appointed in the same manner as the replaced person was required to have been nominated or agreed upon, as described in this Sub-Clause. The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement of both Parties, but not by the Employer or the Contractor acting alone. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the appointment of the DB (including each member) shall expire when the Operational Acceptance Certificate has been issued in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.3. |
| 46.2 Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board If any of the following conditions apply, namely:
then the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall, upon the request of either or both of the Parties and after due consultation with both Parties, appoint this member of the DB. This appointment shall be final and conclusive. Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of the remuneration of the appointing entity or official. |
| 46.3 Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision If a dispute (of any kind whatsoever) arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, including any dispute as to any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, either Party may refer the dispute in writing to the DB for its decision, with copies to the other Party and the Project Manager. Such reference shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. For a DB of three persons, the DB shall be deemed to have received such reference on the date when it is received by the chairman of the DB. Both Parties shall promptly make available to the DB all such additional information, further access to the Site, and appropriate facilities, as the DB may require for the purposes of making a decision on such dispute. The DB shall be deemed to be not acting as arbitrator(s). Within 84 days after receiving such reference, or within such other period as may be proposed by the DB and approved by both Parties, the DB shall give its decision, which shall be reasoned and shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. The decision shall be binding on both Parties, who shall promptly give effect to it unless and until it shall be revised in an amicable settlement or an arbitral award as described below. Unless the Contract has already been abandoned, repudiated or terminated, the Contractor shall continue with the performance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. If either Party is dissatisfied with the DB’s decision, then either Party may, within 28 days after receiving the decision, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. If the DB fails to give its decision within the period of 84 days (or as otherwise approved) after receiving such reference, then either Party may, within 28 days after this period has expired, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. In either event, this notice of dissatisfaction shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause, and shall set out the matter in dispute and the reason(s) for dissatisfaction. Except as stated in GCC Sub-Clauses 46.6 and 46.7, neither Party shall be entitled to commence arbitration of a dispute unless a notice of dissatisfaction has been given in accordance with this Sub-Clause. If the DB has given its decision as to a matter in dispute to both Parties, and no notice of dissatisfaction has been given by either Party within 28 days after it received the DB’s decision, then the decision shall become final and binding upon both Parties. |
| 46.4 Amicable Settlement Where notice of dissatisfaction has been given under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 above, both Parties shall attempt to settle the dispute amicably before the commencement of arbitration. However, unless both Parties agree otherwise, arbitration may be commenced on or after the fifty-sixth day after the day on which notice of dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration was given, even if no attempt at amicable settlement has been made. |
| 46.5 Arbitration Unless indicated otherwise in the PCC, any dispute not settled amicably and in respect of which the DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, arbitration shall be conducted as follows: (a) For contracts with foreign contractors: unless otherwise specified in the PCC; the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location stated in the PCC; and the arbitration shall be conducted in the ruling language stated in the PCC; and (b) For contracts with domestic contractors, arbitration with proceedings conducted in accordance with the laws of the Employer’s Country. The arbitrator(s) shall have full power to open up, review and revise any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, and any decision of the DB, relevant to the dispute. Nothing shall disqualify the Project Manager from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitrator(s) on any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute. Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the arbitrator(s) to the evidence or arguments previously put before the DB to obtain its decision, or to the reasons for dissatisfaction given in its notice of dissatisfaction. Any decision of the DB shall be admissible in evidence in the arbitration. Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Facilities. The obligations of the Parties, the Project Manager and the DB shall not be altered by reason of any arbitration being conducted during the progress of the execution of the Facilities. |
| 46.6 Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision In the event that a Party fails to comply with a DB decision which has become final and binding, then the other Party may, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, refer the failure itself to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5. GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply to this reference. |
| 46.7 Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment If a dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, and there is no DB in place, whether by reason of the expiry of the DB’s appointment or otherwise: (a) GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply, and (b) the dispute may be referred directly to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5 |
47. Cyber Security
| 47.1 Pursuant to the PCC, the Contractor including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers shall take all technical and organizational measures necessary to protect the information technology systems and data used in connection with the Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor, including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers, shall use all reasonable efforts to establish, maintain, implement and comply with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or data used in connection with the Contract. |
APPENDIX A
General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement
1. Definitions
Each “Dispute Board Agreement” is a tripartite agreement by and between:
the “Employer”;
the “Contractor”; and
the “Member” who is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement as being:
(i) the sole member of the “DB” and, where this is the case, all references to the “Other Members” do not apply, or
(ii) one of the three persons who are jointly called the “DB” (or “dispute board”) and, where this is the case, the other two persons are called the “Other Members”.
The Employer and the Contractor have entered (or intend to enter) into a contract, which is called the “Contract” and is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement, which incorporates this Appendix. In the Dispute Board Agreement, words and expressions which are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Contract.
2. General Provisions
Unless otherwise stated in the Dispute Board Agreement, it shall take effect on the latest of the following dates:
(a) the Commencement Date defined in the Contract,
(b) when the Employer, the Contractor and the Member have each signed the Dispute Board Agreement, or
(c) when the Employer, the Contractor and each of the Other Members (if any) have respectively each signed a dispute board agreement.
This employment of the Member is a personal appointment. At any time, the Member may give not less than 70 days’ notice of resignation to the Employer and to the Contractor, and the Dispute Board Agreement shall terminate upon the expiry of this period.
3. Warranties
The Member warrants and agrees that he/she is and shall be impartial and independent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager. The Member shall promptly disclose, to each of them and to the Other Members (if any), any fact or circumstance which might appear inconsistent with his/her warranty and agreement of impartiality and independence.
4. General Obligations of the Member
The Member shall:
(a) have no interest financial or otherwise in the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, nor any financial interest in the Contract except for payment under the Dispute Board Agreement;
(b) not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except in such circumstances as were disclosed in writing to the Employer and the Contractor before they signed the Dispute Board Agreement;
(c) have disclosed in writing to the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any), before entering into the Dispute Board Agreement and to his/her best knowledge and recollection, any professional or personal relationships with any director, officer or employee of the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, and any previous involvement in the overall project of which the Contract forms part;
(d) not, for the duration of the Dispute Board Agreement, be employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except as may be agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any);
(e) comply with the annexed procedural rules and with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3;
(f) not give advice to the Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel or the Contractor’s Personnel concerning the conduct of the Contract, other than in accordance with the annexed procedural rules;
(g) not while a Member enter into discussions or make any agreement with the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager regarding employment by any of them, whether as a consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act under the Dispute Board Agreement;
(h) ensure his/her availability for all site visits and hearings as are necessary;
(i) become conversant with the Contract and with the progress of the Facilities (and of any other parts of the project of which the Contract forms part) by studying all documents received which shall be maintained in a current working file;
(j) treat the details of the Contract and all the DB’s activities and hearings as private and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the prior written consent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any); and
(k) be available to give advice and opinions, on any matter relevant to the Contract when requested by both the Employer and the Contractor, subject to the agreement of the Other Members (if any).
5. General Obligations of the Employer and the Contractor
The Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel shall not request advice from or consultation with the Member regarding the Contract, otherwise than in the normal course of the DB’s activities under the Contract and the Dispute Board Agreement. The Employer and the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with this provision, by the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel respectively.
The Employer and the Contractor undertake to each other and to the Member that the Member shall not, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor, the Member and the Other Members (if any):
(a) be appointed as an arbitrator in any arbitration under the Contract;
(b) be called as a witness to give evidence concerning any dispute before arbitrator(s) appointed for any arbitration under the Contract; or
(c) be liable for any claims for anything done or omitted in the discharge or purported discharge of the Member’s functions, unless the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.
The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Member harmless against and from claims from which he is relieved from liability under the preceding paragraph.
Whenever the Employer or the Contractor refers a dispute to the DB under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, which will require the Member to make a site visit and attend a hearing, the Employer or the Contractor shall provide appropriate security for a sum equivalent to the reasonable expenses to be incurred by the Member. No account shall be taken of any other payments due or paid to the Member.
6. Payment
The Member shall be paid as follows, in the currency named in the Dispute Board Agreement:
(a) a retainer fee per calendar month, which shall be considered as payment in full for:
(i) being available on 28 days’ notice for all site visits and hearings;
(ii) becoming and remaining conversant with all project developments and maintaining relevant files;
(iii) all office and overhead expenses including secretarial services, photocopying and office supplies incurred in connection with his duties; and
(iv) all services performed hereunder except those referred to in sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Clause.
The retainer fee shall be paid with effect from the last day of the calendar month in which the Dispute Board Agreement becomes effective; until the last day of the calendar month in which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities.
With effect from the first day of the calendar month following the month in which Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities, the retainer fee shall be reduced by one third This reduced fee shall be paid until the first day of the calendar month in which the Member resigns or the Dispute Board Agreement is otherwise terminated.
(b) a daily fee which shall be considered as payment in full for:
(i) each day or part of a day up to a maximum of two days’ travel time in each direction for the journey between the Member’s home and the site, or another location of a meeting with the Other Members (if any);
(ii) each working day on site visits, hearings or preparing decisions; and
(iii) each day spent reading submissions in preparation for a hearing.
(c) all reasonable expenses including necessary travel expenses (air fare in less than first class, hotel and subsistence and other direct travel expenses) incurred in connection with the Member’s duties, as well as the cost of telephone calls, courier charges, faxes and telexes: a receipt shall be required for each item in excess of five percent of the daily fee referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this Clause;
(d) any taxes properly levied in the Country on payments made to the Member (unless a national or permanent resident of the Country) under this Clause 6.
The retainer and daily fees shall be as specified in the Dispute Board Agreement. Unless it specifies otherwise, these fees shall remain fixed for the first 24 calendar months and shall thereafter be adjusted by agreement between the Employer, the Contractor and the Member, at each anniversary of the date on which the Dispute Board Agreement became effective.
If the Parties fail to agree on the retainer fee or the daily fee the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall determine the amount of the fees to be used.
The Member shall submit invoices for payment of the monthly retainer and air fares quarterly in advance. Invoices for other expenses and for daily fees shall be submitted following the conclusion of a site visit or hearing. All invoices shall be accompanied by a brief description of activities performed during the relevant period and shall be addressed to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall pay each of the Member’s invoices in full within 56 calendar days after receiving each invoice and shall apply to the Employer (in the Statements under the Contract) for reimbursement of one-half of the amounts of these invoices. The Employer shall then pay the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.
If the Contractor fails to pay to the Member the amount to which he/she is entitled under the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer shall pay the amount due to the Member and any other amount which may be required to maintain the operation of the DB; and without prejudice to the Employer’s rights or remedies. In addition to all other rights arising from this default, the Employer shall be entitled to reimbursement of all sums paid in excess of one-half of these payments, plus all costs of recovering these sums and financing charges calculated at the rate specified in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 12.3.
If the Member does not receive payment of the amount due within 70 days after submitting a valid invoice, the Member may (i) suspend his/her services (without notice) until the payment is received, and/or (ii) resign his/her appointment by giving notice under Clause 7.
7. Termination
At any time: (i) the Employer and the Contractor may jointly terminate the Dispute Board Agreement by giving 42 days’ notice to the Member; or (ii) the Member may resign as provided for in Clause 2.
If the Member fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer and the Contractor may, without prejudice to their other rights, terminate it by notice to the Member. The notice shall take effect when received by the Member.
If the Employer or the Contractor fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Member may, without prejudice to his other rights, terminate it by notice to the Employer and the Contractor. The notice shall take effect when received by them both.
Any such notice, resignation and termination shall be final and binding on the Employer, the Contractor and the Member. However, a notice by the Employer or the Contractor, but not by both, shall be of no effect.
8. Default of the Member
If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 concerning his impartiality or independence in relation to the Employer or the Contractor, he/she shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder and shall, without prejudice to their other rights, reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses received by the Member and the Other Members (if any), for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which are rendered void or ineffective by the said failure to comply.
9. Disputes
Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Dispute Board Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled by institutional arbitration. If no other arbitration institute is agreed, the arbitration shall be conducted under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with these Rules of Arbitration.
Appendix A
DISPUTE BOARD GUIDELINES
1. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall visit the site at intervals of not more than 140 days, including times of critical construction events, at the request of either the Employer or the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer, the Contractor and the DB, the period between consecutive visits shall not be less than 70 days, except as required to convene a hearing as described below.
2. The timing of and agenda for each site visit shall be as agreed jointly by the DB, the Employer and the Contractor, or in the absence of agreement, shall be decided by the DB. The purpose of site visits is to enable the DB to become and remain acquainted with the progress of the execution of the Contract and of any actual or potential problems or claims, and, as far as reasonable, to prevent potential problems or claims from becoming disputes.
3. Site visits shall be attended by the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager and shall be coordinated by the Employer in co-operation with the Contractor. The Employer shall ensure the provision of appropriate conference facilities and secretarial and copying services. At the conclusion of each site visit and before leaving the site, the DB shall prepare a report on its activities during the visit and shall send copies to the Employer and the Contractor.
4. The Employer and the Contractor shall furnish to the DB one copy of all documents which the DB may request, including Contract documents, progress reports, variation instructions, certificates and other documents pertinent to the performance of the Contract. All communications between the DB and the Employer or the Contractor shall be copied to the other Party. If the DB comprises three persons, the Employer and the Contractor shall send copies of these requested documents and these communications to each of these persons.
5. If any dispute is referred to the DB in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, the DB shall proceed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 and these Guidelines. Subject to the time allowed to give notice of a decision and other relevant factors, the DB shall:
(a) act fairly and impartially as between the Employer and the Contractor, giving each of them a reasonable opportunity of putting his case and responding to the other’s case, and
(b) adopt procedures suitable to the dispute, avoiding unnecessary delay or expense.
6. The DB may conduct a hearing on the dispute, in which event it will decide on the date and place for the hearing and may request that written documentation and arguments from the Employer and the Contractor be presented to it prior to or at the hearing.
7. Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall have power to adopt an inquisitorial procedure, to refuse admission to hearings or audience at hearings to any persons other than representatives of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager, and to proceed in the absence of any Party who the DB is satisfied received notice of the hearing; but shall have discretion to decide whether and to what extent this power may be exercised.
8. The Employer and the Contractor empower the DB, among other things, to:
(a) establish the procedure to be applied in deciding a dispute,
(b) decide upon the DB’s own jurisdiction, and as to the scope of any dispute referred to it,
(c) conduct any hearing as it thinks fit, not being bound by any rules or procedures other than those contained in the Contract and these Guidelines,
(d) take the initiative in ascertaining the facts and matters required for a decision,
(e) make use of its own specialist knowledge, if any,
(f) decide upon the payment of financing charges in accordance with the Contract,
(g) decide upon any provisional relief such as interim or conservatory measures,
(h) open up, review and revise any certificate, decision, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, relevant to the dispute, and
(i) appoint, should the DB so consider necessary and the Parties agree, a suitable expert/s (including legal and technical expert(s)) at the cost of the Parties to give advice on a specific matter/s relevant to the dispute.
9. The DB shall not express any opinions during any hearing concerning the merits of any arguments advanced by the Parties. Thereafter, the DB shall make and give its decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, or as otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor in writing. If the DB comprises three persons:
(a) it shall convene in private after a hearing, in order to have discussions and prepare its decision;
(b) it shall endeavor to reach a unanimous decision: if this proves impossible the applicable decision shall be made by a majority of the Members, who may require the minority Member to prepare a written report for submission to the Employer and the Contractor; and
(c) if a Member fails to attend a meeting or hearing, or to fulfil any required function, the other two Members may nevertheless proceed to make a decision, unless:
(i) either the Employer or the Contractor does not agree that they do so, or
(ii) the absent Member is the chairman and he/she instructs the other Members to not make a decision.
APPENDIX B
Fraud and Corruption
(Text in this Appendix shall not be modified)
APPENDIX C
Metrics for Progress Reports- Environmental and Social (ES)
Metrics for regular reporting:
APPENDIX D
Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration for Subcontractors
[The following table shall be filled in by each subcontractor proposed by the Contractor, that was not named in the Contract]
Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Contract reference [insert contract reference]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
SEA and/or SH Declaration
|
We: ¨ (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. ¨ (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. ¨ (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.
|
[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.] |
Name of the Subcontractor
Name of the person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Subcontractor _______
Title of the person signing on behalf of the Subcontractor ______________________
Signature of the person named above ______________________
Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____
Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:
Signature: ________________________________________________________
Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____
Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract
The following Particular Conditions of Contract shall supplement the General Conditions of Contract in Section VIII. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the General Conditions. |
Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
The following Particular Conditions (PCC) shall supplement the General Conditions (GCC). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC. The clause number of the PCC is the corresponding clause number of the GCC.
PCC 1. Definitions | The Employer is: Eswatini Electricity Company The Project Manager is: Mr. Senzo Shongwe The Bank is: World Bank Country of Origin: all countries and territories as indicated in Section V of the bidding document, Eligible Countries. |
PCC 5. Law and Language | PCC 5.1 The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of: Kingdom of Eswatini PCC 5.2 The ruling language is: English PCC 5.3 The language for communications is: English |
PCC 7. Scope of Facilities [Spare Parts] (GCC Clause 7) | PCC 7.3 The Contractor agrees to supply spare parts for a period of years: five (5) years Addition to PCC 7.3 The Contractor shall carry sufficient inventories to ensure an ex-stock supply of consumable spares for the Plant. Other spare parts and components shall be supplied as promptly as possible, but at the most within six (6) months of placing the order and opening the letter of credit. In addition, in the event of termination of the production of spare parts, advance notification will be made to the Employer of the pending termination, with sufficient time to permit the Employer to procure the needed requirement. Following such termination, the Contractor will furnish to the extent possible and at no cost to the Employer the blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if requested. |
PCC 8. Time for Commencement and Completion | PCC 8.1 The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within 15 (fifteen) calendar days from the Effective Date for determining Time for Completion as specified in the Contract Agreement. PCC 8.2 The Time for Completion of the whole of the Facilities shall be Six (6) months from the Effective Date as described in the Contract Agreement. |
PCC 9. Contractor’s Responsibilities | PCC 9.8 The following sustainable procurement contractual provisions apply:
|
PCC 11. Contract Price | PCC 11.2 The Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum. |
PCC 12. Terms of Payment | PCC 12.5 An amount equivalent to 2% of the Contract price. |
PCC 13. Securities | PCC 13.3.1 The amount of Performance Security, as a percentage of the Contract Price for the Facility or for the part of the Facility for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, shall be: Ten (10%) of the Total Contract Price. PCC 13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be in the form of the Bank Guarantee attached hereto in Section X, Contract Forms. The Performance Security shall be issued by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini, or a Foreign Bank. If Performance Security will be issued by a Foreign Bank, it shall be counter guaranteed by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini. The performance security as required by the clause 13.3.1 above shall be valid for period covering entire contract execution period and any extension thereof plus defect liability period plus three months. PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall not be reduced on the date of the Operational Acceptance. PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall be reduced to ten percent (10%) of the value of the component covered by the extended defect liability to cover the Contractor’s extended defect liability in accordance with the provision in the PCC, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10. |
PCC 15. License/Use of Technical Information | PCC 15.2 Add the following as second paragraph: The Employer shall have the right to reproduce any or all drawings, documents and other materials furnished to the Employer for the purpose of the Contract and in addition, if required, for operation and maintenance. |
PCC 18. Progress Report | PCC 18.3 Progress reports shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation. Potential and occurred cyber security incidents are to be immediately reported |
PCC 21. Procurement | PCC 21.3.2 Add the following to the clause: The Employer shall in no way be responsible for the condition of road and access. |
PCC 22 Installation | PCC22.2.5 Working Hours Normal working hours are: 0800hrs to 1700hrs (Monday to Friday) PCC 22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements: as specified in the GCC. |
PCC 23. Tests and Inspection | PCC 23.2 Supplement GCC 23.2 with the following: For tests / inspections and training, the Contractor will arrange and pay for the visa fee, accommodation in the international and local travel of two (02) representatives of the employer i.e. - air tickets; local transport; accommodation. PCC 23.3 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following: The Contractor shall furnish the Project Manager with the details of the program of the tests and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof at least two (2) weeks in advance in case of domestic supplies & six (6) weeks in advance in case of foreign supplies. PCC 23.4 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following: The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection within fifteen (15) days after completion of tests. PCC 23.6 Add the following at the end of GCC 23.6: All costs incurred by the Employer including all travelling and board and lodging expenses by the repetition of the tests or false call for tests shall be borne by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.2. Any delay in delivery due to retest or false call shall not constitute a release of the Contractor from his responsibilities for delay. |
PCC 25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance | PCC 25.2.2 The Guarantee Test of the Facilities shall be successfully completed within one (1) month from the date of Completion. PCC 25.3.1(e) Add the following new sub-clause: Three (3) sets of as built drawings, operating and maintenance manuals and USB drives etc. |
PCC 26. Completion Time Guarantee | PCC 26.2 Applicable rate for liquidated damages: 1% per week The above rate applies to the price of the part of the Facilities, as quoted in the Price Schedule, for that part for which the Contractor fails to achieve Completion within the particular Time for Completion. Maximum deduction for liquidated damages: 10% of the Contract Price PCC 26.3 Applicable (amount or rate) for the bonus for early Completion: Maximum bonus: N/A PCC 26.3 No bonus will be given for earlier Completion of the Facilities or part thereof. |
PCC 27. Defect Liability | PCC 27.10 The critical components covered under the extended defect liability are None. |
PCC 30. Limitation of Liability | PCC 30.1 (b) The multiplier of the Contract Price is: one (1) |
PCC 39. Value Engineering | PCC 39.1.2 If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be 50 % of the reduction in the Contract Price |
PCC 39.2.1 | (f) A “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:
The Contractor shall implement and maintain appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect the Telecoms network, SCADA system, associated networks, software, hardware, and operational technology assets from unauthorized access, misuse, alteration, disruption, destruction, or disclosure. |
PCC46. Disputes and Arbitration | PCC 46.1 The DB shall be appointed within 30 days after a dispute has been declared by either party of the Contract Agreement PCC 46.1 The DB shall be: comprised of one (1) person, who is fluent in the English language and shall be a professional experienced in the type of activities involved in the performance of the Contract and with the interpretation of contractual documents. The potential member is an independent and neutral with no interest in the Contract.
PCC 46.1 List of potential DB members: List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing). Proposed by Contractor [Attach CVs to the Contract] List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing).
PCC 46.2 Appointment (if not agreed) to be made by: Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) PCC 46.5 Procedure to settle disputes in respect of which DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration: Rules of arbitration GCC Sub-Clause 46.5(a): For a Foreign Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa); by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location agreed by both parties.
GCC Sub-Clause 46.5 (b): For a local Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) within the context of the Law of Eswatini; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be in Eswatini. |
PCC 47. | PCC 47.1- The Contractor shall comply with the following Cyber security requirements: 1. Comply with IEC 62443 (Industrial Automation and Control Systems cybersecurity). 2. Support IEC 62351 security measures for power system communications, including secure DNP3 communications where applicable. 3. Meet the cybersecurity capability requirements of IEEE 1686 for Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs). |
Section X - Contract Forms |
Table of Forms
Notification of Intention to Award. 298
Letter of Acceptance. 305
Contract Agreement 306
Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment 310
Appendix 2. Price Adjustment 313
Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements. 315
Appendix 4. Time Schedule. 318
Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors. 319
Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer 320
Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review.. 321
Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees. 322
Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee. 324
Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee. 327
Advance Payment Security. 329
Notification of Intention to Award
[This Notification of Intention to Award shall be sent to each Bidder that submitted a Bid, unless the Bidder has previously received notice of exclusion from the process at an interim stage of the procurement process]
[Send this Notification to the Bidder’s Authorized Representative named in the Bidder Information Form]
For the attention of Bidder’s Authorized Representative
Name: [insert Authorized Representative’s name]
Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s Address]
Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert Authorized Representative’s telephone/fax numbers]
Email Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s email address]
[IMPORTANT: insert the date that this Notification is transmitted to all participating Bidders. The Notification must be sent to all Bidders simultaneously. This means on the same date and as close to the same time as possible.]
DATE OF TRANSMISSION: This Notification is sent by: [email/fax] on [date] (local time)
Notification of Intention to Award
Employer: [insert the name of the Employer]
Project: [insert name of project]
Contract title: [insert the name of the contract]
Country: [insert country where RFB is issued]
Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: [insert reference number for loan/credit/grant]
RFB No: [insert RFB reference number from Procurement Plan]
This Notification of Intention to Award (Notification) notifies you of our decision to award the above contract. The transmission of this Notification begins the Standstill Period. During the Standstill Period, you may:
Name: | [insert name of successful Bidder] |
Address: | [insert address of the successful Bidder] |
Contract price: | [insert contract price of the successful Bid] |
Total combined score: | [insert the total combined score of the successful Bidder] |
Name of Bidder | Technical Score | Bid Price | Evaluated Bid Cost | Combined Score |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[INSTRUCTIONS: State the reason/s why this Bidder’s Bid was unsuccessful. Do NOT include: (a) a point by point comparison with another Bidder’s Bid or (b) information that is marked confidential by the Bidder in its Bid.] |
DEADLINE: The deadline to request a debriefing expires at midnight on [insert date] (local time). You may request a debriefing in relation to the results of the evaluation of your Bid. If you decide to request a debriefing, your written request must be made within three (3) Business Days of receipt of this Notification of Intention to Award. Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the request for debriefing as follows: Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable] Title/position: [insert title/position] Agency: [insert name of Employer] Email address: [insert email address] Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used If your request for a debriefing is received within the 3 Business Days deadline, we will provide the debriefing within five (5) Business Days of receipt of your request. If we are unable to provide the debriefing within this period, the Standstill Period shall be extended by five (5) Business Days after the date that the debriefing is provided. If this happens, we will notify you and confirm the date that the extended Standstill Period will end. The debriefing may be in writing, by phone, video conference call or in person. We shall promptly advise you in writing how the debriefing will take place and confirm the date and time. If the deadline to request a debriefing has expired, you may still request a debriefing. In this case, we will provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of publication of the Contract Award Notice. |
DEADLINE:: The deadline for submitting a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract expires on midnight, [insert date] (local time). Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the Procurement-related Complaint as follows: Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable] Title/position: [insert title/position] Agency: [insert name of Employer] Email address: [insert email address] Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used At this point in the procurement process, you may submit a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract. You do not need to have requested, or received, a debriefing before making this complaint. Your complaint must be submitted within the Standstill Period and received by us before the Standstill Period ends. Further information: For more information see the Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Procurement Regulations) (Annex III). You should read these provisions before preparing and submitting your complaint. In addition, the World Bank’s Guidance “How to make a Procurement-related Complaint” provides a useful explanation of the process, as well as a sample letter of complaint. In summary, there are four essential requirements:
|
DEADLINE: The Standstill Period is due to end at midnight on [insert date] (local time). The Standstill Period lasts ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of this Notification of Intention to Award. The Standstill Period may be extended. This may happen where we are unable to provide a debriefing within the five (5) Business Day deadline. If this happens we will notify you of the extension |
If you have any questions regarding this Notification please do not hesitate to contact us.
On behalf of the Employer:
Signature: ______________________________________________
Name: ______________________________________________
Title/position: ______________________________________________
Telephone: ______________________________________________
Email: ______________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE FORM
This Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (“Form”) is to be completed by the successful Bidder. In case of joint venture, the Bidder must submit a separate Form for each member. The beneficial ownership information to be submitted in this Form shall be current as of the date of its submission.
For the purposes of this Form, a Beneficial Owner of a Bidder is any natural person who ultimately owns or controls the Bidder by meeting one or more of the following conditions:
|
Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form
RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]
Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]
To: [insert complete name of Employer]
In response to your request in the Letter of Acceptance dated [insert date of letter of Acceptance] to furnish additional information on beneficial ownership: [select one option as applicable and delete the options that are not applicable]
(i) we hereby provide the following beneficial ownership information.
Details of beneficial ownership
Identity of Beneficial Owner
| Directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares (Yes / No)
| Directly or indirectly holding 25 % or more of the Voting Rights (Yes / No)
| Directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of the directors or an equivalent governing body of the Bidder (Yes / No) |
[include full name (last, middle, first), nationality, country of residence] |
|
|
|
OR
(ii) We declare that there is no Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions:
OR
(iii) We declare that we are unable to identify any Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions. [If this option is selected, the Bidder shall provide explanation on why it is unable to identify any Beneficial Owner]
Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]_________
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]___________
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]______
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]_____
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]_____
* In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder. In the event that the Bidder is a joint venture, each reference to “Bidder” in the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (including this Introduction thereto) shall be read to refer to the joint venture member.
** Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules.
Letter of Acceptance
______________________
To: ____________________________
This is to notify you that your Bid dated ____________ for execution of the _________________ for the Contract Price in the aggregate of _____________________ ________________, as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted by our Agency.
You are requested to furnish (i) the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the Performance Security Forms and (ii) the additional information on beneficial ownership in accordance with ITB 46.1, within eight (8) Business days using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form, included in Section X, - Contract Forms, of the bidding document.
Authorized Signature:
Name and Title of Signatory:
Name of Agency:
Attachment: Contract Agreement
Contract Agreement |
THIS AGREEMENT is made the ________ day of ________________________, _____,
BETWEEN
(1)Eswatini Electricity Company a corporation incorporated under the laws of the kingdom of Eswatini and having its principal place of business at Eluvatsini house, Mhlambanyatsi Road Mbabane, Eswatini (hereinafter called “the Employer”), and (2) ______________________, a corporation incorporated under the laws of ________________________ and having its principal place of business at ________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contractor”).
WHEREAS the Employer desires to engage the Contractor to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, complete and commission certain Facilities, viz. Design Supply and Installation of 11kV auto reclosers under the Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Project (“the Facilities”), and the Contractor has agreed to such engagement upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
Article 1. Contract Documents | 1.1 Contract Documents (Reference GCC Clause 2) The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor, and each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the Contract: (a) This Contract Agreement and the Appendices hereto (b) Letter of Bid and Price Schedules submitted by the Contractor (c) Particular Conditions (d) General Conditions (e) Specification (f) Drawings (g) Other completed Bidding forms submitted with the Bid (h) Any other documents forming part of the Employer’s Requirements (i) Any other documents forming part of the contract, including, but not limited to:
1.2 Order of Precedence (Reference GCC Clause 2) In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the Contract Documents listed above, the order of precedence shall be the order in which the Contract Documents are listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) above. 1.3 Definitions (Reference GCC Clause 1) Capitalized words and phrases used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the General Conditions. |
Article 2. Contract Price and Terms of Payment | 2.1 Contract Price (Reference GCC Clause 11) The Employer hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor the Contract Price in consideration of the performance by the Contractor of its obligations hereunder. The Contract Price shall be the aggregate of: __________________, _______________ as specified in Price Schedule No. 5 (Grand Summary), and_______________, _________________, or such other sums as may be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract. 2.2 Terms of Payment (Reference GCC Clause 12) The terms and procedures of payment according to which the Employer will reimburse the Contractor are given in the Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) hereto. The Employer will not instruct its bank to issue an irrevocable confirmed documentary credit made available to the Contractor in a bank in the country of the Contractor. The credit shall be for an amount of $0.00 and shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 2007 Revision, ICC Publication No. 600. In the event that the amount payable under Schedule No. 1 is adjusted in accordance with GCC 11.2 or with any of the other terms of the Contract, the Employer shall arrange for the documentary credit to be amended accordingly.
|
Article 3. Effective Date | 3.1 Effective Date (Reference GCC Clause 1) The Effective Date from which the Time for Completion of the Facilities shall be counted is the date when all of the following conditions have been fulfilled: (a) This Contract Agreement has been duly executed for and on behalf of the Employer and the Contractor; (b) The Contractor has submitted to the Employer the Performance Security and the advance payment guarantee; (c) The Employer has paid the Contractor the advance payment; (f) Individual Letters from key personnel confirming availability Each party shall use its best efforts to fulfill the above conditions for which it is responsible as soon as practicable. 3.2 If the conditions listed under 3.1 are not fulfilled within two (2) months from the date of this Contract notification because of reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Parties shall discuss and agree on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Price and the Time for Completion and/or other relevant conditions of the Contract. |
Article 4. Communications | 4.1 The address of the Employer for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.1 is: ______________________.
|
Article 5. Appendices | 5.1 The Appendices listed in the attached List of Appendices shall be deemed to form an integral part of this Contract Agreement.
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.
Signed by, for and on behalf of the Employer
[Signature]
[Title]
in the presence of
Signed by, for and on behalf of the Contractor
[Signature]
[Title]
in the presence of
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 Terms and Procedures of Payment
Appendix 2 Price Adjustment
Appendix 3 Insurance Requirements
Appendix 4 Time Schedule
Appendix 5 List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors
Appendix 6 Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
Appendix 7 List of Documents for Approval or Review
Appendix 8 Functional Guarantees
Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment
In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 12 (Terms of Payment), the Employer shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of the Price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedules. Payments will be made in the currencies quoted by the Bidder unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as work proceeds.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
Schedule No. 1. Plant and Equipment Supplied from Abroad
In respect of plant and equipment supplied from abroad, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total CIP amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.
Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon Incoterm “CIP”, upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of documents.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Schedule No. 2. Plant and Equipment Supplied from within the Employer’s Country
In respect of plant and equipment supplied from within the Employer’s Country, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total EXW amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.
Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon Incoterm “Ex-Works,” upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice and documents.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Schedule No. 3. Design Services
In respect of design services for both the foreign currency and the local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total design services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.
Ninety percent (90%) of the total or pro rata design services amount upon acceptance of design in accordance with GCC Clause 20 by the Project Manager within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Schedule No. 4. Installation Services
In respect of installation services for both the foreign and local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total installation services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of work performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the invoices for installation services.
Eighty percent (80%) of the measured value of work performed by the Contractor, as identified in the said Program of Performance, during the preceding month, as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s application, will be made monthly within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment on its respective due date, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate of for local currency/CMA (lending Rate at Central Bank of Eswatini plus 1%) ÷12 and “for USD, the (Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 1%) ÷12 ; for Euro,( EURIBOR plus 1%) ÷12; per month for period of delay until payment has been made in full.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
The procedures to be followed in applying for certification and making payments shall be as follows:
The Contractor should submit invoice outlining the pay items covering the pro rata value of Supply/Work Done along with the submission of the following documents to the Project Manager:
Appendix 2. Price Adjustment (Not Applicable)
The prices are to remain firm and fixed for the duration of the Contract.
Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements
Insurances to be Taken Out by the Contractor
In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 34, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
(a) Cargo Insurance
Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the supplier’s or manufacturer’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Facilities (including spare parts therefor) and to the construction equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
110% of the Contract Price | NIL | Employer, Contractor | Manufacturer’s Works | Site |
(b) Installation All Risks Insurance
Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the defect liability period.
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
110% of the Contract Price | NIL | Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor (if any) | Receipt of site | Up to Defect Liability Period |
(c) Third Party Liability Insurance
Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employer’s personnel) and loss of or damage to property (including the Employer’s property and any parts of the Facilities that have been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
USD 100,000 per person per occasion | NIL | Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor (if any) | Commencement of work | Up to Defect Liability Period |
USD 10,000 | NIL | Third party personnel | Commencement of work | Up to Defect Liability Period |
USD 50,000 | NIL | Employer’s Property | Commencement of work | Up to Defect Liability Period |
(d) Automobile Liability Insurance
Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities. Comprehensive insurance in accordance with statutory requirements.
(e) Workers’ Compensation
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.
(f) Employer’s Liability
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.
(g) Other Insurances
The Contractor is also required to take out and maintain at its own cost the following insurances:
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
To be indicated by the Contractor | NIL | Contractor, and Subcontractor (if any) | Receipt of site | Up to Defect Liability Period |
The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Cargo, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.
Insurances To Be Taken Out By The Employer
The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract the following insurances.
Details:
NIL
Appendix 4. Time Schedule
4.1 Description of Facilities:
Name of Facilities | Completion Time required by the Employer from the Effective Date | Completion date guaranteed by the Bidder from the effective date |
Design, Supply and installation of 11kV auto-reclosers
|
Six (6) Months |
|
4.2 The activities under the Contractor’s program for Project Completion shall be in the form of a master network (MNW) and shall identify the various activities like design, engineering, manufacturing, supply, installation, factory testing, transportation to site, site testing and commissioning, trial operation and taking over etc. of the facilities or specific part thereof (where specific parts are specified in PCC). The network shall conform to the above Project Completion Schedule. This master network will be discussed and agreed before Kick-off meeting in line with the above. The detailed network(s) and project implementation plans & programs shall preferably be prepared in Primavera or in MS Project or in the latest Project Management tool as convenient to the Employer and shall form part of the contract.
4.3 The Employer reserves the right to request minor changes in the work schedule at the time of Award of Contract to the successful Bidder.
Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors
A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.
The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are approved for carrying out the items of the Facilities indicated below. Where more than one Subcontractor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose between them, but it must notify the Employer of its choice in good time prior to appointing any selected Subcontractor. In accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 19.1, the Contractor is free to submit proposals for Subcontractors for additional items from time to time. No Subcontracts shall be placed with any such Subcontractors for additional items until the Subcontractors have been approved in writing by the Employer and their names have been added to this list of Approved Subcontractors.
Major Items of Plant and Installation Services | Approved Subcontractors/Manufacturers | Nationality |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
The following personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided/supplied by the Employer, and the provisions of GCC Clauses 10, 21 and 24 shall apply as appropriate. All personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided by the Employer in good time so as not to delay the performance of the Contractor, in accordance with the approved Time Schedule and Program of Performance pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2.
Unless otherwise indicated, all personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided free of charge to the Contractor.
Personnel | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
| None |
Facilities | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
None | None |
Works | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
| None |
Supplies | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
| None |
Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review
Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its Subcontractor to prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance), the following documents for
A. Approval
B. Review
Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees
1. General
This Appendix sets out
(a) the functional guarantees referred to in GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees)
(b) the preconditions to the validity of the functional guarantees, either in production and/or consumption, set forth below
(c) the minimum level of the functional guarantees
(d) the formula for calculation of liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees.
2. Preconditions
The Contractor gives the functional guarantees (specified herein) for the facilities, subject to the following preconditions being fully satisfied:
____________________________________________________________________________________
3. Functional Guarantees
Subject to compliance with the foregoing preconditions, the Contractor guarantees as follows:
3.1 Production Capacity
_____________________________________________________________________________
and/or
3.2 Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption
____________________________________________________________________________
4. Failure in Guarantees and Liquidated Damages
4.1 Failure to Attain Guaranteed Production Capacity
If the production capacity of the facilities attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is less than the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.1 above, but the actual production capacity attained in the guarantee test is not less than the minimum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of ___________________ for every complete one percent (1%) of the deficiency in the production capacity of the Facilities, or at a proportionately reduced rate for any deficiency, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).
4.2 Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption in Excess of Guaranteed Level
__________________________________________________________________
If the actual measured figure of specified raw materials and utilities consumed per unit (or their average total cost of consumption) exceeds the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.2 above (or their specified average total cost of consumption), but the actual consumption attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is not more than the maximum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of [amount in the contract currency] for every complete one percent (1%) of the excess consumption of the Facilities, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).
4.3 Minimum Levels
Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, if as a result of the guarantee test(s), the following minimum levels of performance guarantees (and consumption guarantees) are not attained by the Contractor, the Contractor shall at its own cost make good any deficiencies until the Facilities reach any of such minimum performance levels, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.2:
(a) production capacity of the Facilities attained in the guarantee test: ninety-five percent (95%) of the guaranteed production capacity (the values offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).
and/or
(b) average total cost of consumption of all the raw materials and utilities of the Facilities: one hundred and five percent (105%) of the guaranteed figures (the figures offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).
4.4 Limitation of Liability
Subject to para. 4.3 above, the Contractor’s aggregate liability to pay liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees shall not exceed ______ percent ( ___ %) of the Contract price.
Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee[18]
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: [insert name and Address of Employer]
Date: _ [Insert date of issue]
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: ____[Insert guarantee reference number]
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
We have been informed that ____________________ (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. ________________dated ____________ with the Beneficiary, for the execution of ____________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contract”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.
At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of _________________(___)[19],such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.
This guarantee shall be reduced by half upon our receipt of:
(a) a copy of the Operational Acceptance Certificate; or
(b) a registered letter from the Applicant (i) attaching a copy of its notice requesting issuance of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and (ii) stating that the Project Manager has failed to issue such Certificate within the time required or provide in writing justifiable reasons why such Certificate has not been issued, so that Operational Acceptance is deemed to have occurred.
This guarantee shall expire no later than the earlier of:[20]
(a) twelve months after our receipt of either (a) or (b) above; or
(b) eighteen months after our receipt of:
(i) a copy of the Completion Certificate; or
(ii) a registered letter from the Applicant, attaching a copy of the notice to the Project Manager that the Facilities are ready for commissioning, and stating that fourteen days have elapsed from receipt of such notice (or seven days have elapsed if the notice was a repeated notice) and the Project Manager has failed to issue a Completion Certificate or inform the Applicant in writing of any defects or deficiencies; or
(iii) a registered letter from the Applicant stating that no Completion Certificate has been issued but the Employer is making use of the Facilities; or
(c) the ____ day of _____, 2___.[21]
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.
_____________________
[signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
To: ___________________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
We refer to the Contract Agreement (“the Contract”) signed on [date] between you and ____________________________ (“the Contractor”) concerning design, execution and completion of ____________________________.
By this letter we, the undersigned, [name of Bank], a Bank (or company) organized under the laws of _________________ and having its registered/principal office at _________________, do hereby jointly and severally with the Contractor irrevocably guarantee payment owed to you by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract, up to the sum of ___________, equivalent to _______________ percent (%) of the Contract Price until the date of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and thereafter up to a sum of ____________, equivalent to__________ percent (%) of the Contract Price, until twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance, or eighteen (18) months after Completion of the Facilities, whichever comes first.
Where it is agreed between you and the Contractor that the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, and thus where there are separate Completion and Operational Acceptance Certificates for each part, this Letter of Guarantee shall be apportioned to the value of each such part and shall reduce or expire as provided above on or following Completion or Operational Acceptance of each part.
We shall only undertake to make payment under this Letter of Guarantee upon our receipt of a written demand signed by your duly authorized officer for a specified sum, where such demand sets out the reasons for your claim under this Letter of Guarantee and is accompanied by
(a) a copy of the written notice sent by you to the Contractor before making the claim under this Guarantee, specifying the Contractor’s breach of contract and requesting the Contractor to remedy it
(b) a letter signed by your duly authorized officer certifying that the Contractor has failed to remedy the default within the period allowed for remedial action
(c) a copy of your written notice to the Contractor stating your intent to claim under this Letter of Guarantee because of the Contractor’s failure to remedy the default in accordance with the request referred to in para. (a) above.
Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall be to pay to you whichever is the lesser of the sum so requested or the amount then guaranteed hereunder in respect of any demand duly made hereunder prior to expiry of this Letter of Guarantee, without being entitled to inquire whether or not this payment is lawfully demanded.
This Letter of Guarantee shall be valid from the date of issue until the earlier of twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the Facilities or, where the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the last part or [date], whichever comes first.
Except for the documents herein specified, no other documents or other action shall be required, notwithstanding any applicable law or regulation.
If the Defect Liability Period is extended with respect to any part of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, you shall notify us, and the validity of this Letter of Guarantee shall be extended with respect to the percentage of the Contract Price stipulated in the notification until expiry of such extended Defect Liability Period.
Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall become null and void immediately upon its expiry, whether it is returned or not, and no claim may be made hereunder after such expiry or after the aggregate of the sums paid by us to you shall equal the sums guaranteed hereunder, whichever is the earlier.
All notices to be given hereunder shall be given by registered (airmail) post to the addressee at the address herein set out or as otherwise advised by and between the parties hereto.
We hereby agree that any part of the Contract may be amended, renewed, extended, modified, compromised, released or discharged by mutual agreement between you and the Contractor, and this security may be exchanged or surrendered without in any way impairing or affecting our liabilities hereunder without notice to us and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by us, provided, however, that the sum guaranteed shall not be increased or decreased.
No action, event or condition which by any applicable law should operate to discharge us from liability hereunder shall have any effect and we hereby waive any right we may have to apply such law, so that in all respects our liability hereunder shall be irrevocable and, except as stated herein, unconditional in all respects.
Yours truly,
Authorized Signature
Advance Payment Security
Demand Guarantee
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: ........................................................ Name and Address of Employer .....................................................
Date:[Insert date of issue].....................................................................................................................................................
Advance Payment Guarantee No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have been informed that . . . . .. . . . . (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. . . . . .. . . . . dated . . . . . . ..with the Beneficiary, for the execution of, . . . . . .. . . . . (hereinafter called “the Contract”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Conditions of the Contract, an advance payment in the sum . . . . .. . . . . . (. . . . .. . . . . ) is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.
At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of .
(. . . . .. . . . . ) [22] upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating either that the applicant:
A demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to the Guarantor of a certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the advance payment referred to above has been credited to the Applicant on its account number ___________ at _________________..
The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance payment repaid by the Applicant as indicated in copies of interim statements or payment certificates which shall be presented to us. This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of documentation indicating full repayment by the Applicant of the amount of the advance payment, or on the . . . day of . . . . . . . , . . . . .[23], whichever is earlier. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.
____________________ [signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
[1] Nonperformance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (a) nonperformance was not challenged by the contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract, and (b) contracts that were so challenged but fully settled against the contractor. Nonperformance shall not include contracts where Employers decision was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Nonperformance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e., dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.
[2] This requirement also applies to contracts executed by the Bidder as JV member.
[3] The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the related Letter of Bid about any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over the last five years. A consistent history of awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result in failure of the Bid.
[4] The Employer may use this information to seek further information or clarifications in carrying out its due diligence.
[5] For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement
[6] Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more Plant and installation completed under the contract.
[7] In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.
[8] In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.
[9] For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
[10] A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
[11] Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.
[13] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.
[14] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.
2 Specify where necessary.
[15] For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
[16] A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
[17] Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.
[18] The Employer should insert either the Bank Guarantee or the Conditional Guarantee.
[19] The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.
[20] This text shall be revised as and where necessary to take into account (i) partial acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with Sub-Clause 25.4 of the GCC; and (ii) extension of the Performance Security when the Contractor is liable for an extended warranty obligation pursuant to Sub-Clause 27.10 of the GCC (although in this latter case the Employer might want to consider an extended warranty security in lieu of the extension of the Performance Security).
[21] Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected expiration date of the Defect Liability Period. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”
[22]The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.
[23]Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”
"},{"id":"OP00441104","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"12-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-21T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Moldova","project_id":"P177895","project_name":"MSME Competitiveness Project","bid_reference_no":"MD-CEP-547270-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Consulting Services on Strengthening the level of competence and know-how transfer on operation of the metrology equipment (1st batch)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"180, Stefan cel Mare, office 815, Chisinau","contact_ctry_name":"Moldova","contact_email":"piu@mded.gov.md","contact_name":"Aureliu Casian","contact_organization":"Project Implementation Unit of the Competitiveness Enhancement Project","contact_phone_no":"+373296729","contact_web_url":"www.uipac.md","submission_date":"2026-08-12T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
CONSULTING SERVICES ON STRENGTHENING THE LEVEL OF COMPETENCE AND KNOW HOW TRANSFER ON OPERATION OF THE METROLOGY EQUIPMENT (1ST BATCH)
REPUBLIC OF MOLDOVA
MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM-SIZED ENTERPRISES COMPETITIVENESS PROJECT
Sector: General industry and trade sector
IDA Credit No. 71740
IBRD Loan No. 94230
Project ID No. P177895
Reference No. MD-CEP-547270-CS-CQS
The Republic of Moldova has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Micro, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprise Competitiveness Project (MSME) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The consulting services (“the Services”) include enhancement the technical competence and knowledge in the field of mass metrology of Moldovan NMI specialists through comprehensive training and structured know-how transfer, focusing on both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in the following domains: (i) Mass measurements; (ii) Length measurements; (iii) Pressure measurements and (iv) Force measurements. To achieve the assignment’s objectives, the Consultant shall develop the training materials and deliver trainings for NMI specialists at the NMI premises and ensure practical on-site trainings for specialists of NMI at Consultant’ premises according to the topics, duration and timeline suggested in ToR.
The assignment will be performed in the period May - July, 2026.
The Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this request for expressions of interest.
The Project Implementation Unit of the MSME Competitiveness Project now invites eligible local consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services (required qualifications and experience of the firm, but not individual experts’ bio data).
This assignment will require an EURAMET metrology institute or consortium of such metrology institutes with appropriate technical and metrological qualification, comparable standards and internationally recognized knowledge, which:
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the „Consultant’s Qualification-based Selection” method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications; but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
The Expression of Interest shall clearly state the name of the Consultant (individual Firm, Joint Venture or sub-consultancy). The Consultant shall provide relevant references (assignment name, Client, time frame, the role of the firm (main Consultant/Partner in JV/sub-consultant, contract amount, tasks performed etc.) to confirm its experience and qualifications.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by May 11, 2026, COB.
Project Implementation Unit of the MSME Competitiveness Project
180, Stefan cel Mare Ave., office 815, MD-2004, Chisinau, Republic of Moldova
Tel: + 373 22 296-723
e-mail: piu@mded.gov.md
web: www.uipac.md
E-mail for submission of the clarifications: piu@mded.gov.md
E-mail for submission of the EoIs: procurementmgf@gmail.com
Only the notification of EoI submission must be sent to piu@mded.gov.md
Terms of Reference
Consulting Services on strengthening the level of competence and know how transfer on operation of the metrology equipment (1st batch)
A. INTRODUCTION
The Government of the Republic of Moldova (GoM) is pursuing a policy agenda to support export-led economic growth. In this regard, an improved business environment is essential to foster sustainable private sector growth. Significant regulatory and institutional weaknesses in the business environment have been identified by the recently conducted Investment Climate Assessment as major obstacles to the private sector’s ability to perform efficiently and grow, and they also negatively affect investor confidence. The presence of cumbersome regulations undermines the competitiveness of private Moldovan enterprises and prevents increased investment by increasing the cost of doing business, and ultimately providing fertile ground for corruption, favoritism, and the informal economy.
GoM is currently implementing a project - the Micro, Small, Medium Enterprises (MSME) Competitiveness Project, which takes a comprehensive approach to business competitiveness with funding from the International Development Association and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
The MSME’s project development objectives (PDO) are: (i) to reduce the regulatory burden, increase access to finance, increase the export competitiveness of Moldovan enterprises, and (ii) in case of an Eligible Crisis or Emergency, to respond promptly and effectively to it.
The PDO will be achieved through a set of activities that aim to: (a) digitize government-to-business services and inspections, streamline permissive documents, and enhance national quality infrastructure to reduce the regulatory burden enterprises face; (b) support access to finance for enterprises through credit guarantees and enhance the capacity of the Credit Guarantee Fund (CGF), and (c) support the development of MSMEs and enhance their export competitiveness; d) support project management; e) support the government's response in case of an emergency.
B. BACKGROUND OF THE ASSIGNMENT
The target segment of the current assignment is National Quality Infrastructure System (NQI). NQI activities under the project focuses on increasing MSME competitiveness and enabling exports. The NQI activities aim at addressing the enterprise sector’s difficulties in competing in foreign markets caused by the existing gaps in NQI and services. Improving the NQI system will be achieved through: (a) building capacity in metrology and testing area by upgrading selected laboratories and strengthening institutional capacity in order to expand the list of measurements and testing demanded by export oriented firms; (b) ensuring the traceability of the measurements performed to enterprises, as well as access to quality infrastructure services due to increased number of calibrations and accredited cross-comparisons at the European Union (EU) level and (c) strengthening accreditation and certification capacity.
Investment and technical assistance needs are significantly higher than what the Project can support. Thus, an allocation of approximately US$7 million equivalent will address these priority needs. Special attention will be paid to building skills among specialists to perform measurements and ensure more laboratories and services are accredited meeting the EU requirements.
Within this framework, the Government of Moldova through the Ministry of Economic Development and Digitalization (the Client) and the National Metrology Institute (the Beneficiary) are seeking the services of an EURAMET member metrology institute (hereinafter Consultant), who has relevant expertise in the field of the assignment to provide the know-how transfer and training of the specialists of the Moldovan National Metrology Institute (hereinafter NMI).
C. Objectives of the Assignment
The main objectives of the assignment are to enhance the technical competence and knowledge in the field of mass metrology of Moldovan NMI specialists through comprehensive training and structured know-how transfer, focusing on both theoretical knowledge and practical skills in the following domains: (i) Mass measurements; (ii) Length measurements; (iii) Pressure measurements and (iv) Force measurements.
D. Task to be performed (Scope of Work)
To achieve the assignment’s objectives, the Consultant shall develop the training materials and deliver trainings for NMI specialists at the NMI premises and ensure practical on-site trainings for specialists of NMI at Consultant’ premises according to the topics, duration and timeline suggested below.
TASK I - Mass Measurements
For the topics related to mass measurements, the Consultant will have to:
Further below a detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented.
Application of advanced calibration methods under controlled conditions including:
Correct development of uncertainty budgets according to GUM including:
Ensuring the quality of the calibration process and traceability of results including:
Applying knowledge in real situations and developing analytical skills including:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 4 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 4 days |
Composition of the on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
A detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented further below.
Application of advanced calibration methods under controlled conditions including:
Complete understanding of the calibration method described in the EURAMET guide cg-18:
Complete application of a calibration procedure on a real NAWI:
Development of the uncertainty budget associated with the calibration of a NAWI:
Ensuring traceability and compliance of technical documentation:
Training of personnel for audits and maintaining accreditation:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 3 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 3 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
TASK II- Length Measurements
For the topics related to length measurements, the Consultant will have to:
A detailed technical composition of the expected training topics is presented further below.
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 5 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
3. Handling and calibration of angle measurements (Theodolite calibration) and handling of Taylor Hobson Roughness Machine
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 3 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 3 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
TASK III- Pressure Measurements
For the topics related to length measurements, the Consultant will have to:
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Uncertainty analysis and cross-floating techniques.
Generator of pressure for pressure balances
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 3 | 5 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
Training at NMI premises:
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 4 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
TASK IV – Force Measurements
For the topics related to mass measurements, the Consultant will have to:
A detailed technical composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
Training at NMI premises | 3 | 5 days |
Composition of the training at NMI premises:
A detailed composition of the training topics is presented further below:
Tentative schedule, duration and number of participants to the theoretical and practical trainings is described below.
Item | Nr. of participants | Duration |
|
|
|
On-site training at Consultant’ premises | 2 | 5 days |
Composition of on-site practical training at Consultant’ premises:
E. Details of the assignment
Theoretical trainings will be provided in Chisinau within NMI’ facilities. Estimated duration of the all trainings is estimated at 25 days or around 200 academic hours.
Practical training (on-site training) will be provided abroad within the Consultant’ laboratory. Each on-site training will be structured for 4-5 days /domain.
F. Common details and requirements for the Consultant’s work
The tasks accomplishment will end at the middle of 2009. The consecutiveness of the task accomplishment is free, at the opinion of the consultant and according the availableness of the trainers and bodies that will be involved in realisation of the project.
Recommended documents, language:
The Consultant will have to consider for expenditure estimation inter alia the following items of the costs:
The Consultant shall be responsible for:
G. Reports / Deliverables
Within the time frame of this assignment, the Consultant will be expected to develop the following deliverables:
The PIU and the MEDD may provide comments to the deliverables, which should be addressed by the Consultant accordingly.
All Deliverables will be provided in electronic form and in hard copies (if required). The language of the deliverables shall be English and Romanian.
The assignment will be implemented in the period from May to July, 2026.
The NMI will provide to the Consultant the following available materials and support:
This assignment will require an EURAMET metrology institute or consortium such metrology institutes with appropriate technical and metrological qualification, comparable standards and internationally recognized knowledge, which:
k. Terms of payment
The Contract will be the Standard World Bank Lump-sum contract.
Tentative payment schedule is provided below:
"},{"id":"OP00457140","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"16-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-30T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Angola","project_id":"P505158","project_name":"Angola Youth Employment Opportunities Project","bid_reference_no":"2.1.11./C-2.1.11/COMP.2/CS/INEFOP-2026","bid_description":"Contratação de Consultoria para a realização do diagnóstico de necessidades dos Centros de Formação Profissional","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Av. do 1º Congresso do MPLA, \nLuanda, Angola","contact_ctry_name":"Angola","contact_email":"aurea.cassoma@inefop.gov.ao","contact_name":"Aurea Cassoma","contact_organization":"National Institute of Employment and Professional Training","contact_phone_no":"+244934505576","submission_date":"2026-07-16T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
YOUNG+ | P505158 | World Bank Loan No. IBRD-97940
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (MoI)
CONSULTING SERVICES — COMPANY SELECTION
Contracting consulting services for conducting a training needs assessment based on labor market demands, and developing and updating curricula for identified priority areas.
Ref.: 2.1.11./C-2.1.11/COMP.2/CS/INEFOP-2026
The Government of Angola, through the Ministry of Public Administration, Labor and Social Security (MAPTSS), via the National Institute of Employment and Vocational Training (INEFOP) and with the support of the World Bank, received funding of US$250 million for the implementation of the Angola Youth Employment and Opportunities Project (AYEOP/JOVEM+, P505158), approved by the World Bank Board of Directors on March 20, 2025, and intends to use part of this funding to hire a consulting firm to conduct a national needs assessment based on labor market demands and to develop and update curricula for identified priority areas.
The JOVEM+ Project seeks to expand employment opportunities for young people in Angola by addressing the barriers that limit their access to salaried employment and entrepreneurship, through support for entrepreneurs, preparation of young people for salaried employment, and strengthening the capacity of national institutions to provide effective and sustainable employment programs and services.
The objective of the consultancy is to produce a structured and technically robust national diagnosis of vocational training needs in Angola, including mapping the current and projected demand for skills by training area, economic sector, and province; analyzing the needs of companies and employers; assessing the capacities and gaps of existing training centers; analyzing training density by region; and projecting medium-term employment, with the formulation of recommendations for policies, investments, and indicative training targets. Based on the results of the diagnosis, the consultancy should also develop and update curricula for up to six priority training areas, integrating technical and behavioral skills, with validation from the productive sector and alignment with national and international benchmarks.
The services will be executed within a maximum period of 60 (sixty) consecutive days, counted from the issuance of the Service Order, with phased delivery of 7 (seven) products subject to formal validation by INEFOP. The contract will be concluded in the form of a time-based contract. The consultancy will have a national scope and will be executed in a hybrid format, combining remote work with on-site activities for data collection, validation and institutional coordination, with the company being responsible for providing its own travel and logistical resources compatible with the national scope of the study.
The detailed Terms of Reference (ToR) for this expressions of interest solicitation phase can be obtained at the email address indicated below.
INEFOP, within the scope of the JOVEM+ Project, invites qualified consulting firms (“Consultants”) to express their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they possess the necessary qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The pre-selection criteria are:
• Possess at least 5 (five) years of general experience in labor market analysis, training needs assessment, curriculum development, and human resource development;
• To demonstrate the completion of at least 2 (two) projects in the last 5 (five) years involving studies on the labor market and employer needs, development or revision of vocational training curricula and alignment of curricula to competency-based standards or equivalent national qualification frameworks;
• Demonstrate knowledge of the vocational training system and the labor market in Angola, as well as the ability to conduct fieldwork on a national scale, using own means of data collection and processing;
• Possess the capacity to mobilize a multidisciplinary team with the profiles defined in the Terms of Reference (coordination, labor market, professional training, statistics/econometrics, curriculum development and field coordination), with key experts required to be proficient in the Portuguese language;
• Prior experience in projects financed by the World Bank, ILO, AfDB, European Union or other international development agencies is an advantage;
• Not to incur any conflict of interest, and the participation of active public servants of the public administration or employees of state-owned or controlled companies is not permitted, whenever this constitutes a conflict with the applicable rules of integrity, eligibility and independence.
Interested Consultants are advised to refer to Section III, paragraphs 3.14, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank's "IPF Borrower Procurement Regulations" (Revised Edition), which sets out the World Bank's policy on conflicts of interest. The document can be consulted at the following address:
http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/099011109112533972
Consultants may associate with other companies to enhance their qualifications, and must indicate whether the association takes the form of a Joint Venture or a sub-consulting arrangement. In the case of a Joint Venture, all partners will be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the entire contract, if selected.
Under the Financing Agreement between the Government of Angola and the World Bank, the Consultant will be selected according to the Quality and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method, as established in the World Bank's Procurement Regulations.
Expressions of interest must be submitted in writing, electronically, by 3:30 p.m. (Angola local time) on July 30, 2026. Additional information can be obtained at the address below, during office hours, from 8:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m., Monday to Friday.
"},{"id":"OP00450547","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"11-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-03T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:30","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P506439","project_name":"Accelerating Access to Water, Sanitation and Hygiene in the Eastern and Southern Africa Region","bid_reference_no":"ZA-AUDA-NEPAD-523370-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Public Expenditure and Institutional Reviews","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"African Union Development Agency (AUDA-NEPAD)\n\nEco Origin, Block F,\n\n349 Witch Hazel Street, Eco Par","contact_ctry_name":"South Africa","contact_email":"wahaboui@auda-nepad.org","contact_name":"Ibrah Wahabou","contact_organization":"African Union Development Agency - New Partnership for Africa's Development","contact_phone_no":"(+27)0763157204","contact_web_url":"https://www.nepad.org/","submission_date":"2026-06-11T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
_____________________________________________________
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
Country: Multinational
Name of Project: Accelerating Access to Water, Sanitation and Hygiene in the Eastern and Southern Africa Region Project
Grant No.: P506439
Assignment Title: Consultancy Services for Provision of Technical Assistance on WASH Public Expenditure and Institutional Reviews and Strategic Scenario Analysis (PEIR-SSA) to Support Eastern and Southern African Countries
Reference No: 396/AUDA/DITIR/QCBS/2026
Method: Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS)
The African Union Development Agency – New Partnership for Africa Development (AUDA-NEPAD) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the “Accelerating Access to Water, Sanitation and Hygiene in the Eastern and Southern Africa Region Project”, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services. “Consultancy Services for Provision of Technical Assistance on WASH Public Expenditure and Institutional Reviews and Strategic Scenario Analysis (PEIR-SSA) to Support Eastern and Southern African Countries”
The consulting services (“the Services”) include: Institutional and Political Economy Analysis: Policy, legal and regulatory framework review. Full institutional mandate mapping across all sector actors. Governance and accountability assessment. Structured political economy analysis explicitly addressing constraints at the utility level and how they impede reform, with proposed mitigation pathways. Reform sequencing informed by political feasibility; Public Expenditure Analysis: Five-year minimum baseline covering all financing sources (on-budget, intergovernmental transfers, off-budget donors, utilities' own resources). Assessment of budget alignment with sector goals and targets, Budget execution analysis with identification of systemic causes of execution gaps. Intergovernmental fiscal transfer mapping. Subsidy incidence analysis. Climate finance flows; Strategic Scenario Analysis: Coverage baseline disaggregated by service level, area, and sub-national unit, Minimum three proactive costed scenarios: (1) efficiency gains from the status quo; (2) reallocations within the WASH sector; (3) incremental fiscal expansion. For each scenario: population gaining access, capital and O&M costs, and financing requirements.. Climate resilience costs explicitly incorporated. Financing scenarios matching public and private sources to coverage scenarios. Government consensus workshop for preferred scenario selection. A simulation tool (WSS- SSST) developed by the World Bank can be utilized for this component; National WASH Investment Programme (NWIP): Costed, time-bound NWIP based on the preferred scenario. Covers 0-5, 5-10, and long-term phases. Integrates gender equity, social inclusion, and climate resilience. Includes public expenditure, financing scenarios to bridge the financing gap, institutional, regulatory, and private sector reform recommendations. The plan must be aligned with the Presidential Compact and existing sector investment frameworks to ensure consistency and avoid duplication of efforts. Formal presentation to the ministry required before NWIP is accepted as a deliverable for payment purposes; and Stakeholder Consultation and Knowledge Capitalization: Embedded process throughout the assignment not an end-stage consultation. Structured engagement plan. Inception, scenario consensus, and final national validation workshops. Government ownership and formal adoption of NWIP. Knowledge products: minimum 2 policy briefs (3–5 pages), 2 fact sheets (1–2 pages), 1 interactive expenditure dashboard (updatable annually by government counterparts). All products delivered in country working language with English summaries.
Key Expert | Person-Days | Indicative Total Key Expert days[TA1] [AH2] |
Key Expert 1: Team Leader / Senior Economist | Full time/Duration of the contract, 20days/Month | 320 Expert-days |
Key Expert 2: Governance and Political Economy Specialist | 15 days/month | 240 expert-days |
Key Expert 3: WASH Sector Policy Specialist | 15 days/month | 240 expert-days |
Key Expert 4: Scenario and Financing Specialist | 15 days/month | 240 expert-days |
Key Expert 5: Data Analytics and Knowledge Specialist | 15 days/month | 240 expert-days |
Total duration: 4-6 from the date of contract signature
The African Union Development Agency – New Partnership for Africa Development (AUDA-NEPAD) now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:
LOT | Country | Language |
1 | Burundi | French, all deliverables in French; English executive summaries for AUDA-NEPAD and World Bank |
2 | Democratic Republic of Congo | French, all deliverables in French; English executive summaries for AUDA-NEPAD and World Bank |
3 | Comoros | French, all deliverables in French; English executive summaries for AUDA-NEPAD and World Bank |
4 | Tanzania | English, all deliverables in English including executive summaries for AUDA-NEPAD and World Bank |
5 | South Sudan | English, all deliverables in English including executive summaries for AUDA-NEPAD and World Bank |
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.15, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” February 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment:
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office.
Expressions of interest must be delivered to the address below by email on or before July 3rd, 2026, 14:30 hours (South African Time). All EOI’s must be marked “396/AUDA/DITIR/QCBS/2026 – Consultancy Services for Provision of Technical Assistance on WASH Public Expenditure and Institutional Reviews and Strategic Scenario Analysis (PEIR-SSA) to Support Eastern and Southern African Countries” in the subject line of the email.
EOIs can also be sent by email, addressed to the address below. Interested Consultants may also obtain further information at the address below during office hours (09:00 - 17:00 South Africa time):
The Chairperson, Internal Procurement Committee (IPC)
African Union Development Agency (AUDA-NEPAD)
Eco Origin, Block F,
349 Witch Hazel Street,
Eco Park, Centurion.
Email: procurement@nepad.org ; and copy to manthatir@auda-nepad.org
Attention of: Procurement Division
ANNEX 1: DECLARATION OF UNDERTAKING
{Location, Date}
To: The Chairperson Internal Procurement Committee (IPC)
AUDA-NEPAD
African Union Development Agency (AUDA-NEPAD)
Eco Origin, Block F,
349 Witch Hazel Street,
Eco Park, Centurion.
Johannesburg, South Africa
Attention of: Head of Procurement Division
We remain,
Yours sincerely,
Signature:
Name of Consultant:
Address
[TA1]If the assignment is for two years for example, and the team leader is required to be the whole of 24 months, then the total expert days of the Task Team Leader would be = 24*20 = 48 days ~~24 months. Please insert either total expert-days or Total expert-months for each key expert position holder.
[AH2]done
"},{"id":"OP00449401","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"05-Jun-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-22T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Jamaica","project_id":"P513208","project_name":"Digital Government Transformation for Jamaica","bid_reference_no":"FDGT/PG/CON/1.3","bid_description":"Proof of Concept & TOR for Government Process Improvement & Automation","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"235B Old Hope Road\nP.O. BOX 407 Kingston 6\nJamaica, West Indies","contact_ctry_name":"Jamaica","contact_email":"peuprocurement@icta.gov.jm","contact_name":"Dellue Wint Dawkins","contact_organization":"Office of the Prime Minister - Information Communications Technology Authority","contact_phone_no":"876-927-1125","contact_web_url":"https://icta.gov.jm/resources/procurements/","submission_date":"2026-06-05T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
FDGT/PG/CON/1.3- Proof of Concept & TOR for Government Process Improvement & Automation
In advancing the national VISION 2030 Jamaica goals, the Government of Jamaica (GOJ) recognizes that a prosperous Jamaican economy (Pillar 3) with empowered citizens (Pillar 1) requires a resilient, robust and efficient digital infrastructure, serving as the foundation for modern, digital government services. The build-out of a national digital service framework is essential to reposition government services around citizens’ needs - shifting from a model that requires citizens to come to government to one where government is digitally available anywhere, in a simplified, secured and accessible manner.
In April 2024 the World Bank Group (WBG) conducted a Digital Economy Assessment (DEA) of Jamaica’s digital landscape. The purpose of the DEA was to identify gaps and make recommendations on policy, strategic and operational issues across Six (6) pillars; digital infrastructure, digital public platforms, digital financial services, digital businesses, digital skills and the trust environment. The findings revealed, among other things, the need to
Considering the foregoing and following discussions with the WBG and other Government entities, it was proposed in July 2025 to develop a Foundation for Digital Government Transformation (FDGT) programme. To facilitate expediting the scoping and design of the FDGT programme, the WBG has provided a Grant to the GOJ, through the Office of the Prime Minister (OPM). The Grant is administered by the Information and Communications Technology (ICT) Authority. This Consultancy is a preparatory assignment under the Grant and is limited to the following Services.
The Consulting Services (“the Services”)
The purpose of this consultancy is Three-fold, and the selected Firm is expected to:
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be found at www.gojep.gov.jm.
The ICT Authority now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraph 3.15, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers Seventh Edition, September 2025 (“the Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
The best qualified firm to carry out the services will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualifications Based Selection (CQS) method set out in the Regulations and based on the following criteria:
| Criteria Description | Allocation of Scores |
| |||
Demonstrated experience in business process reengineering, process improvement, process mapping, workflow automation, (Robotic Process Automation) RPA, BPM, or comparable digital service transformation assignments. | Evidenced by the successful completion of 5 or more projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (30 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 3 - 4 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (21 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 1 - 2 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (12 points) | |||
Demonstrated ability to deliver secure, privacy-aware and interoperable automation solutions, including data-protection compliance, cybersecurity controls, role-based access, audit trails, integration with government or enterprise identity services, data residency or hosting controls. | Evidenced by the successful completion of 5 or more projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (25 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 3 - 4 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (18 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 1 - 2 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (10 points) | |||
Demonstrated experience preparing procurement-ready TORs, REOIs, scopes of work, budgets, implementation schedules, market analyses, or scaling roadmaps for public-sector or internationally financed assignments. | Evidenced by the successful completion of 5 or more projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (20 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 3 - 4 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (14 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 1 - 2 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (8 points) | |||
Demonstrated experience with change management, stakeholder engagement, process-user training, adoption support for public-sector service improvement or automation assignments. | Evidenced by the successful completion of 5 or more projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (15 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 3 - 4 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (11 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 1 - 2 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (6 points) | |||
Demonstrated experience in Caribbean, small island developing states (SIDS), or comparable public-sector contexts.
| Evidenced by the successful completion of 5 or more projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (10 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 3 - 4 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (7 points) | Evidenced by the successful completion of 1 - 2 projects, which highlight this experience, in the last 10 years; (4 points) | |||
The firm that adequately demonstrated their experience in the field of the assignment and attained the highest score will be invited to submit detailed technical and financial proposals. Key Experts will not be evaluated at this stage.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
The selected Consultant, including any firm or affiliate with which the Consultant is associated, shall not participate as a bidder or proposed key expert in the subsequent assignment for which the TOR/REOI is prepared, unless the GOJ and the WBG determine in writing that no conflict of interest exists under the applicable procurement rules.
Expressions of Interest (EOIs) must be uploaded to the Government of Jamaica Electronic Procurement Portal (www.gojep.gov.jm) on or before 22 June 2026 at 2:00pm. No hard copy submission will be accepted.
To participate in this tender opportunity, consultants must first be registered and know how to use the electronic Procurement System, www.gojep.gov.jm. Please self-register on the GoJEP System, by selecting the Register as a Supplier link from the home page. Consultants are encouraged to upload their submissions at least two (2) hours prior to the deadline for submission. For assistance, and training please contact the GOJEP support desk at: 1-876-932-5704 or via email at opppcustomercare@mof.gov.jm.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours of 9:00 AM and 4:00 PM.
Attn: Dellue Wint Dawkins
ICT Authority
235B Old Hope Road, Kingston 6, Jamaica
E-mail: peuprocurement@icta.gov.jm
Telephone: 876-927-1125
"},{"id":"OP00447021","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"25-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-25T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"10:00","project_ctry_name":"Rwanda","project_id":"P507538","project_name":"Revenue Improvement and Spending Efficiency Program-for-Results Operation","bid_reference_no":"RW-MINECOFIN -539279-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Recruitment of 1st Senior AI/ML Engineer","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"12 KN 3 Ave, Kigali\nP.O BOX 158\nKIGALI","contact_ctry_name":"Rwanda","contact_email":"Julius.higiro@minecofin.gov.rw","contact_name":"Julius Higiro","contact_organization":"Ministry of Finance and Economic Planning","contact_phone_no":"+250788524768","contact_web_url":"http://www.minecofin.gov.rw","submission_date":"2026-05-25T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Republic of Rwanda
Ministry of Finance and Economic Planning
P.O Box 158 Kigali, Rwanda
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
Recruitment for Individual Consultant Services (1st Senior AI/ML Engineer) for the Integrated Financial Management Information System (IFMIS)
Background
The Government of Rwanda (GoR) is implementing the Revenue Improvement and Spending Efficiency (RISE) Program-for-Results (PforR) Operation with support from the World Bank. The Program aims to strengthen domestic revenue mobilization, improve efficiency in public spending, and enhance transparency and accountability in public financial management systems.
The Integrated Financial Management Information System (IFMIS) supports end-to-end public financial management processes, to improve operational efficiency, data quality, risk management, and decision support, IFMIS intends to implement AI and Machine Learning (ML) solutions that enhance forecasting, anomaly detection, process optimization, and user support, while maintaining strict requirements for security, auditability, compliance, and system performance
Objective
The Government of Rwanda seeks to engage two (2) Senior AI/ML Engineer Individual Consultants through a single competitive selection process, from which two separate contracts will be awarded to the first and second ranked candidates. Each consultant will be engaged under an independent contract and will be individually accountable for the full scope of duties described in this Terms of Reference.
The consultants will design, develop, deploy, and maintain AI/ML solutions that enhance IFMIS business processes and analytics. Their work will focus on building production-ready, explainable, secure, and maintainable AI capabilities that seamlessly integrate with the IFMIS architecture and data environment. Although each consultant will operate under a separate contract, they are expected to collaborate within the same technical ecosystem to ensure timely delivery, coherence, and continuity of AI/ML operations across the IFMIS platform.
Scope of the Services
Under the supervision of the Financial Systems Development Programme Manager the two senior AI/ML Engineer Individual Consultants will work closely with IFMIS business teams, data engineers, software engineers, security teams, and stakeholders in the delivery of the assignment. The two consultants will operate within the same technical environment and are expected to coordinate their efforts to maximize efficiency, ensure continuity of AI/ML operations, and meet agreed delivery timelines.
The Individual Consultants will:
The individual consultant should have the following demonstrable profile:
The Ministry of Finance and Economic Planning now invites eligible consultants to indicate their interest in providing the services. Interested consultants must provide information indicating that they are qualified to perform the services through E-Procurement (www.umucyo.gov.rw )
"},{"id":"OP00447023","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"25-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-25T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"10:00","project_ctry_name":"Rwanda","project_id":"P507538","project_name":"Revenue Improvement and Spending Efficiency Program-for-Results Operation","bid_reference_no":"RW-MINECOFIN -539280-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Recruitment of 2nd Senior AI/ML Engineer","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"12 KN 3 Ave, Kigali\nP.O BOX 158\nKIGALI","contact_ctry_name":"Rwanda","contact_email":"Julius.higiro@minecofin.gov.rw","contact_name":"Julius Higiro","contact_organization":"Ministry of Finance and Economic Planning","contact_phone_no":"+250788524768","contact_web_url":"http://www.minecofin.gov.rw","submission_date":"2026-05-25T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Republic of Rwanda
Ministry of Finance and Economic Planning
P.O Box 158 Kigali, Rwanda
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
Recruitment for Individual Consultant Services (2nd Senior AI/ML Engineer) for the Integrated Financial Management Information System (IFMIS)
Background
The Government of Rwanda (GoR) is implementing the Revenue Improvement and Spending Efficiency (RISE) Program-for-Results (PforR) Operation with support from the World Bank. The Program aims to strengthen domestic revenue mobilization, improve efficiency in public spending, and enhance transparency and accountability in public financial management systems.
The Integrated Financial Management Information System (IFMIS) supports end-to-end public financial management processes, to improve operational efficiency, data quality, risk management, and decision support, IFMIS intends to implement AI and Machine Learning (ML) solutions that enhance forecasting, anomaly detection, process optimization, and user support, while maintaining strict requirements for security, auditability, compliance, and system performance.
Objective
The Government of Rwanda seeks to engage two (2) Senior AI/ML Engineer Individual Consultants through a single competitive selection process, from which two separate contracts will be awarded to the first and second ranked candidates. Each consultant will be engaged under an independent contract and will be individually accountable for the full scope of duties described in this Terms of Reference.
The consultants will design, develop, deploy, and maintain AI/ML solutions that enhance IFMIS business processes and analytics. Their work will focus on building production-ready, explainable, secure, and maintainable AI capabilities that seamlessly integrate with the IFMIS architecture and data environment. Although each consultant will operate under a separate contract, they are expected to collaborate within the same technical ecosystem to ensure timely delivery, coherence, and continuity of AI/ML operations across the IFMIS platform.
Scope of the Services
Under the supervision of the Financial Systems Development Programme Manager the two senior AI/ML Engineer Individual Consultants will work closely with IFMIS business teams, data engineers, software engineers, security teams, and stakeholders in the delivery of the assignment. The two consultants will operate within the same technical environment and are expected to coordinate their efforts to maximize efficiency, ensure continuity of AI/ML operations, and meet agreed delivery timelines.
The Individual Consultants will:
The individual consultant should have the following demonstrable profile:
The Ministry of Finance and Economic Planning now invites eligible consultants to indicate their interest in providing the services. Interested consultants must provide information indicating that they are qualified to perform the services through E-Procurement (www.umucyo.gov.rw )
"},{"id":"OP00446831","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"23-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-12T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Kosovo","project_id":"P179831","project_name":"KOMPAS - Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening","bid_reference_no":"XK-MOH-1.3.3F-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Architectural Design and Supervision of Civil Works for the Central Pharmaceutical Waste Warehouse","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Zagreb Street, Pristina 10000","contact_ctry_name":"Kosovo","contact_email":"fanol.duli@rks-gov.net","contact_name":"Fanol Duli","contact_organization":"Ministry of Health","contact_phone_no":"+38344505750","submission_date":"2026-05-23T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Request for Expression of Interest
Country: Republic of Kosovo
Project: Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening (KOMPAS)
Project ID: P179831
Reference No.: XK-MoH-1.3.3f-CS-CQS
Issued on: 22 May 2026
Consulting Firm for HCWM Infrastructure Assessment, Design, Investment Planning, and Supervision
Background
The Government of Kosovo has received financing from the International Development Association (IDA) toward the cost of the Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project (KOMPAS) (P179831), implemented by the Ministry of Health (MoH) of the Republic of Kosovo.
The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to strengthen institutional capacity and governance for quality of care in the Kosovo health system.
The Project consists of the following components:
Under Subcomponent 1.3 – Strengthening Public Health and Pandemic Prevention, Preparedness and Response (PPR), the Project supports activities related to Infection Prevention and Control (IPC) and Healthcare Waste Management (HCWM), including infrastructure investments aimed at improving environmentally sound and sustainable HCWM systems across public health institutions in Kosovo.
The Ministry of Health intends to engage a qualified Consulting Firm to support the assessment, planning, design, and supervision of HCWM-related infrastructure investments
Objective of the Assignment
The objective of this assignment is to support the Ministry of Health in identifying, prioritizing, and technically defining infrastructure investments required to ensure safe, compliant, and sustainable Healthcare Waste Management (HCWM) systems across public health institutions in Kosovo.
The Consulting Firm will:
The assignment will cover tertiary, secondary, and primary healthcare institutions throughout Kosovo, including the University Clinical Center of Kosovo (UCCK), regional hospitals, and Main Family Medicine Centers (MFMCs).
Further details regarding the scope of services, deliverables, timelines, and institutional arrangements are provided in the Terms of Reference (ToR), which forms an integral part of this Request for Expressions of Interest
Qualification Requirements
The Consulting Firm shall demonstrate:
1. Specific Experience of the Consulting Firm
The Consulting Firm must provide descriptions of similar assignments and client references, including contact details.
2. Key Professional Staff
The Consulting Firm should demonstrate availability of qualified experts, including at minimum:
a) Team Leader / HCWM Specialist
b) Infrastructure / Civil Engineer
c) Given the nationwide scope of the assignment, the Consulting Firm must propose an adequate number of additional field assessors or associate engineers to ensure timely assessment of all health facilities.
Selection Process
Shortlisted firms will be evaluated based on the following criteria:
The Consulting Firm will be selected in accordance with the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, July 2016, revised in November 2017, August 2018, and November 2020, using the Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) method.
Duration of the Assignment
The expected duration of the assignment is three (3) months for the assessment and design phase.
Construction supervision services will continue throughout the implementation phase of HCWM infrastructure works.
Submission of Expressions of Interest
Interested consulting firms may submit Expressions of Interest no later than 12 June 2026 at 14:00 PM. Late submissions will not be considered. Late submissions will not be considered.
Expressions of Interest must be delivered electronically to the addresses below:
Ministry of Health – KOMPAS Project
Attn.: Procurement Specialist, KOMPAS Project
Address: Olti Trasin Sh.P.K. Objekti Donika Hyrja C #3,
10 000, Pristine Republic of Kosova
Email(s):
To: blerim.cerkini@rks-gov.net
Cc: fanol.duli@rks-gov.net
TERMS OF REFERENCE (ToR)
Assignment Title: Consulting Firm for HCWM Infrastructure Assessment, Design, Investment Planning, and Supervision
Project: Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening (KOMPAS)
Project ID: P179831
Implementing Agency: Ministry of Health (MoH), Republic of Kosovo
Location: Prishtina, Kosovo (with nationwide travel required)
Duration: 3 Months
Referring to the Financing Agreement between the Republic of Kosovo and the International Development Association for the Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project (KOMPAS), the KOMPAS Project (P179831) was approved on May 07, 2024. The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to strengthen institutional capacity and governance for quality of care in the Kosovo health system.
The following are the components of the project:
Component 1: Strengthening key health system building blocks for Quality of Care (QoC)
The objective of this component is to support aspects of public health/Pandemic Preparedness and Response (PPR), service delivery, and health financing (strategic purchasing), that will help unblock the bottlenecks in the structural and process of care. This component will include three sub-components, outlined below:
Subcomponent 1.1 Improving service delivery. This subcomponent is aligned with the strategic objectives of the forthcoming Health Sector Strategy for 2023-2030 and builds on the recommendations of the recent World Bank’s report highlighting the quality aspect of non-communicable diseases (NCD) management in Kosovo.
Subcomponent 1.2 Developing and implementing strategic purchasing for quality. This subcomponent will support the development and implementation of key strategic purchasing elements which are not in place in Kosovo but are critical for both structural and process aspects of quality care.
Subcomponent 1.3 Strengthening public health and PPR. This subcomponent will build on activities carried out under the Kosovo Emergency COVID-19 Response Project (P173819) in the areas of PPR. It will support key areas of the Action Plan of the National Program on Communicable Diseases (2022) and the Action Plan for HCWM (2023).
Component 2: Developing an Integrated Health Information System (IHIS): The objective of this component is to support the design, development, and implementation of an integrated digital health ecosystem that is critical for the functioning of the entire health system. The foundational and key strategic IHIS building blocks will set the digitized health data environment to support health service delivery and decision-making.
This activity is informed by the “Kosovo eHealth Feasibility Study,” which was completed under the Kosovo Emergency COVID-19 Project (P173819). The planned system will include Primary Health Care (PHC) facilities and hospitals, as well as laboratories and the National Institute of Public Health (NIPH), and will allow for the seamless transmission and sharing of health information among all authorized individuals. Based on globally recognized best practices and experience with previous health information systems development in Kosovo, the approach will be to not build one monolithic system but rather an ecosystem of cooperating information systems built on common governance, standardization, and technical foundational building blocks. Such a system will also require robust patient confidentiality and data privacy protocols to ensure that only authorized users can access patient data.
This component will include three sub-components, outlined below:
Subcomponent 2.1: Establishing foundational building blocks of IHIS. This subcomponent will support the establishment of critical elements of foundational environment (Enterprise Architecture) for digital health systems implementation, including: (i) the legal and regulatory framework for transformed health services delivery through digital systems utilization; (ii) the assessment and design of Master Data Management standards and systems, such as foundational registries and common coding and classification systems; (iii) design and implementation of the Health Information Exchange services; and (iv) upgrade of hardware platforms on central locations and in health facilities.
Subcomponent 2.2: Digital health support for improvement in QoC. Implementation of Component 1 will require finalization of the implementation and upgrade of the basic health information system (BHIS). Currently, the BHIS is not fully implemented in all Primary Health Care (PHC) facilities and with full functionality. This subcomponent will support: (i) rolling out the BHIS to all PHC facilities (including finalization of patient empanelment and zoning); (ii) upgrading the BHIS functions (automatic update of codes from key registries and allowing dashboard and smart reporting on facility level); and (iii) upgrading the integration with eReferrals system and introduction of eAppointments.
Subcomponent 2.3: Implementation of IHIS strategic systems. The eHealth Feasibility Study envisages full digitalization of the health sector in Kosovo to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of service delivery, clinical decision support, health financing, pandemic preparedness and public health functions, supply chain for pharmaceuticals and nutraceuticals, health workforce management, and health system management and policy making.
Component 3: Project Management, Monitoring, and Evaluation: The objective of this component is to support overall project administration, including project management, fiduciary functions (procurement, financial management (FM)), monitoring and evaluation, environmental and social compliance, and regular monitoring of and reporting on project implementation. The component will finance consulting services, including consultants to staff the Project Coordination Unit (PCU), as well as office equipment, training, audits, filing systems, and operating costs.
In parallel to the KOMPAS Project, the Ministry of Health is implementing activities financed by the Pandemic Fund (PF), which support strengthening pandemic prevention, preparedness, and response (PPR) capacities through a One Health approach. These activities are implemented in coordination with relevant national institutions and contribute to improving surveillance, laboratory systems, infection prevention and control (IPC), healthcare waste management (HCWM), and emergency response capacities. The proposed assignment contributes to these efforts through assessment, planning, and supervision of investments aimed at strengthening environmentally sound and sustainable healthcare waste management systems across the health sector.
The objective of this assignment is to support the Ministry of Health (MoH) in identifying, prioritizing, and technically defining infrastructure investments required to ensure safe, compliant, and sustainable Healthcare Waste Management (HCWM) across public health institutions in Kosovo.
This assignment is undertaken within the framework of the KOMPAS Project, which aims to strengthen institutional capacity and improve quality of care, including Infection Prevention and Control (IPC) and environmental health. Recent assessments have identified significant systemic gaps in HCWM, including deficiencies in infrastructure, equipment, operational practices, and compliance with national and international standards.
In particular, key challenges include:
In this context, the Consulting Firm (the “Vendor”) will:
The outputs of this assignment will serve as the technical foundation for subsequent procurement and implementation of infrastructure interventions aimed at improving HCWM practices across all levels of the healthcare system.
The assignment also directly supports the preparation of technical inputs (design, BoQs, and specifications) for two planned procurement packages under the Project:
The Vendor shall perform the following tasks:
Task 1: Desk Review and Methodology Design
Deliverable: Inception Report including the Assessment Tool and the proposed assessment schedule.
Task 2: Facility-Level Infrastructure Assessment
Conduct comprehensive on-site technical assessments across all public health institutions in the network. The assessment must include:
The assessment must verify:
The assessment shall specifically map:
Task 3: Gap Analysis and Compliance Review
TASK 4 – Functional & Technical Design Development
The Consulting Firm shall:
TASK 5 – Technical Specifications and BoQs
The Consulting Firm shall prepare:
The design and BoQ outputs shall be structured to directly inform future procurement packages for (i) waste storage infrastructure and (ii) medical waste treatment-related infrastructure works.
Task 6: Construction Supervision of HCWM Infrastructure Works
The Consulting Firm shall provide full-time construction supervision services for all HCWM infrastructure works financed under the Project. The supervision shall ensure that all works are executed in full compliance with approved designs, technical specifications, Bills of Quantities, national legislation, WHO standards, and World Bank Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines.
The Consulting Firm shall be responsible for:
All deliverables must be submitted in English (with the Executive Summary of the Final Report also provided in Albanian).
# | Deliverable | Timeline (Weeks from Signing) | Payment % |
1 | Inception Note: Methodology, assessment tool/checklist, and schedule for nationwide facility visits | Week 2 | 6% |
2 | Draft Assessment Report: Summary of site visits, database of findings, and initial gap analysis. Identification of investment needs and priority investments | Week 8 | 24% |
3 | Technical Design Package (including Indicative BoQs) | Week 10-11 | 15% |
4 | Prioritized Investment Plan and Costed Bills of Quantities + Final Report The Costed Bills of Quantities shall be prepared based on prevailing market prices in Kosovo and/or verifiable recent procurement data, ensuring realistic budget estimation for implementation.” | Week 12 | 15% |
The design phase shall constitute 60% of the total contract value and shall be fully completed and paid within the initial 3-month period based on approved deliverables.
The remaining 40% of the total contract value shall be allocated to construction supervision services. This phase shall commence only after completion of the design phase and initiation of HCWM infrastructure works, and shall be paid separately based on actual implementation progress and approved supervision reports.
The construction supervision phase will cover the entire duration of HCWM infrastructure works, beyond the initial design phase
6. Reporting and Institutional Arrangements
7. Required Qualifications
A. Firm Qualifications
B. Key Personnel Requirements
The Vendor must propose a qualified team to execute the assignment. At a minimum, the team must include:
Key Expert 1: Team Leader / HCWM Specialist
Key Expert 2: Infrastructure / Civil Engineer
Field Assessment Team:
Given the nationwide scope of Task 2, the Vendor is expected to propose additional field assessors or associate engineers as necessary to cover all institutions within the required timeline.
8. Selection Method
Experienced and qualified firms will be selected according to the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers’ (the Regulations), issued in July 2016, and revised in November 2017 and August 2018, based on the selection method for Consultant’s Qualification based Selection (CQS). The shortlisted firms will be evaluated based on the following criteria:
Request for Expression of Interests
CountryPeople’s Republic of China
Project Name: IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Numbers: 9213-CN
Task Name: Third-party Institution for Environmental and Social External Monitoring Consulting Services
Contract Number: GDCS-014
The Government of the People’s Republic of China has obtained a loan from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development to improve food safety management at the national and sub national levels and reduce food safety risks in certain value chains. This project is implemented by the State Administration for Market Regulation, the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs, Guangdong Province, and Shandong Province (Yantai City). The project aims to enhance the quality and safety management level of the entire agricultural product value chain in Guangdong Province and reduce food safety risks, covering characteristic industries such as vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products, as well as emerging fields including pre made dishes and marine ranches. The total investment of the project is approximately 330 million US dollars, of which 260 million US dollars is a World Bank loan, and 70 million US dollars is matched by provincial finance. The construction period is from March 2024 to March 2029.
To ensure that the project complies with the World Bank’s environmental and social safeguard policies, this contract will use World Bank loan funds to engage an environmental and social external monitoring consultant (hereinafter referred to as the “external monitoring agency”) to independently carry out external monitoring work for the environment, society, and Pest Management Plan (PMP). Through independent monitoring and evaluation, it is ensured that: all project activities fully implement the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) and the World Bank’s safeguard policies (OP4.01, OP4.04); environmental and social risk mitigation measures are effectively implemented; the Pest Management Plan (PMP) and the Ethnic Minority Development Framework are effectively executed; and the environmental and social benefits of the project are sustainable and in line with both domestic standards and World Bank standards.
The implementation period of this contract begins on the date of signing and ends on January 31, 2029, with an estimated total input of 75 person-months. The task is expected to start on June 15, 2026. Please refer to the attachment for the detailed Terms of Reference.
Guangdong Provincial Center of Agri-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Provincial Green Food Development Center) is now inviting qualified and interested consultants to provide environmental and social external monitoring consulting services.
A. Scope and Content of the Consulting services
1. Main Scope of Work
The consulting agency is expected to monitor the environmental and social performance of all the project activities under the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project with reference to the project ESMF, currently, it covers five pilot cities (Guangzhou, Foshan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, and Zhaoqing) and four major industries (vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products). After the midterm adjustment, additional project cities and new industries will be included. For the financial insurance subproject, environmental and social monitoring shall cover at least 10% of the project activities, while other subprojects shall achieve 100% coverage. All subprojects/works shall be subject to full monitoring in accordance with the ESMF.
2. Main Work Content, including the following aspects:
(1) Environmental Monitoring
Verify the implementation of environmental mitigation measures (Annex 1 to the Terms of Reference) and monitor the compliance of environmental indicators. The related sub-projects include: laboratory upgrading, agricultural safety pilots, aquaculture tail water projects, and regional public brand building.
Continuous effectiveness monitoring will be conducted for 10 typical tail water treatment projects (covering no less than 3 types of technologies) over 3 years (Annex 4 to the Terms of Reference), aiming to comprehensively and objectively grasp and analyze the technological effectiveness, operation costs, existing deficiencies and improvement suggestions of the 10 typical tail water treatment technologies.
(2) Social Monitoring
The content includes: tracking the participation of vulnerable groups, the operation of complaint mechanisms, and the status of land acquisition and resettlement compensation; conducting stakeholder satisfaction surveys (indicators in Annex 2 to the Terms of Reference); and supervising the implementation effect of the Ethnic Minority Development Framework. This monitoring task covers all sub-projects.
(3) Pest Management (PMP)
Monitor the use of pesticides/veterinary drugs, pest outbreaks and ecological impacts in accordance with the indicators specified in Annex 3 to the Terms of Reference, with a focus on verifying the use of WHO Class I/II pesticides and compliance with registration requirements. The related sub-projects include: vegetables, lychees, live pigs and aquatic products under the agricultural safety pilots; aquatic products involved in aquaculture pond renovation and tail water treatment projects; vegetables, lychees, live pigs and aquatic products covered by the project for implementing the agricultural product quality and safety financial risk sharing facility; and vegetables, lychees, live pigs and aquatic products included in the development and enhancement of agricultural product public brands.
(4) Reporting and Feedback
Prepare an on-site report (work plan), as well as 6 semi-annual/annual monitoring reports (in both Chinese and English) and 2 summary reports.
(5) Other Tasks
Participate in meetings of the World Bank inspection mission, provide technical suggestions and improvement plans; cooperate with the audit, supervision and other work of relevant departments; collect and analyze the project’s development goal values and intermediate result indicator values. Provide technical consulting services for environmental and social management work during the Mid-Term Review (MTR), update the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF).
B. Criteria for Shortlist Evaluation
(1) Legally registered, with independent legal person status and good business reputation
Note: please provide a copy of the Business License, organization profile and a Letter of Commitment affirming sound commercial reputation (the format of the Letter of Commitment may be self-drafted).
(2) The consultant shall have rich experience in consulting services related to environmental monitoring, and shall have undertaken at least 2 similar contracts related to environmental monitoring in the past 5 years.
Note1. the term 'the past 5 years' refers to the period from January 1, 2020, to the present date, and the signing date of the contract shall prevail. 2. please provide copies of supporting documents, including: key contract pages (which should reflect the contract name, execution date, scope of services, service period/contract term, contract value, the page with signatures and seals of parties).
Interested consultants shall submit the information and documents specified in B. Criteria for Shortlist Evaluation, to demonstrate their qualifications and capability to perform the consulting services. The submission shall also include the contact details (e.g., address, telephone number, and e-mail address) of the consultant's contact person.
Interested consultant should pay attention to the provisions concerning conflict of interest in the Procurement Regulations for Investment Project Financing (IPF) Borrowers (November 2020) (see: www.worldbank.org)..
Consultant may submit expressions of interest jointly with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but such collaboration shall be clearly indicated as being in the form of a consortium and/or subcontracting. If a consortium is chosen and subsequently selected, all parties to the consortium shall bear joint and several liabilities for the entire contract. In the case of joint venture, each of the members of the joint venture must be reasonably strong on their own to carry out the assignment in the event the other members of the JV withdraw. It means each member of JV is required to meet Item (1) and Item (2) of the shortlisting criteria.
This project will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method specified in the Procurement Regulations.
This Request for Expressions of Interest for consulting services is published on the China Tendering and Bidding Public Service Platform World Bank Section (https://bulletin.cebpubservice.com/bank/index.html) and China Procurement and Bidding Network (https://www.chinabidding.cn/).
Further information may be obtained from the Procurement Agent between April 22, 2026 and May 11, 2026 from 9:00 to 11:30 AM and 13:00 to 17:00 PM (Beijing time, excluding holidays).
Expressions of Interest and related supporting documents (such as company profile, performance materials, brief service proposal, relevant personnel qualifications, etc.) must be delivered in written form (by hand delivery, mail, fax, or email, one original and four copies in English and Chinese; the original and copies should be identical; in case of discrepancy, the English original shall prevail) and must be received by 9:30 AM on May 12, 2026, at the address: Bid Opening Room 2, 6th Floor, Guangren Building, No. 1 Guangren Road, Guangzhou, China, Attn: Ms. Guo; Tel: 010-87945198-503/504; E-mail: guoying@ck.citic.com; zhangfan@ck.citic.com. Consultants intending to submit via mail, fax, or email are requested to contact the Tendering Agent for confirmation first.
Client: Guangdong Provincial Center of Agri-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Provincial Green Food Development Center)
Contact Person: Mrs. Meng
Address: No. 135, Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province
Postal Code: 510230
Phone: 020-87590235
Email: nynct_ncpzx_zhangsh@gd.gov.cn
Procurement Agent: CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd.
Contact Person: Ms. Guo and Mr. Zhang
Address: Room 1811, 18th Floor, Building 59, East 3rd Ring Middle Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing
Postal Code: /
Phone: 010-87945198-503/504
Fax: /
Email: guoying@ck.citic.com; zhangfan@ck.citic.com
Attachment: IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project Terms of Reference for Environmental and Social External Monitoring Consulting Services
IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Terms of Reference for Environmental and Social External Monitoring Consulting Services
To ensure the effective implementation of environmental and social external monitoring for the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project (hereinafter referred to as the “World Bank-financed Project”) and to guarantee the enforcement of the World Bank’s safeguard policies and relevant domestic policies, the Guangdong Provincial Center of Agro-product Safety and Quality (Guangdong Provincial Green Food Development Center) intends to engage a third party consultant to carry out the external monitoring work.
The development goal of the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project is to enhance the level of agricultural product quality and safety management in the project areas, reduce the risks of agricultural product quality and safety in the entire value chain (from production areas to market entry), and improve the capacity to ensure agricultural product quality and safety. The total investment of the project is approximately 330 million US dollars (about 2.31 billion yuan), of which 260 million US dollars (about 1.82 billion yuan) is a loan from the World Bank, and 70 million US dollars (about 490 million yuan) is the counterpart fund from the provincial finance.
The project takes five cities—Guangzhou, Foshan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, and Zhaoqing—as pilot areas and will gradually expand to the entire province. It focuses on characteristic agricultural products such as vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products, as well as marine ranches and the pre-made dish industry, aiming to improve the quality and safety level of the entire value chain across all links including production, processing, circulation, sales, and consumption. The project has a construction period of 5 years, from March 2024 to March 2029.
The construction content includes four sub-projects:
Sub-project 1: Food Safety Supervision Process. Formulate plans for improving agricultural product quality and safety, and establish and improve the supervision mechanism for agricultural product quality and safety; formulate and improve inter-departmental cooperation mechanisms for collaborative supervision; integrate, publicize, and promote the comprehensive system of full industry-chain and full standard dominated by Guangdong’s characteristic agricultural products; carry out training on supervision technologies and production capabilities, and strengthen the quality and safety control capabilities at the production end.
Sub-project 2: Institution Building and Regulatory Performance. Enhance the capability of agricultural product quality and safety monitoring and testing, improve the agricultural product quality and safety testing system, with key efforts on upgrading the provincial animal derived bacterial resistance testing laboratory, agricultural product quality and safety testing laboratory, and animal disease prevention and control laboratory, as well as building the capacity of training bases and service stations to boost monitoring and inspection capabilities; construct a smart supervision platform for agricultural product quality and safety, focusing on developing an agricultural product quality and safety data analysis and early warning system, upgrading the provincial agricultural product quality and safety testing and supervision information system and the provincial agricultural product quality and safety traceability system, improving the remote diagnosis system for animal diseases, building a grid-based supervision system for agricultural product quality and safety, and demonstration bases for “Agricultural Safety” pilots such as “Assured Fish Ponds”; carry out third party supervision and evaluation of quality and safety testing, apply information technologies such as big data, block chain, IoT perception, and AI to build and improve a smart supervision system for agricultural product quality and safety, and enhance the capabilities of safety production control and monitoring for agricultural product quality; conduct risk communication activities with consumers, encourage the whole people to participate in improving agricultural product quality and safety, innovate and improve the supervision model of joint governance by regulatory authorities and consumers; develop and enhance regional public brands of agricultural products; and promote agricultural product brands.
Sub-project 3: Whole Value Chain Food Safety Control
Financial risk sharing facility related to agricultural product quality and safety. By establishing a project pool for agricultural product quality and safety improvement and a risk fund pool for agricultural product quality and safety simultaneously, which serves as credit enhancement or risk compensation for commercial banks, green loan channels will be provided to enterprises and farmers in the project pool. These loans will be used for the safety improvement and demonstration of the entire value chain of vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products. Innovative model of quality and safety liability insurance for the entire agricultural product value chain. Through market-oriented operations driven by the government and linked by insurance companies and third-party institutions, a comprehensive service model integrating pre-event, in-event, and post-event risk early warning, risk control, and risk transfer, which combines standardized technical services and insurance services, will be created. This aims to improve the closed loop management and operation mechanism for agricultural product quality and safety throughout the entire value chain. Aquaculture quality improvement projects, mainly including the renovation and upgrading of aquaculture ponds and aquaculture tail water treatment projects.
Sub-project 4: Project Implementation Support. Whole-process project management: Establish a project management office and an expert team to organize project planning and implementation, fund management, performance evaluation, etc. Whole process project monitoring, intelligent supervision, and effect evaluation: Entrust professional institutions to conduct monitoring of project progress and effectiveness, evaluate the contribution of project implementation to regional agricultural product quality and safety, as well as its economic, ecological, and social benefits. Project summary and promotion: Summarize project experiences and achievements, formulate promotion plans, and publicize project outcomes.
The number of newly implemented sub-projects in each year is as follows (estimated figures):
| Agricultural Security Demonstration Base Project | Development and Enhancement of Public Brands for Agricultural Products |
| Laboratory Enhancement | Aquaculture and Tailwater Treatment Engineering | Financial Risk Sharing Facility of Agricultural Product Quality Safety | Agricultural Product Quality Safety Liability Insurance |
2026 | 23 | 2 |
| 290 | 40 | 500 | 1000 |
2027 | 40 | 4 |
|
| 39 | 1000 | 1000 |
2028 |
| 4 |
|
| 21 | 500 | 1000 |
TOTAL | 63 | 10 |
| 290 | 100 | 2000 | 3000 |
Note: The above figures are the current planned numbers and will increase after the midterm adjustment.
II. Project Description
In accordance with the requirements of the Project’s “Environmental and Social Management Framework”, the following activities require focused attention:
(1)Food safety supervision process and project implementation support. Such activities fall under the category of technical assistance, and full consideration should be given to the potential environmental and social impacts downstream of such projects.
(2) Activities that have direct environmental and social impacts mainly include the upgrading of laboratories in the development of agricultural product quality and safety supervision capabilities, agricultural safety base and aquaculture quality and safety improvement projects, protection and enhancement of regional public brands, the agricultural product quality and safety liability insurance model, and activities related to applying for loans from commercial banks under the mechanism for sharing financial risks related to agricultural product quality and safety.
The application of the World Bank’s environmental and social safeguard policies is as follows:
SL. No. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |
World Bank Safeguard Policies | OP4.01 Environmental Assessmcnt | op4.04 Natural Habitats | op4.09 Management | op4.12 Involuntary Resettlement | op4.10 Indigenous Peoples |
In general, the expected environmental and social impacts of the activities under this project are limited and reversible, and can be controlled within an acceptable range through reasonable and effective mitigation measures. Therefore, this project is classified as a Category B project by the World Bank.
In addition, this project shall also comply with the following environmental, health and safety guidelines of the World Bank:
“General Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Aquaculture Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Water and Sanitation Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Food and Beverage Processing Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Fish Processing Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
“Meat Processing Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines”
III. Purpose of Consulting Services
To ensure the effective implementation of the project’s Environmental and Social Management Plan and compliance with the relevant safeguard policies of the World Bank, the project plans to engage a third party external monitoring consultant. This consultant will, in conjunction with the project progress, independently conduct third-party external monitoring of the environment, society, and Pest Management Plan (PMP). It will objectively monitor the implementation and effectiveness of the “Environmental and Social Management Framework” and other relevant documents during the project implementation. Through on-site inspections, data collection, and other methods, it will supervise and verify the implementation of the “Environmental and Social Management Plan”, “Pest Management Plan”, “Ethnic Minority Development Framework”, and other environmental and social action plans during the implementation of each sub-project.
IV. Scope and Main Content of Consulting Services
The consultant shall, in accordance with the requirements of the “Environmental and Social Management Framework” and “Project Implementation Manual” for IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project, conduct external monitoring of the environment, society, and pests and diseases, and provide technical guidance and feedback to the implementing agency, project owner, contractor, supervisor, consultant, etc. The monitoring scope will cover the five pilot project cities of Guangzhou, Foshan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, and Zhaoqing by December 2026, and will be expanded to the entire province after the mid-term adjustment. The activities to be monitored include the four sub-projects of this project.
(1) Scope of Work
In accordance with the project implementation progress, the monitoring agency shall conduct external monitoring on the implemented projects. The specific monitoring scope and main monitoring contents are as follows:
Monitoring Item | Monitoring Scope | Main Monitoring Content |
Environmental Monitoring |
| Monitor the implementation of the environmental management plans for sub-projects, including the implementation of environmental mitigation measures specified in Appendix 1 and the compliance of environmental monitoring indicators with standards. Additionally, conduct effectiveness monitoring and evaluation for 10 typical tailwater treatment projects, as detailed in Appendix 4. |
Social Monitoring and Land Acquisition & Resettlement Monitoring | All project areas of the implemented sub-projects | Monitor the project's impacts on vulnerable groups, women, and ethnic minorities; the operation of public participation, information disclosure, and complaint and appeal mechanisms in the project; and conduct project satisfaction surveys. For sub-projects involving land acquisition, track and monitor the affected population in accordance with the *Resettlement Action Plan* of the sub-projects. Conduct regular monitoring in accordance with the social safeguard monitoring indicators specified in Appendix 2. |
Pest and Disease Monitoring |
| For sub-projects that may be affected by pests and diseases, conduct regular monitoring in accordance with the pest and disease monitoring and inspection indicators specified in Appendix 3. |
The consulting agency is expected to monitor the environmental and social performance of all the project activities under the IBRD Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project with reference to the project ESMF, currently, it covers five pilot cities (Guangzhou, Foshan, Huizhou, Jiangmen, and Zhaoqing) and four major industries (vegetables, lychees, live pigs, and aquatic products). After the midterm adjustment, additional project cities and new industries will be included. For the financial insurance subproject, environmental and social monitoring shall cover at least 10% of the project activities, while other subprojects shall achieve 100% coverage. All subprojects/works shall be subject to full monitoring in accordance with the ESMF..
(2) Specific Work Content
1. In conjunction with the project progress, be responsible for conducting independent third-party external monitoring of the environmental, social and Pest Management Plan (PMP). Objectively monitor the implementation and effectiveness of the project’s “Environmental and Social Management Framework” during the project implementation process. Through on-site inspections, questionnaires, sampling and testing, data collection and other methods, supervise and guide the formulation and implementation of the “Environmental and Social Management Plan”, “Pest Management Plan”, “Ethnic Minority Development Framework” and other environmental and social action plans during the implementation of each sub-project.
2. Visit the project construction site to supervise the environmental, social, and pest/disease management and safeguard activities of the construction unit. In accordance with the contents of Appendix 1, monitor the implementation of environmental and social impact mitigation measures during the construction and operation phases, as well as the compliance of environmental monitoring indicators with standards. Additionally, ensure full consultation and communication with potential stakeholders during the project implementation process.
3. Carry out tracking of effects, monitoring, and evaluation for 10 typical tailwater treatment projects (covering at least 3 different technological modes). During the operation period of these 10 typical tailwater treatment projects, monitor the tailwater treatment systems annually during the fish culture period (within 15 days before fish harvest) and the pond drying period (within 7 days after pond cleaning). Sampling points shall be set at least at the water inlet, after the core process, and at the system outlet. The pollution indicators to be tested include suspended solids, pH, CODMn, total nitrogen (calculated as N) and total phosphorus (calculated as P). Each sampling and monitoring shall be conducted continuously for 3 days, lasting for three years. The sampling methods and detection and analysis methods shall be implemented in accordance with the requirements of relevant standards such as DB44/2462-2024. Conduct on-site investigations into production conditions, analyze changes in water quality environment and production methods before and after the construction of each project, evaluate the operation status and operating costs of each project, conduct a comparative analysis of the effects of different tailwater treatment technologies, identify existing problems, and put forward suggestions for improving tailwater treatment technologies. For details, see Appendix 4.
4. Conduct external social monitoring of the project to monitor the implementation of policies and measures involved in the project implementation, including social security, community participation, gender issues, capacity building for vulnerable groups, information disclosure, complaint compensation monitoring, and food safety risk communication activities. Investigate the complaints received by the project’s Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) and their actual handling status. Survey the stakeholders' satisfaction with the project in each phase. Evaluate the rationality of the project design and its impact on the community. For the main social safeguard monitoring indicators, please refer to Appendix 2.
5. For the project areas involving ethnic minorities in this project, monitor the impact of project implementation on ethnic minority communities, including the participation of ethnic minority people in the project, their benefits, their opinions and suggestions on the project, etc., and supervise the implementation of the “Ethnic Minority Development Framework” for relevant sub-projects.
6. In view of possible situations such as land occupation and rural collective land transfer in the project, external monitoring shall be carried out in accordance with the “Resettlement Framework” of this project and the “Resettlement Action Plans” of relevant sub-projects. A sample survey covering no less than 10% of the affected people shall be conducted to assess the implementation of rights protection for the affected people and the social and economic impacts of the project implementation on them.
7. To ensure the smooth implementation of the Pest and Disease Management Plan, during the project execution, on-site monitoring shall be conducted on such aspects as the implementation of the integrated pest and disease management plan, pesticide usage patterns, crop quality and yield, dynamics of major pests/diseases and their natural enemy populations, and the environmental impact after project implementation. During the peak period of pests and diseases each year, inspections shall be carried out on the implementation of the Pest and Disease Management Plan. Collect, investigate and statistics the proportion of participating enterprises that meet the standards for pollutants such as biological hazards, pollutants (pesticide and veterinary drug residues), seasonings and food additives. For specific monitoring indicators, inspection contents, and requirements for monitoring and inspection plans, see Appendix 3.
8. Based on the monitoring results of external environmental, social, and pest/disease management, objectively evaluate the implementation progress, completion status, and existing problems of the environmental, social, and pest/disease management procedures. Put forward professional suggestions and measures, and formulate improvement action plans when necessary for the reference of the project office.
9. Prepare the inception report, as well as semi-annual and annual monitoring reports on environmental, social, and pest/disease management plans in compliance with the World Bank’s requirements. Revisions shall be made in accordance with the feedback and comments provided by the World Bank until full alignment with its specifications is achieved.
10. During the project’s Mid-Term Adjustment and Review (MTR), provide technical consulting for environmental and social management work.
11. Attend regular meetings held by the project entity and stakeholders, and provide professional knowledge support in environmental, social, and pest and disease management to assist in the successful holding of the meetings and the achievement of results.
12. Discuss the evaluation results with the PPMO and provide suggestions to address any problems and difficulties encountered by the project in environmental, social security, and pest and disease management.
13. Participate in the World Bank inspection team when necessary, assist the PPMO in communicating with World Bank environmental and social experts on a daily basis, and accept guidance from World Bank experts.
14. After the completion of the project services, review the environmental and social benefits of the project, the effectiveness of pest and disease management, etc., and combine the implementation status of the “Environmental and Social Management Framework” to form a summary report.
(III) External Monitoring and Evaluation Methods
The monitoring unit will apply qualitative and quantitative methods during the monitoring period, including rapid assessment, on-site investigation, sampling and testing, consultation, discussion, meetings, interviews, etc. The work will be arranged according to the actual progress, but there will be at least one on-site investigation of the project every six months. For items requiring sampling and testing, sampling and testing will be conducted once every six months (the effect monitoring of typical tailwater treatment projects shall be implemented in accordance with the requirements of Appendix 4). All collected information and data shall be processed and analyzed, and included in the baseline or subsequent monitoring and evaluation reports. The monitoring unit must store the data, and the data ownership belongs to Guangdong DARA. Upon the termination of the contract, all original data and processed data shall be handed over to Guangdong DARA.
V. Requirements for Submitting Consulting Service Reports
(1) Deliverables
1. Within one month after the signing of the contract, submit the environmental and social monitoring inception report and the pest/disease management inception report, specifying the implementation plan for external monitoring work, including the effect testing implementation plan for 10 typical tailwater treatment projects.
2. Within one month after the end of each half-year period, submit the environmental and social monitoring report and the pest and disease management monitoring report; a total of 6 issues of monitoring reports will be submitted from June 2026 to January 2029.
3. One monitoring will be conducted before the end of the contract (January 2029), and a comparison will be made based on annual data. Focusing on material analysis and comprehensive collation, combining qualitative and quantitative analysis, two copies of the external summary report on social, environmental and pest monitoring will be compiled and submitted.
All reports shall be prepared in a format and content acceptable to the World Bank, with one copy each in Chinese and English, and submitted to the project office in Word format. The PPMO will, with the assistance of the consultant, review the quality and compliance of each report. After revisions, the final version will be confirmed and submitted to the World Bank. The specific submission time shall be determined according to the project progress and the requirements of the PPMO and the World Bank. The final version of each report shall be printed, bound into a volume, stamped, and then submitted to the PPMO in duplicate.
(2) Requirements for External Monitoring and Evaluation Reports on Environment and Society
The reports shall include at least the following contents:
1.The progress status of the project.
2.The implementation status of the Environmental and Social Management Framework procedures, including the screening of sub-project activities, risk levels, preparation and review as well as implementation of environmental and social documents, the implementation of environmental mitigation measures, the monitoring of environmental indicators, and the participation of vulnerable groups and ethnic minorities in the project, etc.
3. The staffing arrangements of environmental and social institutions as well as the implementation status of training plans.
4.Separately compile monitoring and effectiveness evaluation reports for 10 typical tailwater treatment projects.
5.The status of ongoing public participation; whether there are public complaints, and if complaints occur, record the main content of the complaints, solutions, and public satisfaction.
6.Environmental, health and safety incidents or accidents that occurred during the reporting period.
7.Existing problems and solutions.
8.ESMF action plan for the second half of the year.
(3) Requirements for Monitoring and Evaluation Reports on Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
The reports shall include at least the following contents:
1.Implementation plans and methods.
2.Whether pesticides with pesticide registration are used.
3.Whether pesticides with pesticide registration are used.
4.Policy issues concerning pesticide use.
5.The implementation status and effectiveness of the monitoring plan, as well as the differences between the actual implementation effect and the expected effect (combining qualitative and quantitative analysis).
6.Problems encountered in implementation and corresponding solutions.
7.PMP action plan for the second half of the year.
VI. Qualification Requirements for Consultant and Experts
The consulting services for this project are expected to start in June 2026 and end in January 2029, with an implementation period of 31 months.
The consultant shall have rich experience in consulting services related to environmental monitoring, and shall have undertaken at least 2 similar contracts related to environmental monitoring in the past 5 years.
Note1. the term 'the past 5 years' refers to the period from January 1, 2020, to the present date, and the signing date of the contract shall prevail. 2. please provide copies of supporting documents, including: key contract pages (which should reflect the contract name, execution date, scope of services, service period/contract term, contract value, the page with signatures and seals of parties).
The details of consulting experts and their input are as follows:
Estimated Experts and Their Input Required for Consulting Service Tasks
Field of Expertise | Number of People | Person-Months | |
Key Experts | |||
1 | Environmental Expert (Project Manager) | 1 | 6 |
2 | Social and Resettlement Expert (Deputy Manager) | 1 | 6 |
3 | Expert in Plant Pest and Disease Control | 1 | 3 |
4 | Expert in Prevention and Control of Aquaculture Pests and Diseases | 1 | 3 |
5 | Expert in Prevention and Control of Pests and Diseases in Pig Breeding | 1 | 3 |
Non-key Experts | |||
1 | Environmental and Social Investigator | 6 | 36 |
2 | Pest and Disease Investigator | 3 | 18 |
TOTAL | 14 | 75 |
1.Environmental Expert (Project Manager)
The environmental expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or above in an environmental-related major, have more than 10 years of relevant work experience, be familiar with the World Bank's safeguard policies and relevant domestic laws and regulations, and have participated as an environmental expert or project leader, has participated in environmental management or pest/disease management work for more than three similar contracts, including at least one contract experience from a loan or grant project of an international financial organization. Specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out relevant external environmental monitoring work in accordance with the Project’s “Environmental and Social Management Framework” to ensure compliance with the World Bank’s safeguard policy requirements.
(2) Responsible for supervising and guiding the formulation of environmental and social assessment reports as well as environmental and social management plans related to sub-projects. Through on-site inspections, assess whether all parties involved in the project construction comply with the requirements of the “Environmental Management Plan” and supervise the implementation of environmental mitigation measures. If any non-compliance is found, the expert shall put forward suggestions to help all project parties improve to a satisfactory level.
(3) Review environmental monitoring or environmental monitoring record reports. If non-conformities are found, experts shall recommend necessary rectification measures.
(4) When significant environmental or social issues are identified in the project, report them to the PPMO in a timely manner, put forward mitigation suggestions, and formulate an action improvement plan when necessary.
(5) Compile the environmental management content in the project’s overall monitoring report.
(6) Evaluate the operation effect of 10 typical tail water treatment systems and compile a separate effect evaluation report.
(7) Organize other experts to compile other contents of the overall monitoring report and strictly check them.
2. Social and Resettlement Expert (Deputy Manager)
The social expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or above in social sciences, migration-related fields or other relevant areas, have more than 10 years of relevant work experience, be familiar with the social security policies and requirements of international financial organizations as well as relevant domestic laws and regulations, and as a social or resettlement expert, or project leader, has participated in social safeguards management work for more than two similar contracts, including at least one contract experience from a loan or grant project of an international financial organization. Specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out external monitoring work related to society, immigration, and ethnic minorities.
(2) Supervise and guide the implementation units of sub-projects in compiling relevant social assessment reports and action plans, and conduct regular on-site inspections to check the progress of the social management action plans.
(3) Responsible for carrying out external monitoring work for sub-projects involving land expropriation and resettlement.
(4) Supervise and guide the implementation units of sub-projects in compiling relevant resettlement action plan reports, and conduct regular on-site inspections to check the implementation of the resettlement action plans.
(5) Compile the content related to external monitoring of society, immigration and ethnic minorities in the overall monitoring report.
3. Expert in Plant Pest and Disease Control
Experts in plant pest and disease control are required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in fields related to agricultural plant pests and diseases, with more than 10 years of work experience in the prevention and control of agricultural plant pests and diseases, and be familiar with relevant domestic laws and regulations. Specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out plant pest and disease monitoring work for agricultural planting projects.
(2) Conduct regular on-site inspections to check the implementation of the plant pest and disease management action plan.
(3) Compile the content related to external monitoring of plant pests and diseases in the overall monitoring report.
4. Expert in Prevention and Control of Aquaculture Pests and Diseases
It is required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in fields related to aquaculture pests and diseases, with more than 10 years of work experience in aquaculture pests and diseases, and be familiar with relevant domestic laws and regulations. The specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out aquaculture pest and disease monitoring work.
(2) Conduct regular on-site inspections to check the implementation of the aquaculture pest and disease management action plan.
(3) Compile the content related to external monitoring of aquaculture pests and diseases in the overall monitoring report.
5. Expert in Prevention and Control of Pests and Diseases in Pig Breeding
It is required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in fields related to pig pests and diseases, with more than 10 years of work experience in pig pests and diseases, and be familiar with relevant domestic laws and regulations. The specific tasks include:
(1) Responsible for carrying out pig pest and disease monitoring work for livestock breeding projects.
(2) Conduct regular on-site inspections to check the implementation of the pig pest and disease management action plan.
(3) Compile the content related to external monitoring of pig pests and diseases in the overall monitoring report.
6. Environmental and Social Investigator
Environmental and social investigators are required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in environmental science, social science or other related majors, with more than 3 years of relevant work experience. They shall assist environmental, social and immigration experts in conducting relevant on-site investigations, data collection, user satisfaction surveys and other work.
7. Pest and Disease Investigator
There shall be at least one pest and disease investigator for each of the fields of planting, aquaculture, and pig breeding. They are required to have a bachelor’s degree or above in relevant majors, with more than 3 years of relevant work experience, and shall assist pest and disease experts in conducting relevant on-site investigations, data collection and other work.
VII. Facilities and Personnel Provided by the Employer
To ensure the smooth implementation of the consulting services, the employer will provide the following necessary assistance and services:
(1) Relevant project documents, reports, annual work plans and other materials.
(2) Designate or entrust a coordinator to assist the consultant in arranging the connection and liaison work related to external monitoring services.
(3) Provide the contact information of the PMOs at the municipal, county and town levels, information on relevant activities of the project’s agricultural production, and the contact information of local pest and disease management agencies.
Annex 1 Environmental and Social Impact Mitigation Measures
Table 1.1 Environmental and Social Impact Mitigation Measures for Laboratory Upgrading
Phase | Impact | Mitigation/Prevention Measures |
Construction Phase | This sub-project does not involve civil engineering works. | |
Operation Phase | Water pollution | 1.Laboratory waste liquids are divided into organic waste liquids, toxic waste liquids and general acid-base waste liquids. Organic waste liquids and toxic waste liquids shall be collected separately and centrally, and then handed over to qualified treatment units for disposal; general acid-base waste liquids shall be neutralized first and then handed over to qualified units for treatment. |
2.Domestic sewage is discharged into the sewage treatment plant for treatment. | ||
Ambient air | 1.The waste gas emitted from the laboratory must undergo pre-treatment. For gases with strong acidity or alkalinity, appropriate alkalis or acids shall be used for absorption. | |
2.Volatile gases are treated by adsorption, using wood charcoal powder or absorbent cotton for adsorption. | ||
3.The emission rate and emission concentration both meet the secondary standards specified in “Integrated Emission Standard of Air Pollutants” (GB16297-1996), which has little impact on the surrounding atmospheric environment. | ||
Solid waste pollution | Laboratories must handle domestic waste and hazardous waste by classifying them according to their nature. Domestic waste shall be transported and disposed of by the environmental sanitation department; Laboratory hazardous waste shall be temporarily stored in a hazardous waste temporary storage room that meets the *Standards for Pollution Control on the Storage of Hazardous Wastes* (GB18597-2001), and qualified units shall be commissioned regularly for disposal. Among the equipment packaging materials, those that can be recycled shall be recycled as much as possible; those that cannot be recycled can be treated as domestic waste and entrusted to the environmental sanitation department for transportation and disposal. | |
Noise pollution | Equipment and instruments are placed in the laboratory. All equipment has low noise source intensity due to wall sound insulation, distance attenuation and other effects. Sound-insulating glass should be used in all laboratories. | |
Employees’ occupational health and safety | 1.Strengthen and better implement the existing waste management rules and regulations for laboratories/testing stations, including emergency response plans, internal self-inspection mechanisms, and personnel performance evaluation systems. | |
2.Strengthen the training of wastewater management personnel and the supervision of wastewater management. | ||
3.Avoid mixing waste with general waste to minimize the costs of transportation and disposal of medical waste. | ||
4.Strengthen the procurement management of waste containers to ensure that they are purchased from reliable sources and meet national standards. | ||
5.Provide regular training on waste management requirements to laboratory personnel, ensure the provision of personal protective equipment, and enhance the self-protection awareness of staff. | ||
6.Strengthen the daily disinfection of waste containers and waste transfer vehicles. | ||
7.Regular physical examinations shall be conducted for staff who may come into contact with laboratory waste, and records of occupational health accidents and diseases shall be maintained. | ||
Community safety | Strengthen the management of the entry and exit of experimental samples to ensure that samples are not lost and do not pollute the surrounding communities. Strengthen the management of vehicle entry and exit to ensure the safety of the surrounding communities. Increase the frequency of waste cleaning. Waste shall be transported in sealed and leak-proof containers by special vehicles. |
Table 1.2 Measures for Mitigating Environmental and Social Impacts of Aquaculture Pond Renovation and Tailwater Treatment Projects
Phase | Impact | Mitigation/Prevention Measures |
Construction Phase | Water pollution | 1. Strengthen management during construction, save water, and reduce the amount of construction wastewater generated. 2. Construction waste must not be dumped into nearby rivers. |
Air pollution | 1. Construction sites shall be enclosed and regularly sprinkled with water to control construction dust or surface dust. 2. Spoiled soil shall be disposed of on-site. If on-site disposal is not feasible, it shall be cleared and transported in a timely manner. In addition, piles of powdery building materials shall be covered, or temporary enclosures or wind shields shall be set up around them to prevent dust from rising and spreading. | |
Solid waste pollution | 1. Classify and dispose of the waste generated from construction, demolition and site cleaning, and sort, recycle and reuse the materials that can be directly reused or recycled. 2. The remaining part shall be entrusted to a hauling unit for timely cleanup, and such unit must hold an environmental service qualification certificate approved by the relevant authorities. 3. During construction, if oil spills occur, the contaminated soil must be cleaned up immediately. 4. Regularly remove the blockages in the drainage ditches. 5. After the completion of the project, all solid wastes generated during construction must be removed. | |
Noise pollution | Low-noise equipment shall be selected for construction; vehicles shall be prohibited from honking during night transportation. | |
Operation Phase | Water pollution | 1.Gradually phase out aquaculture methods that cause severe water pollution, such as cage culture and pen culture, and develop ecological, efficient and environmentally friendly ecological aquaculture methods. |
2.Strengthen the supervision over the use of pesticides in agricultural production and strictly restrict the use of highly toxic pesticides. | ||
3.Strongly polluted aquaculture wastewater can be reused after treatment in biological purification ponds, without the need for discharge. | ||
4.Domestic and industrial wastewater generated in the processing link shall be centrally collected, treated and then reused. | ||
5.Domestic wastewater is directly discharged into the urban sewage treatment plant through the pipe network for treatment, and then discharged after reaching the standard. | ||
Noise pollution | Low-noise equipment shall be adopted. Noise-generating equipment shall be placed indoors, and measures such as vibration reduction, sound insulation, and distance attenuation shall be taken. After the above measures are implemented, the factory boundary of the project shall meet the requirements of “Emission Standard for Noise at Boundary of Industrial Enterprises” (GB12348-2008). | |
Solid waste pollution | 1. Sick and dead aquatic products shall be subjected to harmless treatments such as on-site burial and incineration, with disinfection and sanitation and epidemic prevention work properly done; alternatively, they shall be uniformly handed over to companies with harmless treatment qualifications for disposal. 2. Production fertilizers and domestic garbage have relatively little impact and only need to be centrally treated. 3. Sludge generated from the wastewater system shall be uniformly handled by the environmental sanitation department. | |
Atmosphere | 1.Regularly sprinkle water in the breeding area to prevent dust from spreading. 2.Reduce the speed of vehicle operation. 3.Workshops in processing facilities that emit waste gas shall adopt centralized exhaust systems. Temporary stacks of aquatic product processing by-products shall be subject to sealing and anti-seepage treatment. Sewage treatment stations shall be covered with closed structures. These measures are intended to mitigate the impact of unorganized odor emissions on the surrounding environment. 4.The odor concentration at the factory boundary shall meet the requirements of the limit values for unorganized emission monitoring specified in Emission Standard for Odor Pollutants (GB14554-93). | |
Risk control of epidemic spread | 1. Conduct regular safety tests on personnel to ensure they are not infected, and do a good job in epidemic prevention-related work in accordance with the requirements of local epidemic prevention departments. 2. Regularly carry out comprehensive disinfection and sterilization measures on storage places, transportation tools, etc., to prevent virus carrying during the cold chain process. 3. The source and destination of goods shall be clearly recorded, and virus sampling tests can be conducted on goods when conditions permit. 4. Formulate relevant emergency disposal plans, and promptly handle and report any detected epidemics. 5.Producers and operators shall refer to international good practices (such as relevant guidelines of the World Health Organization), strictly abide by laws, regulations and the requirements of relevant national food safety standards, and implement the epidemic prevention and control regulations of local competent authorities. | |
Employees’ occupational health and safety | 1. Regularly organize employees to carry out training on occupational health and safety. Employees in occupational positions shall receive pre-employment training, on-the-job training and physical examinations, as well as post-employment physical examinations and training on preventing sexual harassment. 2. Strengthen the personal protection of employees in disinfection positions. |
Table 1.3 Environmental and Social Impact Mitigation Measures for Agricultural Security Demonstration Base Project (Planting Industry)
Phase | Impact | Mitigation/Prevention Measures |
Construction Phase | This sub-project does not involve civil engineering works. | |
Operation Phase | Water pollution | The planting process is mainly based on irrigation. Wastewater generated during the processing can all be reused for fertilizing farmland and will not be discharged externally. |
Ecological environment | 1.Where conditions permit, crop rotation between vegetables and rice should be carried out. | |
2.Carry out balanced formula fertilization to avoid excessive fertilization. | ||
3.Increase the application of organic fertilizers, such as chicken manure and pig manure, return straw to the field, and reduce the use of chemical fertilizers. | ||
4.Try to reduce the application of organic fertilizers with high salt content and chemical fertilizers containing chlorine. | ||
5Remove the 2-3 cm topsoil and replace it with fertile field soil to improve the soil and remove salt. | ||
6Improve soil structure and activate the soil. | ||
7Control pesticide usage, strengthen monitoring of soil pesticide pollution, and understand the status of soil pesticide pollution. | ||
Solid waste pollution | 1Weeds need to be removed regularly during planting. The straw generated from weeding and the vegetable leaves produced during harvesting are all general solid wastes, which are sold to organic fertilizer manufacturers on a regular basis. | |
2Properly store the collected pesticide packaging waste, and it is prohibited to dump, stack, or scatter pesticide packaging waste without authorization. | ||
3Measures to prevent environmental pollution shall be taken when transporting pesticide packaging waste. Pesticide packaging waste shall not be discarded or spilled, and the means of transport shall meet the requirements of being rainproof, leak proof and spill proof. | ||
4Resource utilization of pesticide packaging waste is encouraged; for those not suitable for resource utilization, harmless disposal such as land filling and incineration shall be carried out in accordance with laws and regulations. | ||
5Processing waste and domestic garbage shall be centrally and uniformly treated. | ||
Atmosphere | 1. Regularly spray water in the planting area to prevent dust from spreading. 2. Reduce the speed of vehicles. | |
Employees’ occupational health and safety | 1. Regularly organize employees to carry out occupational health and safety training; employees in professional positions shall receive pre-employment and on the job training as well as physical examinations, and physical examinations upon departure; training on the prevention of sexual harassment shall also be conducted. 2. Strengthen the personal protection of employees in disinfection positions. |
Table 1.4 Mitigation Measures for Environmental and Social Impacts for Agricultural Security Demonstration Base Project (Aquaculture)
Phase | Impact | Mitigation/Prevention Measures |
Construction Phase | This sub-project does not involve civil engineering works. | |
Operation Phase | Water pollution | 1. Flushing water from pens, manure and urine wastewater in the breeding area shall be treated by biogas digesters or sewage treatment facilities before being reused for irrigation in agricultural areas as much as possible. 2. It is strictly prohibited to discharge untreated breeding wastewater into surface water bodies. 3.The project's breeding pens, temporary garbage stacking facilities, manure storage tanks, sewage pipes, sewage treatment facilities, etc., must undergo anti-seepage treatment to prevent pollution of underground water sources. The waste generated from construction, demolition and site cleaning shall be classified and treated. Materials that can be directly reused or recycled shall be sorted, recycled and reused. The remaining parts shall be entrusted to a transportation unit for timely cleaning, and the transportation unit must hold an environmental service qualification certificate approved by the relevant departments. 4.If there is an oil spill, the contaminated soil must be cleaned up immediately. 5. Regularly remove obstructions in the drainage ditches. 6. All solid waste generated during production must be completely removed. |
Odor pollution | 1. Breeding sites, composting yards, and waste disposal sites shall be selected downwind of residential areas and kept at a certain distance from them. 2. The production area shall be cleaned in a timely manner to reduce the exposure time of manure, urine and spoiled feed; regular cleaning shall be carried out within the site to prevent solid waste from spilling. 3. Temporary solid waste storage yards shall be equipped with rainproof and anti-dispersal devices, and manure and urine collection and storage devices shall be built. When using compost products, they should be buried in a timely manner after being applied in ditches. 4. Ensure ventilation in the pens, and at the same time strengthen the management of the pens. Try to use slatted floors with gaps to ensure that the feces are cooled down, and remove the feces from the pens as soon as possible to reduce the generation of odors. 5. Poultry and livestock should be kept clean. 6. Reduce the degree of odor through the shielding and absorption of plants. | |
Solid waste pollution | 1. Livestock and poultry manure, as well as biogas residues produced by biogas digesters, shall be recycled as fertilizers after treatment, and random discarding or stockpiling is prohibited. 2. Livestock and poultry carcasses shall be recycled and disposed of by specialized treatment institutions. If there is no such institution in the local area, they shall be properly handled by means such as digging pits for deep burial, and random discarding or stockpiling is prohibited. | |
Use of veterinary drugs for epidemic diseases
| 1. Promote the large-scale, intensive and standardized development of animal breeding. Fully consider the breeding scale in relation to environmental carrying capacity and the risk of disease occurrence, and advocate healthy breeding methods. 2. Control the movement of personnel and items, which mainly includes the control of animal groups, environmental sanitation control and pathogen control, etc. 3. Establish and improve epidemic prevention systems, which mainly include sanitation and disinfection systems, immunization systems, medication systems, systems for the harmless treatment of sick and dead livestock/poultry and pollutants, insect and rodent control systems, and epidemic reporting systems, etc. 4. Carry out immunization against avian influenza, foot and mouth disease and other epidemic diseases in accordance with procedures. Keep proper immunization records and conduct regular monitoring of immunization effects. 5. Establish a regular disinfection system, and select appropriate broad-spectrum, high-efficiency and low-toxicity disinfectants for disinfection. 6. Animals suffering from avian influenza, foot-and-mouth disease and other epidemic diseases shall be culled and not treated. For some parasitic diseases and acute bacterial infectious diseases, antibiotics or chemical drugs can be used for treatment. | |
Foul odor pollution from pig transportation, liquid fertilizer distribution, and fecal transportation
| 1. Breeding enterprises (including breeders, farms, or cooperative enterprises) shall establish an account system for feces and biogas slurry to record the production volume and treatment/disposal volume of feces and biogas slurry. 2. Feces transportation units must establish an account management system for the transportation link and implement the transfer manifest system. 3. Before dispatching vehicles, make a driving plan for fecal collection and transportation to ensure that the collection and transportation work is carried out in an orderly and efficient manner. Formulate specified driving routes for each farm, and the routes should avoid concentrated residential areas and water source protection areas as much as possible. Operators shall drive according to the specified routes and are not allowed to change the driving routes without authorization. 4. All transport vehicles shall use sealed tank trucks. 5. Inspect the transport vehicles before departure. After manure pumping, clean the manure pumping pipes and manure receiving hoppers to prevent leakage of the transport vehicles during driving. 6. Keep observing during transportation. If any spillage occurs, it shall be cleaned up in a timely manner. | |
Animal welfare | Strengthen animal welfare management with reference to the “Guidelines on Good Practices for Improving Animal Welfare in Animal Husbandry”. General principles of the World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE) regarding animal welfare in livestock production systems: 1. Genetic selection should always take into account the health and welfare of animals. 2. Animals selected to be introduced into a new environment should be adapted to the local climate and capable of adapting to local diseases, parasites and nutrition. 3. The physical environment, including substrates (such as walking surfaces, resting surfaces, etc.), should be suitable for the species to reduce the risk of injury, disease, or parasite transmission to animals. 4. The physical environment should allow for comfortable rest, safe and comfortable movement (including normal postural changes), and provide opportunities for animals to engage in natural behaviors that they are motivated to perform. 5. The social grouping of animals should be managed to allow positive social behaviors and minimize harm, suffering, and long-term fear. 6. For captive animals, the air quality, temperature, and humidity should be conducive to animal health rather than being aversive. In extreme cases, animals should not be prevented from using their natural methods of regulating body temperature. 7.Animals should have access to sufficient feed and water suitable for their age and needs to maintain normal health and productivity, and to prevent prolonged hunger, thirst, malnutrition or dehydration. 8.Diseases and parasites should be prevented and controlled as much as possible through good management measures. Animals with serious health problems should be isolated and treated promptly; if treatment is not feasible or recovery is unlikely, humane slaughter should be carried out. 9. If painful procedures cannot be avoided, the resulting pain should be managed to the extent permitted by existing methods. 10. When dealing with animals, a positive relationship between humans and animals should be fostered, and no harm, panic, lasting fear or avoidable stress should be caused. 11. Owners and breeders should possess sufficient skills and knowledge to ensure that animals are treated in accordance with these principles. Pay attention to developing good animal welfare conditions. The five freedoms of animal welfare are as follows: 1. Freedom from hunger and thirst, with ready access to fresh water and a diet to maintain full health and vigor. 2. Freedom from discomfort, by providing an appropriate environment including shelter and a comfortable resting area. 3. Freedom from pain, injury and disease through prevention or rapid diagnosis and treatment. 4. Freedom to express normal behavior by providing sufficient space, appropriate facilities and the company of con-specifics. 5. Freedom from fear and distress by ensuring conditions and treatment that avoid mental suffering. | |
Epidemic spread | Risk control of epidemic spread | 1. Investigation of zoo-noses. 2. Conduct comprehensive disinfection and sterilization measures on storage places, transportation tools, etc. on a regular basis. 3. The source and destination of goods need to be clearly recorded, and virus sampling inspections can be carried out on goods when conditions permit. 4. Formulate relevant emergency response plans, and promptly handle and report any detected epidemics. 5. Producers and operators shall refer to international good practices (such as relevant guidelines of the World Health Organization), strictly abide by laws, regulations and relevant national food safety standards, and implement the epidemic prevention and control regulations of local competent authorities. |
Employees’ occupational health and safety | 1. Regularly organize employees to carry out training on occupational health and safety; employees in professional positions shall receive pre-job training, on the job training and physical examinations, as well as physical examinations upon leaving their posts; and training on the prevention of sexual harassment shall also be conducted. 2. Strengthen the personal protection of employees in disinfection positions. |
Annex 2: Social Security Monitoring Indicators
Table 2.1 Summary of Social Security Monitoring Indicators
Content | Monitoring Indicators | Monitoring Methods |
Monitoring of Community Participation, Gender Issues and Capacity Building of Vulnerable Groups | Area of promoted aquaculture quality improvement technologies (10,000 mu) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. |
Number of aquaculture entities with promoted aquaculture quality improvement technologies (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of farm households benefiting from the promotion of aquaculture quality improvement technologies (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of pig farms participating in the project (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Total stock of live pigs in farms participating in the project (10,000 heads) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of planting entities participating in the project (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Cultivated land area of planting entities participating in the project (10,000 mu) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of person-days for training on agricultural product quality and safety improvement technologies (person-days) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of female person-days for training on agricultural product quality and safety improvement technologies (person-days) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Farmers reached with agricultural assets or services (units) | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Farmers reached with agricultural assets or services (units) - Female | Project implementation units at all levels provide / data analysis, typical case surveys, questionnaires, etc. | |
Users/citizens engaged in food safety risk communication campaigns focusing on healthy and nutritious food | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Users/citizens engaged in food safety risk communication campaigns focusing on healthy and nutritious food - Female | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Number of disabled persons employed by the project (persons) | Data analysis, on-site investigations, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of project entities led by females (units) | Data analysis, on-site investigations, questionnaires, etc. | |
Number of female employees in project entities (persons) | Data analysis, on-site investigations, questionnaires, etc. | |
Growth rate of female income after project implementation (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Growth rate of disabled persons' income after project implementation (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Satisfaction rate of project entities (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Monitoring of Involuntary Resettlement, Information Disclosure and Appeal Compensation | Percentage of complaints received that were resolved within the standard time limit through the complaint compensation mechanism established by the project (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. |
Number of complaints about environmental pollution from villagers around aquaculture farms and agricultural safety base (times) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Awareness rate of participants regarding the implementation of the project (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Whether the complaint channels are unblocked during the project implementation process | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Whether appeals are effective during the project implementation process | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Performance of the loan portfolio (Non-performing Loans (NPL) (%)) | Provided by financial third party service institutions | |
Satisfaction rate with the work efficiency of PMOs at all levels (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Satisfaction rate with the services provided by technical suppliers (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Share of satisfactory citizen’s feedback received on services provided by Project (%) | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. | |
Monitoring of Minority Development Plans | Whether the rights of ethnic minorities and ethnic groups to equal participation in the project are effectively protected | Data analysis, symposiums, surveys of typical cases, questionnaires, follow-up surveys, open semi-structured interviews, etc. |
Whether the linguistic and cultural rights of ethnic minorities are respected | ||
In accordance with the requirements of EMDP, what specific measures have been taken by the local PMOs; and what are the actual effects of these measures | ||
How do ethnic minorities and ethnic groups evaluate these measures | ||
Growth rate of income of ethnic minorities and ethnic groups | ||
What are the specific evaluations of these measures by the main population groups | ||
Is an EMDP monitoring and evaluation mechanism established? Is it effective? |
Annex 3: Monitoring and Inspection Indicators for Pest and Disease Management Plan
The monitoring methods involve consulting agencies obtaining data through on-site investigations, sampling monitoring, data verification, document inquiries, and other means based on the characteristics of each monitoring indicator, so as to ensure that the data is scientific, accurate, and highly credible.
Table 3.1 Summary of Monitoring Indicators for Plantation Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Monitoring Indicators |
Degree of adoption of comprehensive management measures |
|
| |
Crop production |
|
Other indicators |
|
Table 3.2 Summary of Inspection Contents for Plantation Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Inspection content |
Pesticide Registration |
|
Policy Issues |
|
Monitoring Situation |
|
Table 3.3 Summary of Monitoring Indicators for Swine Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Monitoring Indicators |
Degree of adoption of comprehensive management measures |
|
The number of farmers who can recognize plant diseases and insect pests Pesticide application methods |
|
The cost of using medicines |
|
Other indicators |
|
Table 3.4 Summary of Inspection Contents for the Pig Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Inspection content |
Pesticide Registration | Registration status of new veterinary drugs |
Policy Issues |
|
Monitoring Situation |
|
Table 3.5 Summary of Monitoring Indicators for the Aquatic Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Monitoring Indicators |
Degree of adoption of comprehensive management measures |
|
Aquatic drug application methods |
|
Aquatic production |
|
Other indicators |
|
Table 3.6 Summary of Inspection Contents for the Aquatic Pest and Disease Management Plan (PMP)
Category | Inspection content |
Policy Issues | The extent of government subsidies for aquatic pharmaceuticals (if any) |
Monitoring Situation |
|
Annex 4: Tracking, Monitoring and Evaluation of the Effects of 10 Typical Tailwater Treatment Projects
Table 4.1 Testing Indicators for Tailwater Treatment Projects
Tailwater salinity | Monitoring indicator name | Analysis method | Reference standard |
≤5‰ | Suspended solids | Gravimetric method | GB 11901 |
pH | Glass electrode method | HJ 1147 | |
CODMn | Acidic potassium permanganate method | GB 11892 | |
Total nitrogen (calculated as N) | Alkaline potassium persulfate digestion ultraviolet spectrophotometric method | HJ636 | |
Continuous flow - N - (1 - naphthyl) ethylenediamine dihydrochloride spectrophotometric method | HJ667 | ||
Flow injection - N - (1 - naphthyl) ethylenediamine dihydrochloride spectrophotometric method | HJ668 | ||
Gas-phase molecular absorption spectrometry | HJ/T199 | ||
Total phosphorus (calculated as P) | Continuous flow - ammonium molybdate spectrophotometric method | GB 11893 | |
Continuous flow - ammonium molybdate spectrophotometric method | HJ670 | ||
Flow injection-ammonium molybdate spectrophotometric method | HJ671 | ||
>5‰ | Suspended solids | Gravimetric method | GB 17378.4 |
pH | pH meter method | ||
CODMn | Alkaline potassium permanganate method | ||
Total nitrogen (calculated as N) | Potassium persulfate oxidation method | GB/T 12763.4 | |
Flow analysis method | HY/T 147.1 | ||
Total phosphorus (calculated as P) | Potassium persulfate oxidation method | GB/T 12763.4 | |
Flow analysis method | HY/T 147.1 |
2.Schematic diagram of monitoring points
Tailwater collection tank/channel → system water inlet → Process 1 →... → Core Process n →... → system water outlet → external discharge/recycling and reuse.
It indicates the water quality monitoring points, and the core processes are determined according to each specific process.
3.Monitoring frequency
Breeding stage | Monitoring time period | Monitoring frequency | Monitored species | Monitoring points | Duration | Description |
Adult fish stage / late breeding stage | Within 15 days before harvest | For each project, once per crop, 3 monitoring points are monitored each time for 3 consecutive days, resulting in a total of 27 samples over 3 years. | Mainly cultured species / species with high pollution load | As shown in the schematic diagram, at least 3 (pieces/units) | 3 years | During sampling, there is tail water from fish ponds in the adult fish stage discharged into the system. |
Dry pond stage | Within 7 days after pond cleaning | For each project, once per crop, 3 monitoring points are monitored each time for 3 consecutive days, resulting in a total of 27 samples over 3 years. | Mainly cultured species / species with high pollution load | As shown in the schematic diagram, at least 3 (pieces/units) | 3 years | During sampling, there is drainage from dried fish ponds discharged into the system. |
Table 4.2 Monitoring frequency Table
4.On-site investigation and analysis and evaluation
To objectively analyze the effectiveness of the tailwater treatment system, the monitoring unit shall conduct necessary on-site investigations each time it enters the site for sampling. These investigations shall include the cultured species, breeding scale, stocking density, yield per mu, input conditions, tailwater discharge behaviors of farmers (intermittent discharge or continuous drainage), changes in the surrounding water environment, testing conditions of local ecological authorities, opinions of farmers, as well as treatment water volume, system power consumption, and medication dosage related to the system’s operating costs. The purpose is to comprehensively and objectively analyze the compliance status, process effectiveness, operating costs, existing problems of 10 typical tailwater treatment technologies, and put forward corresponding suggestions.
"},{"id":"OP00443825","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"08-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-29T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:30","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P506439","project_name":"Accelerating Access to Water, Sanitation and Hygiene in the Eastern and Southern Africa Region","bid_reference_no":"ZA-AUDA-NEPAD-523377-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Capacity development / training program on PPPs in water sector (online and in person), using APMG's PPP Certification Programme","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"230 15th Rd, Randjespark, Midrand, 1685","contact_ctry_name":"South Africa","contact_email":"wahaboui@auda-nepad.org","contact_name":"Ibrah Wahabou","contact_organization":"African Union Development Agency - New Partnership for Africa's Development","contact_phone_no":"(+27)0763157204","contact_web_url":"https://www.nepad.org/","submission_date":"2026-05-08T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
\n\n
_____________________________________________________
\n\nREQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n\n\n
Country: Multinational
\n\nName of Project: Accelerating Access to Water, Sanitation and Hygiene in the Eastern and Southern Africa Region Project
\n\nGrant No.: P506439
\n\nAssignment Title: Consultancy Services to Design and Deliver a Comprehensive Capacity Development Programme on Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) in the Water Sector (Online and In-Person) – Based on the APMG PPP Certification Programme (CP3P)
\n\nReference No: 403/AUDA/DITIR/CQS/2026
\n\nMethod: Consultant’s Qualifications Selection (CQS)
\n\n\n\n
The African Union Development Agency – New Partnership for Africa Development (AUDA-NEPAD) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the “Accelerating Access to Water, Sanitation and Hygiene in the Eastern and Southern Africa Region Project”, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services. “Consultancy Services to Design and Deliver a Comprehensive Capacity Development Programme on Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) in the Water Sector (Online and In-Person) – Based on the APMG PPP Certification Programme (CP3P)”
\n\n\n\n
The consulting services (“the Services”) include: Validation and Customization Based on TNA: Analyse results of the WASH MPA PPP Training Needs Assessment, Refine and align curriculum to identified capacity gaps, Submit an Inception Report including detailed curriculum mapping to: APMG CP3P standards; WASH MPA operational activities; and VGF and transboundary components; Curriculum Design and Contextualization: Develop a modular programme aligned with APMG CP3P and contextualized to water-sector realities
\n\nModule 1: PPP Fundamentals (Foundation Level); Module 2: Project Finance, Bankability & Viability Gap Financing, Module 3: Governance & Procurement, Module 4: Project Environment & Stakeholder Management, Module 5: Contract Management & Long-Term Oversight; Training Delivery: Online Phase – Foundation Level, In-Person Intensive Workshop (5 Days); Certification Administration: Be an Accredited Training Organization (ATO) under APMG, Register participants for CP3P certification, Administer examinations securely and Provide certification statistics and pass-rate analysis; Post-Training Evaluation & Knowledge Sustainability: Conduct competency improvement assessment versus baseline TNA, Develop a PPP Water Sector Toolkit (templates, financial models, checklists), Deliver Training-of-Trainers (ToT) session and Provide roadmap for institutionalizing PPP expertise within WASH MPA structures.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Key Expert \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Person-Days \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key Expert 1: Team Leader / Lead PPP Trainer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key Expert 2: Infrastructure Finance & VGF Expert \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key Expert 3: Legal/Governance Expert \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key Expert 4: Water Sector PPP Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key Expert 5: Certification & Training Coordinator \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 120 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Total duration: 4–6 months from the date of contract signature
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The African Union Development Agency – New Partnership for Africa Development (AUDA-NEPAD) now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:
\n\n\n\n
Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.15, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” February 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\n\n\n
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
\n\n\n\n
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office.
\n\n\n\n
Expressions of interest must be delivered to the address below by email on or before May 29th, 2026, 14:30 hours (South African Time). All EOI’s must be marked “403/AUDA/DITIR/CQS/2026 – Consultancy Services to Design and Deliver a Comprehensive Capacity Development Programme on Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) in the Water Sector (Online and In-Person) – Based on the APMG PPP Certification Programme (CP3P)” in the subject line of the email.
\n\n\n\n
EOIs can also be sent by email, addressed to the address below. Interested Consultants may also obtain further information at the address below during office hours (09:00 - 17:00 South Africa time):
\n\n\n\n
The Chairperson, Internal Procurement Committee (IPC)
\n\nAfrican Union Development Agency (AUDA-NEPAD)
\n\nEco Origin, Block F,
\n\n349 Witch Hazel Street,
\n\nEco Park, Centurion.
\n\nEmail: procurement@nepad.org ; and copy to manthatir@auda-nepad.org
\n\n\n\n
Attention of: Procurement Division
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
ANNEX 1: DECLARATION OF UNDERTAKING
\n\n\n\n
{Location, Date}
\n\nTo: The Chairperson Internal Procurement Committee (IPC)
\n\nAUDA-NEPAD
\n\n230, 15th Road, P. O. Box 218 Midrand,
\n\n1685 Johannesburg, South Africa
\n\n\n\n
Attention of: Head of Procurement Division
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
We remain,
\n\nYours sincerely,
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Signature:
\n\nName of Consultant:
\n\nAddress
\n\n\n\n
ANNEX 2: TORs
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t TERMS OF REFERENCE \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Title of the Consultancy: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Design and Delivery of a Comprehensive Capacity Development Programme on Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) in the Water Sector (Online and In-Person) – Based on the APMG PPP Certification Programme (CP3P) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Consultancy type: (individual or firm) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Method \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) Method \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Procurement Number (from procurement plan) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 403/AUDA/DITIR/CQS/2026 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Background \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Equitable access to Water, Sanitation, and Hygiene (WASH) is essential for inclusive development across Eastern and Southern Africa. Despite progress, large gaps remain in Sub-Saharan Africa — about 1 in 3 people, and nearly 1 in 2 rural residents, still lack access to at least basic drinking water services; and about 2 in 3 people, and roughly 3 in 4 rural residents, still lack access to at least basic sanitation services (World Bank WDI). These deficits undermine health, constrain economic productivity, increase climate vulnerability, and slow progress toward Sustainable Development Goal 6. \n\n\t\t\tThe Regional Support Project under the WASH Multi-Phase Programmatic Approach (MPA) supports Eastern and Southern African countries in strengthening systems, institutions, and financing mechanisms to accelerate access to water, sanitation, and hygiene services. \n\n\t\t\tAfrica faces an estimated annual infrastructure financing need of approximately USD 93 billion, with a financing gap of nearly USD 50 billion. While private capital and Development Finance Institution (DFI) resources are increasingly available, a critical bottleneck persists: the shortage of well-prepared, bankable projects ready for investment — particularly in the water sector. \n\n\t\t\tWater infrastructure remains among the most underfinanced sectors due to: \n\n\t\t\t
A key challenge identified through the WASH MPA Training Needs Assessment (TNA) is the capacity gap across three core knowledge domains: (1) PPP Project Management and Project Finance; (2) Governance and Institutional Arrangements; and (3) Project Environment and Stakeholder Ecosystem. \n\n\t\t\tThe MPA also includes specific activities related to Viability Gap Financing (VGF) studies (Activity 4.1.1) and supports regional/transboundary water initiatives in collaboration with IGAD and SADC-GMI. This requires specialized knowledge in structuring PPPs within cross-border and multi-jurisdictional contexts. \n\n\t\t\tTo address these needs, AUDA-NEPAD seeks to design and implement a comprehensive hybrid capacity-building programme aligned with the globally recognized APMG PPP Certification Programme (CP3P), tailored specifically to water-sector PPPs and the WASH MPA regional context. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Rationale \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t This assignment directly supports AUDA-NEPAD's mandate to accelerate Africa's development through regional integration and enhanced institutional capacity. By building the skills needed to structure, procure, and manage water sector PPPs, this programme contributes to the realisation of Agenda 2063 — particularly Aspiration 1 (A Prosperous Africa) — and to achieving Sustainable Development Goal 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation). \n\n\t\t\tThe capacity gap identified in the WASH MPA Training Needs Assessment demonstrates the critical need for external expertise to design, develop, and deliver a structured certification-linked training programme. A consulting firm with APMG Accredited Training Organization (ATO) status is required to ensure the programme meets international standards and that participants can pursue formal CP3P certification. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t The objectives of the assignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The primary objective is to design, develop, and deliver a comprehensive hybrid (online and in-person) capacity-building programme on PPPs tailored to the water sector under the WASH MPA framework. \n\n\t\t\tThe programme shall: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Scope of work, activities and Tasks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Task 1: Validation and Customization Based on TNA \n\n\t\t\t
Task 2: Curriculum Design and Contextualization \n\n\t\t\tDevelop a modular programme aligned with APMG CP3P and contextualized to water-sector realities. \n\n\t\t\tModule 1: PPP Fundamentals (Foundation Level) \n\n\t\t\t
Module 2: Project Finance, Bankability & Viability Gap Financing \n\n\t\t\t
Viability Gap Financing (VGF): \n\n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Module 3: Governance & Procurement \n\n\t\t\t
Module 4: Project Environment & Stakeholder Management \n\n\t\t\t
Structuring PPPs for Transboundary Infrastructure: \n\n\t\t\t
Module 5: Contract Management & Long-Term Oversight \n\n\t\t\t
Task 3: Training Delivery \n\n\t\t\t(A) Online Phase – Foundation Level \n\n\t\t\t
(B) In-Person Intensive Workshop (5 Days) \n\n\t\t\t
Task 4: Certification Administration \n\n\t\t\tThe Consultant must: \n\n\t\t\t
Task 5: Post-Training Evaluation & Knowledge Sustainability \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Capacity Building Program (if applicable) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t This assignment is a capacity building programme. The transfer of knowledge is the primary objective. The programme combines online (asynchronous and live) training with in-person workshop delivery, and is aligned to the APMG CP3P certification framework. \n\n\t\t\tTarget participants include officials from AUDA-NEPAD, Member States, and Regional Economic Communities (RECs) with responsibilities in infrastructure finance, water sector regulation, PPP procurement, and project management. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Expected results and deliverables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The following deliverables are required: \n\n\t\t\t
Reporting requirements: \n\n\t\t\tInception Report: To be submitted within 10 working days of contract signature. \n\n\t\t\tProgress Reports: Monthly, submitted to the AUDA-NEPAD Project Coordinator. \n\n\t\t\tDraft Final Report: To be submitted at least 10 working days before contract end for review and comment. \n\n\t\t\tFinal Report: Incorporating all AUDA-NEPAD comments, submitted at the close of the assignment. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Location \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The operational base for the assignment is Midrand, South Africa (AUDA-NEPAD Headquarters). The online training phase will be delivered remotely to participants across Eastern and Southern Africa. The in-person intensive workshop will be held at a venue in the region to be confirmed by AUDA-NEPAD, with possible locations including Johannesburg, Nairobi, or Addis Ababa. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Timeframe of the assignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total duration: 4–6 months from the date of contract signature. \n\n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t If warranted by programme outcomes and participant demand, optional follow-up support (Months 5–6) may be contracted as a second phase. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Deliverables / Reports / Milestones Schedule \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Submission & approval of reports \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The Consultant will report to the AUDA-NEPAD Project Coordinator for the WASH MPA Regional Support Project, who is responsible for reviewing and approving all deliverables. \n\n\t\t\tA Steering Committee shall provide strategic oversight and shall be consulted on the Inception Report and Final Report. \n\n\t\t\tMonthly progress meetings shall be conducted between the Consultant and the Project Coordinator. \n\n\t\t\tAll reports shall be submitted electronically in MS Word and PDF formats. Where AUDA-NEPAD does not provide comments within 10 working days of report submission, the report shall be deemed approved. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Language requirements: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t All deliverables and communications shall be in English. Proficiency in French or Portuguese would be an added advantage given the regional nature of the assignment. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Consultancy fees \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t This is a Lump-Sum Contract. The financial proposal shall be inclusive of all professional fees, examination fees, consultant travel, accommodation, and per diem costs associated with the in-person training delivery. \n\n\t\t\tAUDA-NEPAD will directly bear the costs of the training venue, participant accommodation, and virtual platform access for the online phase. \n\n\t\t\tThe intellectual property of all training materials developed under this contract shall be transferred to AUDA-NEPAD upon completion of the assignment. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Person Days / Months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The following is an indicative estimate of key expert person-days: \n\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Governance, support and facilities to be provided by AUDA-NEPAD \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t AUDA-NEPAD shall provide: \n\n\t\t\t
The AUDA-NEPAD Project Coordinator shall serve as the primary interface between AUDA-NEPAD and the Consultant. A Steering Committee comprising representatives from relevant AUDA-NEPAD directorates and key regional partners shall provide strategic oversight. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Proposed Payment Schedule \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1st Payment: Ten (10) percent of the lump-sum amount upon submission and approval of the Inception Report and Work Plan. \n\n\t\t\t2nd Payment: Twenty-five (25) percent upon completion of the online training phase and submission of recorded sessions. \n\n\t\t\t3rd Payment: Twenty-five (25) percent upon delivery of the in-person workshop and APMG examination administration. \n\n\t\t\tFinal Payment: Forty (40) percent upon submission and acceptance of the Final Completion & Evaluation Report, PPP Water Sector Toolkit, and all training materials. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Experience of the Firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The Consulting Firm must demonstrate: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Qualification and work experience required for Key Experts \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Key Expert 1: Team Leader / Lead PPP Trainer \n\n\t\t\t
Key Expert 2: Infrastructure Finance & VGF Expert \n\n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t
Key Expert 3: Legal / Governance Expert \n\n\t\t\t
Key Expert 4: Water Sector PPP Specialist \n\n\t\t\t
Key Expert 5: Certification & Training Coordinator \n\n\t\t\t
Competencies (all key experts): \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Copyrights \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Both data and materials used and produced under this assignment will be submitted to AUDA-NEPAD, who retain copyright. Consultants may not divulge, extract, quote, or make reference to the outcomes of this assignment in other work without the expressed written permission of AUDA-NEPAD. All intellectual property rights in the training materials, toolkit, and other deliverables developed under this contract vest in AUDA-NEPAD upon completion of the assignment. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
"},{"id":"OP00441446","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"28-Apr-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-17T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"04:00","project_ctry_name":"West Bank and Gaza","project_id":"P181354","project_name":"Innovative Private Sector Development II","bid_reference_no":"GZ-DAI-539786-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Subcomponent 1.1 service provider - Market Linkages Advisory and Investor & B2B facilitation services","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Ramallah","contact_ctry_name":"West Bank and Gaza","contact_email":"Dareen_kashou@dai.com","contact_name":"Dareen Kashou","contact_organization":"Development Alternative Inc., Europe","contact_phone_no":"0593707708","contact_web_url":"NA","submission_date":"2026-04-28T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Innovative Private Sector Development II
\n\n(IPSD II)
\n\n\n\n
Request for Proposals (RFP)
\n\n\n\n
RFP No: DAI-IPSDII-2026-028
\n\n\n\n
“MARKET LINKAGES ADVISORY AND INVESTOR & B2B FACILITATION SERVICES”
\n\n\n\n
Innovative Private Sector Development Project II (IPSD II)
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Issue Date:
\n\nApril 28, 2026
\n\nWARNING: Any amendments to this solicitation will be issued through follow-up email from: IPSD_Procurement@dai.com
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Synopsis of the RFP
\n\n| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t DAI-IPSDII-2026-028 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t April 28, 2026 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t “MARKET LINKAGES ADVISORY AND INVESTOR & B2B FACILITATION SERVICES” \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t DAI/IPSD II. \n\n\t\t\tInnovative Private Sector Development Project II \n\n\t\t\t6th Floor, Haifa Building Ramallah, Al Irsal Street, \n\n\t\t\tOffice Tel.: + 970-2- 2988530 \n\n\t\t\tE-mail: IPSD_Procurement@dai.com \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t All questions must be received by close of business local time in Ramallah on May 10, 2026 [NS1] Ramallah time (GMT+3), by sending an e-mail to: IPSD_Procurement@dai.com \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t All Proposals must be received by May 17, 2026 @4:00 PM Ramallah Time (GMT+3) by e-mail to: IPSD_Procurement@dai.com \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t IPSD_Procurement@dai.com \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t IPSD II anticipates awarding a Purchase Order (Fixed Price and/or Time and Material). \n\n\t\t\tIssuance of this RFP in no way obligates IPSD II to award a purchase order and Consultancy Firms will not be reimbursed for any costs associated with the preparation of their bid. \n\n\t\t\tAt its discretion, IPSD II may issue one, multiple or no awards related to this solicitation. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t An award will be made based on the Trade Off Method. The award will be issued to the responsible and reasonable Consultancy firms /consortiums who provides the best value to DAI using a combination of cost/ price factors that meet or exceed the acceptability requirements for technical/non-cost factors described in this RFP. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 120 Days \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t||
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Each Consultancy firm /consortium is responsible for reading very carefully and understanding fully the terms and conditions of this RFP. All communications regarding this solicitation are to be made solely through the Issuing Office and must be submitted via email or in writing delivered to the Issuing Office no later than the date specified above. All questions received will be compiled and answered in writing and distributed to all interested Consultancy Firms/consortiums, no later than May 12, 2026. \n\n\t\t\tConsultancy Firms / consortiums must submit questions via email to: IPSD_procurement@dai.com . Questions will not be answered over the phone or in person. Consultancy Firms must insert in the subject line of their email the following RFP number: “DAI-IPSDII-2026-028”. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t DAI will not enter into any type of agreement with a Consultancy firm /consortium prior to ensuring the Consultancy Firm/consortium’s responsibility. When assessing a Consultancy Firm/consortium’s responsibility, the following factors are taken into consideration: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t||
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consultancy firms /consortiums shall be aware of the general terms and conditions for an award resulting from this RFP. The selected Consultancy firms/consortiums shall comply with all Representations and Certifications of Compliance listed in Attachment D. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t By submitting a proposal, consultancy firms /consortiums certify that they have not/will not attempt to bribe or make any payments to IPSD II employees in return for preference, nor have any payments with Terrorists, or groups supporting Terrorists, been attempted. Any such practice constitutes an unethical, illegal, and corrupt practice and either the Consultancy firms /consortiums or the IPSD II staff may report violations to the Toll-Free Ethics and Compliance Anonymous Hotline at +1 855-603-6987, via the DAI website, or via email to IPSD_Complaints@dai.com. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Please see section 7 below. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Please see section 9 below \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
\n\n
\n\n
1.Instructions to Consultancy Firms
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The Innovative Private Sector Development Project - Phase 2 (IPSD II) is a project for the benefit of the Palestinian Ministry of National Economy (MoNE), funded by the World Bank and the European Union, and implemented by DAI Global UK., invites technical and financial proposals to provide the following consulting services: “MARKET LINKAGES ADVISORY AND INVESTOR & B2B FACILITATION SERVICES”. More details of the services are provided in Attachment A- Scope of Work.
\n\n\n\n
The RFP includes the following documents:
\n\n\n\n
The Issuing Office and Contact Person noted in the above synopsis is the sole point of contact at DAI for purposes of this RFP. Any prospective Consultancy firms /consortiums who fails to register their interest with this office assumes complete responsibility in the event that they do not receive direct communications (amendments, answers to questions, etc.) prior to the closing date.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
DAI anticipates awarding a Purchase Order (Fixed Price and / or Time and Material).
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
A cover letter shall be included with the proposal on the Consultancy Firm/consortium’s letterhead with a duly authorized signature and company stamp/seal using Attachment B as a template for the format. The cover letter shall include the following items:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
A Proposal submitted by a Consortium shall be signed by all members so as to be legally binding on all members, or by an authorized representative who has a written power of attorney signed by each member’s authorized representative.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The Consultancy firms /consortiums are required to provide professional, objective, and impartial advice, at all times holding DAI’s interests paramount, strictly avoiding conflicts with other assignments or its own corporate interests, and acting without any consideration for future work.
\n\nThe Consultancy firms /consortiums have an obligation to disclose to DAI any situation of actual or potential conflict that impacts its capacity to serve the best interest of DAI. Failure to disclose such situations may lead to the disqualification of the Consultancy firms /consortiums or the termination of its Contract and/or sanctions by the Bank.
\n\n\n\n
The World Bank requires compliance with the World Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines, and its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WB’s Sanctions Framework, as set forth in Attachment G.
\n\nIn further pursuance of this policy, Consultancy firms /consortiums shall permit and shall cause their agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and their personnel, to permit the World Bank to inspect all accounts, records and other documents relating to any shortlisting process, Proposal submission, and contract performance (in the case of award), and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the World Bank
\n\n\n\n
It is the Consultancy Firm/consortium’s responsibility to ensure that its Experts, members, Sub-consultants, agents (declared or not), sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/or their employees meet the eligibility requirements as established by the World Bank Regulations dated July 2016, revised November 2017 and August 2018.
\n\n\n\n
The Consultancy Firm (including the individual members of any Consortium) shall submit only one Proposal, either in its own name or as part of a Consortium in another Proposal. If a Consultancy Firm, including any consortium member, submits or participates in more than one proposal, all such proposals shall be disqualified and rejected. This does not, however, preclude a Sub-consultant, or the Consultant’s staff from participating as Key Experts and Non-Key Experts in more than one Proposal.
\n\nIf a consultancy firm considers that it may enhance its expertise for the assignment by associating with other consultancy firm in the form of a consortium or as Sub-consultants, it may do so.
\n\n\n\n
The Technical Proposal shall be submitted in a separate email from the Financial Proposal and shall be clearly labeled “VOLUME I: TECHNICAL PROPOSAL.”
\n\n\n\n
Technical proposals shall include the following contents:
\n\nThe information shall be supplied as a table using the template in Attachment E: Past Performance Form, and shall include the legal name and address of the organization for which services were performed, a description of services delivered, the duration of the assignment and the value of the contract, any problems encountered and how they were resolved, the performance criteria used to determine success, and current contact details, including telephone number and email address, of a responsible representative of the client organization.
\n\nAll tasks proposed under the methodology shall be assigned to specific personnel, clearly indicating responsibility for each task. The proposal shall disclose the contractual relationship between the proposed personnel and the firm, including whether personnel are full-time employees, part-time staff, or subcontracted experts.
\n\nThe proposal shall include CVs for all key experts highlighting relevant professional experience, qualifications, and expertise. CVs will not count toward the page limit.
\n
\n\n
The proposal shall include, at a minimum:
\n\na. A detailed methodology describing the proposed approach for delivering the tasks outlined in the Terms of Reference, including:
\n\nb. A proposed implementation approach demonstrating how the methodology will be translated into delivery, including:
\n\nc. Evidence of alignment between the proposed methodology, implementation approach, workplan, deliverables, and team structure, including clear allocation of responsibilities among team members in accordance with their experience and qualifications. This should demonstrate a logical match between required competencies and assigned tasks, supported by the qualifications and experience reflected in the proposed team members’ CVs.
\n\nd. Demonstrated familiarity with relevant MENA markets and the Palestinian startup and business ecosystem relevant to the scope of this assignment.
\n\nThe proposed methodology and implementation approach shall form the basis of the Detailed Implementation Plan. Once approved by DAI, it shall serve as the operational baseline for the assignment. Any material change thereafter, including but not limited to the proposed experts, level of effort, task sequencing, or implementation arrangements, shall require DAI’s prior written approval through a formal contract modification.
\n\nFor further details please see the evaluation criteria below and the qualification requirements.
\n\n\n\n
For this RFP, DAI requests services described in Attachment A.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Technical proposals will be evaluated against the criteria and sub-criteria set out below. The maximum technical score is 80 points, and the financial score is 20 points. Only proposals receiving a minimum technical score of 60 out of 80 will be considered for financial evaluation.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Evaluation Criteria \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Evaluation sub-criteria \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Maximum Points \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Specific Experience of the Consultancy firms /consortiums Relevant to the Assignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1.1 Breadth and relevance of firm experience: Extent to which the Consultancy firms /consortiums demonstrates a track record over the past five (5) years in assignments of similar scope and complexity, including market linkages, technology startup / innovative SME advisory, firm diagnostics, investor engagement, B2B facilitation, and regional or international market engagement. (0-8 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 1.2 Demonstrated results in comparable engagements: Extent to which the Consultancy firms /consortiums demonstrates credible results in comparable assignments, such as successful delivery of structured investor or B2B engagements, relevant stakeholder mobilization, matchmaking outcomes, lead generation, partnership progression, investment facilitation, or other commercial follow-up outcomes. (0-7 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 1.3 Strength of relevant market networks: Strength and relevance of the Consultancy Firm’s/Consortium’s existing networks and access to investors, corporate buyers, strategic partners, and ecosystem actors in MENA markets, particularly the Gulf, with additional access to Europe and the United States considered favorably where relevant to the assignment. (0-5 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t Please provide: \n\n\t\t\tA list of similar assignments completed within the past five (5) years using the Past Performance Form (Attachment E). \n\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key Experts’ qualifications and competence for the Assignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.1 Team structure and composition: Suitability and completeness of the proposed delivery team, including clarity of roles and responsibilities, team structure, and allocation of level of effort across key personnel. (0-7 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 2.2 Relevant expertise of key experts: Professional qualifications and relevant experience of proposed key experts in areas such as market linkages advisory, investor and B2B engagements facilitation and organization, startup or SME advisory, stakeholder engagement, and delivery of similar assignments. (0-7 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 2.3 Alignment of team expertise with assignment responsibilities: Degree to which the expertise of the proposed team members is appropriately matched to the tasks described in the methodology, implementation approach, and ToR responsibilities. (0-8 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 2.4 Regional operational capacity of the team: Demonstrated ability of the proposed team to operate across relevant regional markets and engage international stakeholders where required for the assignment. (0-8 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t Please provide: \n\n\t\t\t
* Proposed experts should possess the following skills: Financial, management and marketing skills along with all other skills required for this assignment. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Adequacy and quality of the proposed methodology, Implementation plan, timeline and work plan in responding to the Scope of Work (TOR) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3.1 Understanding of the assignment objectives and scope: Demonstrated understanding of the assignment objectives, scope of work, sequencing of activities, and operational requirements under Subcomponent 1.1 (NEXUS). (0-7 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 3.2 Technical quality of the proposed methodology, and implementation approach: Soundness and practicality of the proposed approach for implementing the required tasks, including market assessment, firm diagnostics, pre-engagement preparation, engagement facilitation support, post-engagement follow-up, and risk identification and mitigation. (0-8 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 3.3 Quality and realism of the implementation plan and timeline: Coherence and feasibility of the proposed sequencing of activities, workplan, milestones, deliverables, and sequencing of activities. (0-8 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 3.4 Familiarity with relevant market and ecosystem context: Demonstrated familiarity with relevant MENA markets and understanding of the Palestinian startup and business ecosystem relevant to the assignment. (0-7 points) \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t Please provide: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Financial Proposal \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial proposals will be scored as follows: (Lowest Price Offer / Price of the Offer Being Reviewed) × 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 100 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
From the time the proposals are opened to the time the contract is awarded, the Consultancy firms /consortiums should not contact DAI on any matter related to its Technical and/or Financial Proposal. Information relating to the evaluation of Proposals and award recommendations shall not be disclosed to the Consultancy firms /consortiums who submitted the proposals or to any other party not officially concerned with the process, until the notification of intention to award the contract. Exceptions to this provision are where DAI notifies Consultancy firms /consortiums of the results of the evaluation of the Technical Proposals.
\n\nAny attempt by Consultancy firms /consortiums or anyone on behalf of the Consultancy firms /consortiums to influence improperly DAI in the evaluation of the proposals or Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its proposal and may be subject to the application of prevailing World Bank’s sanctions procedures.
\n\nNotwithstanding the above provisions, from the time of the proposal’s opening to the time of Contract award publication, if a Consultancy firms /consortiums wishes to contact DAI or the World Bank on any matter related to the selection process, it shall do so only in writing.
\n\n\n\n
Best Value Determination
\n\n\n\n
DAI will review all proposals, and make an award based on the technical and cost evaluation criteria stated above and select the Consultancy firm /consortium whose proposal provides the best value to DAI. DAI may also exclude an offer from consideration if it determines that a Consultancy Firm is "not responsive", i.e., that it does not have the management and financial capabilities required to perform [NS2] the work required, or the prices are illogical (do not comply with the common local pricing standards).
\n\n\n\n
DAI may award higher-priced consultancy firm /consortium if a determination is made that the higher technical evaluation of that Consultancy firm /consortium merits the additional cost/price.
\n\n\n\n
DAI may award to a consultancy firm /consortium without discussions. Therefore, the initial offer must contain the consultancy Firm/consortium’s best price and technical terms.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The designated DAI Assignment Manager [NS3] will closely track the execution of the assignment to determine whether the activities are being performed in a satisfactory manner, and that activities implemented are of acceptable quality and standards. The consultancy firms /consortiums shall be responsible for any countermeasures or corrective action, within the scope of this RFP, which may be required by the DAI Assignment Manager as a result of such inspection.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Attachment A
\n\nTERMS OF REFERENCE (ToR)
\n\nFor
\n\nMARKET LINKAGES ADVISORY AND INVESTOR & B2B FACILITATION SERVICES
\n\nDAI Global UK Ltd. is the Project Implementing Agency (PIA) for the Innovative Private Sector Development II Project (IPSD II). DAI is a leading international development company with more than 50 years of experience working on the frontlines of global development, tackling fundamental social and economic challenges in emerging markets. Operating in over 80 countries, DAI delivers high-impact, evidence-based development solutions that improve governance, strengthen markets, and expand economic opportunity. DAI works with international development agencies, multilateral lending institutions, private corporations, philanthropic organizations, and national governments to design and implement programs that translate ideas into lasting, measurable results.
\n\nThe Innovative Private Sector Development Project - Phase 2 (IPSD II) is a project for the benefit of the Palestinian Ministry of National Economy (MoNE), funded by the World Bank and the European Union, and implemented by DAI Global UK. With a total budget of US$ 24.5 million, IPSD II aims to improve the economic opportunities for tech and tech-enabled startups, innovative small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), and individuals operating in the digital economy in the West Bank. In the event of an Eligible Crisis and Emergency, IPSD II is also equipped to respond promptly and effectively, ensuring continuity and adaptability of project support.
\n\nIPSD II falls under the World Bank’s overarching objective to alleviate market failures related to gaps and binding constraints in the entrepreneurship ecosystem of the digital economy including in human capital, financing, product markets, enabling policies, institutional support, and connectivity.
\n\nIPSD II is structured around four components:
\n\nOverview of IPSD II Components
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Component 1: Entrepreneurship Ecosystem Development \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Subcomponent 1.1: Strengthening Market Linkages for Palestinian Startups (NEXUS) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Initiative 1: Awareness events \n\n\t\t\tInitiative 2: Investor & Business-to-Business (B2B) networking events. \n\n\t\t\tInitiative 3: Market access matching grants \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Subcomponent 1.2: Developing a dynamic startup finance ecosystem \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Initiative 1: Angel group/network building \n\n\t\t\tInitiative 2: Investment readiness advisory services (IRAS) \n\n\t\t\tInitiative 3: Catalytic funding grants \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Subcomponent 1.3: Improve government to business services—implementation and further enhancements to the Automated Business Registry System (ABRS) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Initiative 1: Capacity building for the Companies Registry and further enhancements to ABRS \n\n\t\t\tInitiative 2: Capacity building on business licensing and inspections reform \n\n\t\t\tInitiative 3: Unified and online public register of business administrative procedures and regulations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Component 2: Building a regional Outsourcing Hub \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Component 3: Project Management and Implementation Support \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Component 4: Contingent Emergency Response Component (CERC) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
The ToR relates to the procurement of a specialized Industry Expert Firm to support the planning, structuring, and implementation of activities under “Subcomponent 1.1 “Strengthening Market Linkages for Palestinian Startups (NEXUS)” during the 2026 implementation period.
\n\nNEXUS aims to improve market linkages for Palestinian startups and innovative SMEs. The subcomponent addresses key constraints, including limited access to markets, fragmented business networks, and restricted engagement with regional and international investors, corporate buyers, commercial partners, accelerators, and other ecosystem actors. Recognizing that entrepreneurial success is strongly correlated with ecosystem connectivity, Subcomponent 1.1 deploys a set of market-facing, demand-driven interventions designed to enhance the visibility, competitiveness, and integration of Palestinian firms into regional and international markets.
\n\nThe subcomponent consists of three core initiatives:
\n\nThe objective of this assignment is to engage a specialized Industry Expert Firm to strengthen the readiness, positioning, and structured market engagement of Palestinian technology startups and innovative SMEs benefiting from NEXUS-supported regional and international activities.
\n\nIn 2026, IPSD II plans to:
\n\nUnder the Investor and B2B Networking Engagements initiative, the selected Firm shall: (i) conduct structured market and firm-level readiness assessments; (ii) support the evidence-based selection, structuring, and design of Investor and B2B Networking Engagements; (iii) deliver preparation, facilitation, and post-engagement follow-up support to beneficiary firms; and (iv) enable effective engagement through targeted matchmaking with regional and international investors, corporate buyers, and ecosystem actors.
\n\nUnder the Awareness Activities initiative, the selected Firm shall, as needed, provide structured preparation, facilitation, coordination, and post-engagement follow-up support to beneficiary firms selected to participate in Awareness Activities , with the aim of maximizing structured engagement outcomes. The Awareness Activities currently planned for 2026 are: (i) Biban, Saudi Arabia (November 2026, dates to be confirmed); (ii) Web Summit Lisbon, Portugal (9-12 November 2026); and (iii) Expand North Star, United Arab Emirates (8-10 December 2026).
\n\nIn addition, the Firm shall serve as a voting member of the Market-Access Matching Grants Selection Committee, in accordance with IPSD II governance procedures.
\n\nThe Service Provider shall support the Subcomponent 1.1 team through advisory, coordination, technical input, and non-voting assessment functions, including, but not limited to, identification and procurement-related support for third-party service providers, only where expressly authorized in writing by IPSD II and in accordance with applicable IPSD II governance and procurement procedures.
\n\n\n\n
TASKS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
\n\nThe selected Firm shall be responsible for performing the following tasks:
\n\nThe report shall include, at a minimum:
\n\n\n\n
The Stakeholder Mapping and Prioritization Database, Matchmaking Matrix, Outreach and Engagement Tracker, and approved KPI tracking framework shall be maintained as live implementation tools and updated throughout the assignment.
\n\nUnder no circumstances shall the Firm make any financial commitment, contractual commitment, procurement decision, or engage any third party without the prior written authorization of IPSD II.
\n\nAll deliverables shall be submitted in English, in electronic format, and shall be subject to review and approval by the Subcomponent 1.1 Lead. Deliverables that involve ongoing services shall be considered complete upon satisfactory delivery of the relevant service outputs and submission of the required supporting documentation or reports.
\n\nFor pricing and contract administration purposes, the Consultancy firms /consortiums shall specify in Attachment C the maximum level of effort, by named personnel and by deliverable/activity. The approved levels of effort shall constitute contractual ceilings and may not be exceeded without DAI’s prior written approval and formal contract modification.
\n\nDeliverable 1: Market Engagement Report
\n\nThe Market Engagement Report shall serve as the core analytical and planning document for Investor & B2B Networking Engagements and shall include:
\n\nDeliverable 2: Firm Diagnostic Reports
\n\nDeliverable 3: Pre-Engagement Preparation & Engagement Implementation
\n\nDeliverable 4: Selection Committee Participation
\n\nDeliverable 5: Performance Reporting & Completion
\n\n7. Required Qualifications
\n\nThe selected Firm shall demonstrate:
\n\n8. Language Requirements
\n\n9. Tools and Systems
\n\nThe selected firm shall propose and use tools to support diagnostics, matchmaking, engagement tracking, and reporting, subject to IPSD II approval and data-protection requirements. IPSD II’s online application system shall be used exclusively for intake.
\n\n10. Data Confidentiality and Ownership
\n\nAll data, information, and materials collected, generated, processed, or compiled under this assignment, including but not limited to firm diagnostics, assessments, applications, reports, contact lists, engagement outputs, monitoring data, and documentation related to data collection methodologies, shall be owned by DAI and may be shared with the World Bank and other authorized stakeholders as required for project implementation, reporting, audit, and oversight purposes. The Industry Expert Firm shall have no ownership rights over such data or materials. The selected Firm shall:
\n\n\n\n
DAI shall have the perpetual right to use, adapt, reproduce, and disseminate any materials, tools, methodologies, or outputs developed under this assignment for programmatic, reporting, audit, or knowledge-sharing purposes.
\n\nNothing in this section shall be construed as granting the selected Firm any ownership rights over data or materials produced under this assignment.
\n\n11. Duration and Indicative Timeline
\n\nThe assignment shall cover calendar year 2026, with possible extension subject to performance, funding availability, and approval by DAI/PIA and the World Bank. Indicative timeline:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Attachment B
\n\nCover Letter Template
\n\n[On Firm’s Letterhead]
\n
Date: Click or tap here to enter text.
\n\n
\n
TO:
\nDAI Global UK Ltd.
\nInnovative Private Sector Development Project II (IPSD II)
\n\n
\n\n
I, the undersigned, submit the attached proposal in accordance with RFP DAI-IPSDII-2026-028 issued on Click or tap here to enter text.
\n\n\n\n
I certify that this Proposal, including the prices provided in the attached Price Schedule, shall remain valid for one hundred twenty (120) calendar days from the proposal submission deadline stated in the RFP.
\n\n\n\n
[For Consortiums only] We confirm that [Insert name of lead firm] is the lead firm and duly authorized representative of the Consortium for the purpose of this Proposal and, if awarded, for contract signature and contract administration.
\n\n\n\n
The Consultancy firms /consortiums shall verify the items specified in Attachment F of this RFP document.
\n\n\n\n
We understand that DAI is not bound to accept any proposal it receives.
\n\n\n\n
Yours sincerely,
\n\n\n\n
Authorized Signature:
\n\nName and Title of Signatory: Click or tap here to enter text.
\n\nName of Firm / Lead Firm: Click or tap here to enter text.
\n\nAddress: Click or tap here to enter text.
\n\nTelephone: Click or tap here to enter text.
\n\nEmail: Click or tap here to enter text.
\n\nCompany Seal/Stamp:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Attachment C: Price Schedule
\n\nDeliverable 1:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Pricing Basis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quantity for pricing \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Resource Name(s) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Daily Rate / | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Level of Effort (Days) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total Price (US$) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Market Engagement Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One-time deliverable. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Fixed Price \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 2. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 3. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 4. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 5. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t N/A \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t Total \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Deliverable 2:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Pricing Basis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quantity for pricing \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Resource Name(s) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Daily Rate / | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Level of Effort (Days) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total Price (US$) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Firm Diagnostic Assessments and Selection Committee Participation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Anticipated to cover approximately 30 eligible firms per Engagement. Includes firm diagnostic assessments, recommendation reports, and presentation of assessment to the relevant committee. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Level of Effort \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30 firms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 2. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 3. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 4. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 5. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Deliverable 3: \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Pricing Basis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quantity for pricing \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Resource Name(s) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Daily Rate / | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Level of Effort (Days) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total Price (US$) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable 3A: Awareness Activity (Technical Assistance Support) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Anticipated group of approximately fifteen 15 beneficiary firms per Awareness Activity (up to 3 awareness activities). Includes technical assistance support and post-activity follow-up, as required. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Level of Effort \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 45 firms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 2. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 3. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 4. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 5. \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable 3B.1: Investor / B2B Networking Engagement (Technical Assistance Support) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Anticipated group of approximately 8 beneficiary firms per Engagement. Includes technical assistance and post-activity follow-up. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Level of Effort \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 16 firms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 2. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 3. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 4. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 5. \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable 3B.2: Investor / B2B Networking Engagement Implementation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Includes venue, audiovisual and technical setup, media coverage, social media support, and other IPSD II-approved operational services and or any other Items IPSD may qualify. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Fixed Price \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 Engagements \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t N/A \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t Total \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
Deliverable 4:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Pricing Basis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quantity for pricing \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Resource Name(s) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Daily Rate / | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Level of Effort (Days) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total Price (US$) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Market Access Matching Grants Selection Committee Participation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Anticipated group of approximately 15 eligible applications. Includes application assessment, participation in interviews & sessions, and submission of required committee documentation. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Level of Effort \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15 firms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 2. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 3. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 4. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 5. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Deliverable 5:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Pricing Basis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quantity for pricing \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Resource Name(s) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Daily Rate / | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Level of Effort (Days) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total Price (US$) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Performance Reporting and Final Completion \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Includes engagement close-out reports, periodic performance reports, and the Final Completion Report in accordance with Attachment A. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Fixed Price \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 Reporting Package \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 2. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 3. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 4. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t 5. \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t N/A \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable # \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Price in USD ($) including VAT and all applicable taxes \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Grand Total (US$), including VAT and applicable taxes \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
Notes
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Attachment D: Representations and Certifications of Compliance
\n\n1. Federal Excluded Parties List - The Consultancy firms /consortiums Select is not presently debarred, suspended, or determined ineligible for an award of a contract by any Federal agency.
\n\n2. Executive Order on Terrorism Financing- The Contractor is reminded that U.S. Executive Orders and U.S. law prohibits transactions with, and the provision of resources and support to, individuals and organizations associated with terrorism. It is the legal responsibility of the Contractor/Recipient to ensure compliance with these Executive Orders and laws. Recipients may not engage with, or provide resources or support to, individuals and organizations associated with terrorism. No support or resources may be provided to individuals or entities that appear on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the US Treasury (online at www.SAM.gov) or the United Nations Security Designation List (online at: http://www.un.org/sc/committees/1267/aq_sanctions_list.shtml). This provision must be included in all subcontracts/sub awards issued under this Contract.
\n\n3. Trafficking of Persons – The Consultancy firms /consortiums may not traffic in persons (as defined in the Protocol to Prevent, Suppress, and Punish Trafficking of persons, especially Women and Children, supplementing the UN Convention against Transnational Organized Crime), procure commercial sex, and use forced labor during the period of this award.
\n\n4. The Consultancy firms /consortiums certifies that it is legally and financially autonomous, operates under commercial law and is not a dependent agency of the Palestinian Authority.
\n\n5. The Consultancy firms /consortiums certifies that it has no conflict of interest in accordance with section 2 of the Instructions to Consultancy Firms.
\n\n6. The Consultancy firms /consortiums certifies that it meets the eligibility requirements as stated in section 4 of the Instructions to Consultancy Firms, and it confirms its understanding of its obligation to abide by the World Bank’s policy in regard to Fraud and Corruption as per section 3 of the Instructions to Consultancy Firms and Attachment G to this RFP.
\n\n7. The Consultancy Firm/consortium, along with any of its sub-consultants, subcontractors, suppliers, or service providers for any part of the contract, certifies that it is not subject to, and not controlled by any entity or individual that is subject to, a temporary suspension or a debarment imposed by the World Bank Group or a debarment imposed by the World Bank Group in accordance with the Agreement for Mutual Enforcement of Debarment Decisions between the World Bank and other development banks. Further, the Consultancy firms /consortiums certifies that it is not ineligible under the Palestinian Authority laws or official regulations or pursuant to a decision of the United Nations Security Council;
\n\nSigned:______________Authorized Representative of the Consulting Firm/consortium
\n\n\n\n
Attachment E: Past Performance Form
\n\n\n\n
Include assignments that best illustrate your work experience relevant to this RFP, sorted in decreasing order of completion date. Assignments must have been undertaken within the past five (5) years.
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t # \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project Title \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Legal Name of Client Organization \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country / Market(s) Covered \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Brief Description of Activities / Scope of Services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Relevance to this RFP \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Key Outcomes / Results Achieved \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contract Value (US$) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Start Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t End Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Completed on Schedule (Yes/No) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Completion Letter Received (Yes/No) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type of Agreement, Subcontract, Grant, PO (fixed price Purchase order, cost reimbursable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Client Reference: \n\n\t\t\tName, Title, Email, Phone number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Attachment F: Proposal Checklist
\n\n\n\n
__________________________________________________________________________
\n\nDoes your proposal include the following?
\n\n☐ Signed Cover Letter (use template in Attachment B)
\n\n☐ Separate Technical and financial proposals.
\n\n☐ Proposal of the Product or Service that meets the technical requirements as per Attachment A
\n\n☐ Response to each of the evaluation criteria
\n\n☐ Documents required to determine responsibility
\n\n☐ Attachment C: Price Schedule, completed
\n☐ Attachment D: Representations and Certifications of Compliance, completed and signed
\n☐ Attachment E: Past Performance Form, completed
\n☐ Attachment H: Team Composition, Assignment, and Key Experts’ Inputs, completed
\n☐ CVs of all Key Experts
\n☐ Any additional supporting documents required by the RFP
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Attachment G
\n\nFraud and Corruption
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Attachment H: Team Composition, Assignment, and Key Experts’ inputs
\n\n| \n\t\t\t N° \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Expert input (per person, per day) allocated to each deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total time-input \n\n\t\t\t(in days) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t Position/ Primary Responsibility \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D-1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D-2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D-3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t ........ \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D-... \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Home \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Field \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t KEY EXPERTS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t K-1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t [Team Leader] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t [Home] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t [2 day] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t [1.0] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t [1.0] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t [Field] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t [0.5 day] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t [2.5] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t [0] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t K-2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t K-3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t n \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Subtotal \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t NON-KEY EXPERTS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t N-1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t [Home] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t [Field] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t N-2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t n \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Subtotal \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Full time input
\n\nPart time input
\n\n\n\n
[1] For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
\n\n[2] A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
\n\n[3] Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the World Bank or persons appointed by the World Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.
\n\n
\n
\nProposed: DAI may reject a proposal as non-responsive if it materially fails to comply with the requirements of this RFP. DAI may determine a Consultancy Firm/Consortium to be non-applicable / ineligibile if it lacks the managerial, technical, or financial capacity required for performance. DAI may reject proposals with prices that are materially unbalanced, unreasonably high or low, or inconsistent with market pricing, the proposed technical approach and level of effort.
"},{"id":"OP00440845","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"24-Apr-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-15T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P179804","project_name":"Africa Think Tank Platform Project","bid_reference_no":"ET-AUC-494958-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Selection of a Consulting Firm to conduct a Feasibility study for the Endowment Fund and Designing a Resource Mobilization Strategy for the Africa Think Tank Platform Endowment Fund","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Africa Union HeadquartersP.O.BOX 3243Tel: 251-11-5-517700webmaster: webmaster@africa-union.orgAddis","contact_ctry_name":"Ethiopia","contact_email":"ChirwaT@AfricanUnion.org","contact_name":"Themba Gilbert Chirwa","contact_organization":"Africa Union Commission","contact_phone_no":"+251982878023","submission_date":"2026-04-24T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t AFRICAN UNION \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t UNION AFRICAINE \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t UNIÃO AFRICANA \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t UMOJA WA AFRIKA \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t UNIÓN AFRICANA \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n\n\n
Name of the Project: THE AFRICA THINK-TANK-PLATFORM (ATTP) PROJECT
\n\nGrant No: P180117
\n\nAssignment Title: Selection of a Consulting Firm to conduct a Feasibility study for the Endowment Fund and Designing a Resource Mobilization Strategy for the Africa Think Tank Platform Endowment Fund
\n\nProcurement Ref: ET-AUC- 494958-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
The Africa Union Commission has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Africa Think-Tank-Platform (ATTP) Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
\n\nThe consulting services (“the Services”) include Consultancy service to conduct a Feasibility study for the Endowment Fund and Designing a Resource Mobilization Strategy for the Africa Think Tank Platform Endowment Fund
\n\nThe Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this request for expressions of interest.
\n\nThe African Union Commission now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to submit their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
\n\nTHE SHORTLISTING CRITERIA ARE:
\n\n\n\n
Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 updated in November 2020. Procurement will also comply with “Guidelines on Preventing and Combating Fraud and Corruption in Projects Financed by IBRD Loans and IDA Credits and Grants” revised as of July 1, 2016.
\n\nConsultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\n\n\n
The selection method is Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) as set out in the Procurement Regulations.
\n\nFurther information can be obtained at the address below during office hours i.e. 0900 to 1700 hours.
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 15 May 2026
\n\n\n\n
African Union Commission,
\n\nAttn: Head of Supply Chain Management Division
\n\nBuilding C, 3rd Floor,
\n\nP.O Box 3243, Roosevelt Street
\n\nAddis Ababa, Ethiopia
\n\nTel: +251 (0) 11 551 7700 – Ext 4305
\n\nFax: +251 (0) 11 551 0442; +251 11-551-0430
\n\nE-mails: tender@africanunion.org.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
THE AFRICA THINK-TANK-PLATFORM (ATTP) PROJECT
\n\nSelection of a Consulting Firm to conduct a Feasibility study for the Endowment Fund and Designing a Resource Mobilisation Strategy for the Africa Think Tank Platform Endowment Fund
\n\n\n\n
Procurement Reference No.ET-AUC- 494958-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\n\n\n
1. Introduction
\n\n1.1 Background
\n\nThe Africa Think Tank Platform (ATTP) project is a strategic initiative designed to enhance the capacity and influence of think tanks across Africa. With a five-year, US$50 million Investment Project Financing (IPF) initiative, the ATTP project aims to create a sustainable platform for cooperation and harmonisation on regional policy issues among country-level policymakers, regional blocs, and think tanks across the continent.
\n\nThe project focuses on six key priority themes: economic transformation and governance, climate change, regional trade, food security, human capital, and digitalisation, which align with the African Union’s Agenda 2063, the World Bank's Africa Strategy, and the United Nations' Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Gender inclusivity remains a central aspect of the project’s design.
\n\nThe African Union Commission (AUC), with funding from the World Bank, is establishing the Africa Think Tank Platform (ATTP). The aim of this consultancy assignment is to conduct a Feasibility Study and design a Resource Mobilisation Strategy for the ATTP endowment fund.
\n\nSelection will follow Quality-and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) under the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers. Firms must comply with the World Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines, including prohibitions on fraud, corruption, collusion, coercion, and obstruction. The African Union Commission (AUC) reserves the right to verify references, conduct due diligence, and perform sanctions checks. Firms from all eligible countries, in accordance with the Procurement Regulations, are invited to participate. Firms, individuals, or entities subject to applicable World Bank sanctions are ineligible. Conflicts of interest must be fully disclosed in proposals in accordance with the Procurement Regulations. Undisclosed conflicts of interest may result in disqualification or contract termination.
\n\nThe AUC, therefore, invites proposals from qualified and legally registered Consulting Firms. Proposals may be submitted by a single entity or by a consortium/joint venture of firms, provided they collectively meet the minimum qualifications stipulated in this TOR.
\n\n1.2 The ATTP Project Development Objective
\n\nThe ATTP project's development objective is to establish a sustainable platform that strengthens the capacity for effective policy research and policymaking on cross-border priorities in Africa.
\n\n1.3 The ATTP Project Components
\n\nThe ATTP project will be implemented through three main components as follows:
\n\n Component 1: Establish Capacity to Operate A Sustainable Policy-Making Platform
\n\nThis component focuses on establishing the capacity to operate a sustainable policy-making platform. The goal is to support knowledge generation and offer guidance on continental priority issues, thereby strengthening the platform's role in regional economic policymaking.
\n\nThink Tanks selected under ATTP will collaborate with relevant Specialised Technical Committees (STCs)[1] at the African Union, fostering a network of researchers and policymakers. The resources under this Component will be utilised to finance the following Tasks:
\n\nComponent 2: Strengthen Policy Research's Quality, Relevance, and Uptake on Priority Issues
\n\nThis component focuses on strengthening the capacity of think tanks and policy research institutions. This includes providing technical assistance and training to think tanks; supporting the quality and dissemination of research; facilitating resource mobilisation; establishing a peer network for female economic researchers; and conducting a study to analyse prior initiatives aimed at increasing female participation in policy research. The resources under this Component will be utilised to finance the following Tasks:
\n\n Component 3: Support Platform Sustainability
\n\nThis Component will support the design and establishment of a sustainable financing mechanism to resource African think tanks over the long term. The platform will be structured to mobilise, pool, and deploy resources from African governments, the private sector, foundations, individuals, diaspora philanthropy, and institutional donors. It will consider an endowment fund and other complementary instruments (for example, a pooled special fund, multi-year partnership windows, fee-for-service and membership models, blended finance structures, and other context-appropriate mechanisms) to ensure resilient, diversified financing beyond the life of the ATTP project. The resources under this Component will be utilised to finance the following Tasks.
\n\nThe primary objective of this Component is to ensure that the ATTP extends beyond the traditional five-year project cycle in international development financing. Consequently, the feasibility study requested under these TORs must not only assess and compare potential financing mechanisms, but it must also recommend a coherent platform design and phased roadmap that sets out how the selected mechanisms will be established, governed, capitalised, and operated, ensuring it remains a legacy asset for the continent’s future generations of policymakers.
\n\nThroughout these Terms of Reference, the terms "sustainable financing platform," "endowment fund," "general fund," and related variants are used in recognition of ongoing Member State consultations regarding the optimal financing architecture for long-term ATTP sustainability. While the preferred option under consideration is to establish both an endowment fund (to generate investment income) and a general fund (for operational deployment of resources), this feasibility study is designed to maintain flexibility in its scope and recommendations.
\n\nThe core mandate of this consultancy is to assess the full spectrum of sustainable financing options, including but not limited to endowment structures, pooled funding mechanisms, multi-year partnership windows, and blended finance instruments. The consulting firm is asked to recommend the most appropriate combination of mechanisms for establishing a sustainable financing mechanism for the ATTP. Where the document refers to "the endowment fund and general fund," this should be understood as the baseline scenario for analysis, while recognising that final recommendations may propose alternative or complementary configurations based on the feasibility assessment, stakeholder consultations, and alignment with AUC financial rules and Member State preferences.
\n\n 1.4 The Project’s Logical Framework
\n\nBased on the proposed components and tasks, the ATTP project aims to deliver a series of benefits streams that improve policymaking and implementation across Africa. The ATTP project's logical framework is centred on establishing a robust Think Tank Platform to support research on continental priority issues by African Think Tanks, particularly policy research by female researchers.
\n\nThe logical framework depicted in Figure 1 highlights the key components and their expected outcomes in establishing a sustainable platform that strengthens the capacity for effective policy research and policymaking, led by African Think Tanks, on cross-border priorities affecting Africa. The project’s interventions are structured across three main components, each with its own assumptions and risks that can influence the achievement of the desired outcomes.
\n\n1.5 The ATTP Proposed Development Model and Governance Framework
\n\nThe ATTP project model is designed to leverage strategic oversight and diverse funding sources to advance its mission. The Think Tank Platform Steering Committee is central to this model and is expected to provide strategic direction and oversight, ensuring that the platform's activities align with its overarching goals. As illustrated in Figure 2, the ATTP Project will be implemented through a multi-tiered governance framework anchored by the Think Tank Platform Steering Committee, comprising representatives from the African Union, regional economic communities (RECs), development partners, academia, and the private sector.
\n\nDay-to-day operations will be managed by the ATTP Secretariat (hosted under the AUC’s PMRM Directorate) and led by the Project Coordinator, with support from cross-functional teams, including finance, monitoring and evaluation (M&E), capacity building, and a technical advisor. The Secretariat will enforce Performance Partnership Agreements (PPAs) with think tanks, ensuring accountability through predefined key performance indicators (KPIs) and periodic evaluations.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
1.6 Objectives of the Assignment
\n\nAfrican think tanks currently face significant financial fragility, undermining their capacity to contribute effectively to continental policy processes. This fragility manifests in several interconnected ways:
\n\nTo address these challenges and ensure the long‑term sustainability of the ATTP, the AUC seeks a consulting firm to design and recommend an effective endowment structure for the program, based on a comprehensive feasibility study.
\n\nThe proposed plan should prioritise innovative, practical mechanisms to mobilise and pool resources to secure the long-term financial sustainability of African think tanks. This will help ensure that they continue to generate high-quality policy research that advances the continent’s priority development agendas. The proposed design and structure should include:
\n\nThe endowment fund and general fund are expected to attract contributions from diverse sources, including African governments, private-sector organisations, foundations, institutional donors, diaspora networks, and other well-wishers. The platform's design should ensure diversified, African-owned revenue streams that reduce dependency on short-term external grants while maintaining flexibility to respond to evolving policy research priorities across the ATTP's six thematic areas: economic transformation and governance, climate change, regional trade, food security, human capital, and digitalisation. While these Terms of Reference refer to an "endowment fund and general fund" as the baseline financing architecture, the mandate is to assess the full spectrum of sustainable financing options and recommend the optimal combination of mechanisms based on feasibility analysis, stakeholder consultations, alignment with AUC financial rules, and Member State preferences.
\n\nThe feasibility study shall assess at least two implementation scenarios for the financing platform: (i) an AUC-hosted model as the baseline; and (ii) a non-AUC host model (e.g., an autonomous AU-affiliated foundation or agency, REC-hosted vehicle, or special-purpose entity). For each scenario, the study should thoroughly examine legal permissibility, governance and decision rights, fiduciary arrangements, operational capacity, cost and timeline implications, and a phased transition roadmap. In addition to the comparative analysis, the study should provide clear recommendations on the most suitable option(s) based on evidence, stakeholder input, and contextual needs. Furthermore, the Consulting Firm is encouraged to apply independent, critical thinking in their analysis and may propose alternative or hybrid models if these are supported by the feasibility findings and align with the long-term objectives of the financing platform.
\n\nThe assignment is divided into two phases: Phase I: Feasibility Study and Phase II: Resource Mobilisation.
\n\nPhase I: Landscape analysis and feasibility assessment
\n\nDuring this phase, the consultancy will:
\n\nThe deliverable will be a Final Feasibility Study Report that synthesises the landscape analysis, comparative review, and feasibility assessment into actionable recommendations for establishing the ATTP endowment and general fund.
\n\nPhase II: Resource Mobilisation Strategy Development
\n\nPhase II shall commence only upon formal written approval by the AUC of the Final Feasibility Study Report (D1.3). The ATTP Secretariat will coordinate technical review and consolidation of comments, but final approval rests with the AUC. During this phase, the consultancy will develop a robust, multi-faceted resource mobilisation strategy and sustainability plan to secure financing and capitalisation for the platform's various mechanisms, ensuring long-term viability.
\n\nThe resource mobilisation strategy should:
\n\nThe strategy should outline practical approaches to engaging stakeholders and to ensure sustainable financing to support the think tank platform's operations and policy research activities aligned with the ATTP's priority themes.
\n\n2. Scope of Work
\n\nThe consultancy will be delivered in two phases, totalling 180 working days (approximately 6 months), to ensure timely delivery while maintaining quality and effective stakeholder engagement.
\n\nThe deliverables are consolidated and restructured as follows:
\n\nSummary of Phase I Tasks
\n\nThe consulting firm will undertake the following main tasks during Phase I:
\n\nPhase I Inception Report
\n\nDraft Feasibility Study Report
\n\nThe Draft Feasibility Study Report will consolidate and present findings and initial recommendations covering, at a minimum:
\n\nFinal Feasibility Study Report
\n\nDetailed Description of Phase I Tasks
\n\nThe allocated effort for completing Phase I tasks is 90 working days. Below is a detailed description of each task and level of effort.
\n\nPhase I Inception Report
\n\nAt the start of Phase I, the consulting firm will draft the Inception Report outlining the methodology, timelines, and approach for completing Phase I deliverables. The consulting firm shall present the inception report to the ATTP Project Secretariat and key stakeholders for review and approval. The presentation should include the proposed objectives, methodology, and timeline.
\n\nDraft Feasibility Study Report
\n\nThis deliverable consolidates the work previously described under assessment of AUC financial rules/procedures; review of existing fund models; development of operational mechanisms; stakeholder engagement synthesis; and risk analysis (initial), including the required comparative institutional scenario analysis and draft IPS outline (as applicable).
\n\nFinal Feasibility Study Report
\n\nFollowing receipt of written comments on the draft feasibility report, the consulting firm shall revise and finalise the report, including a change log, and deliver a final presentation and submit the Final Feasibility Study Report for formal written approval by the AUC. Submission will be in English and French.
\n\nSummary of Phase II Tasks
\n\nUpon successful completion of Phase I and subject to AUC approval, the consulting firm will undertake Phase II to develop a resource mobilisation strategy for the ATTP fund(s), consistent with the feasibility conclusions and the selected institutional/hosting scenario. The consulting firm will undertake the following main tasks during Phase II:
\n\nPhase II Inception Report
\n\nDraft Resource Mobilisation Strategy
\n\nThe Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy will cover and consolidate the work previously described under governance (mobilisation-relevant elements), stakeholder mapping/engagement, funding mechanisms, capacity building considerations (mobilisation function), monitoring indicators for mobilisation, and sustainability planning, including:
\n\nFinal Resource Mobilisation Strategy
\n\nDetailed Description of Phase II Tasks
\n\nThe allocated effort for completing Phase II tasks is 90 working days. Below is a detailed description of each task and level of effort.
\n\nPhase II Inception Report
\n\nAt the start of Phase II, the consulting firm will draft the Inception Report outlining the detailed approach, updated timelines, and methods for completing Phase II deliverables. The consulting firm shall present the inception report to the ATTP Secretariat and key stakeholders. Stakeholder feedback will be incorporated into the final report.
\n\nDraft Resource Mobilisation Strategy
\n\nThe consulting firm will develop and present the draft strategy, based on targeted consultations (including Member State Permanent Representatives in Addis Ababa, Ministries of Finance where relevant, development partners, foundations, private sector, and diaspora channels as appropriate), and incorporate feasibility constraints/choices from Phase I.
\n\nFinal Resource Mobilisation Strategy
\n\nThe consulting firm shall revise the draft strategy based on inputs received, finalise the report, and present the final strategy to the AUC (coordinated by the ATTP Secretariat) for confirmation/approval.
\n\nWhile consultancies are required to submit a technical and financial proposal covering both phases, we recognise that the detailed scope, methodology, and team composition for Phase II will be informed by the findings and recommendations of Phase I. Accordingly, at the commencement of Phase II, the consulting firm may propose reasonable adjustments to the Phase II approach, staffing, and work plan through the Phase II Inception Report (D2.1), provided such adjustments are consistent with the overall objectives of the assignment, remain within the contracted budget ceiling, and are approved in writing by the ATTP Secretariat.
\n\n\n\n
Indicative Stakeholder Engagement Framework
\n\nStakeholder engagement is central to the quality and credibility of both the feasibility study and the resource mobilisation strategy. To ensure comparability across proposals and realistic budgeting for the consultation effort, consulting firms should plan their stakeholder engagement using the following indicative framework.
\n\nMinimum key informant interviews: The consulting firm should plan for a minimum of 20 to 25 key informant interviews across both phases, distributed indicatively as follows:
\n\nValidation Workshops: The consulting firm shall plan for at least one multi-stakeholder validation workshop during the assignment to present draft findings and recommendations for stakeholder input prior to finalisation. The format, timing, and participant list shall be proposed in the relevant Inception Report and agreed upon with the ATTP Secretariat.
\n\nThe list of key informants above is indicative and intended to establish a common baseline for proposal preparation. The consulting firm may propose adjustments to the composition of stakeholder consultations in the Inception Report, provided such adjustments are clearly justified and approved by the ATTP Secretariat.
\n\nThe Consultant shall budget for one multi-stakeholder validation workshop. Costs for the workshop are reimbursable and will cover only conference facilities, interpretation (English, French, and Arabic), and logistics for up to 30 participants. The format may be in-person in Addis Ababa. The Consultant is responsible for venue arrangements and logistics, and for ensuring the use of secure platforms that adhere to data protection best practices.
\n\n3. Deliverables and Payment Schedule
\n\nThe AUC estimates that the Consulting firm will need no more than 6 months (180 working days) to complete this assignment (both Phase I and Phase II). The Consulting firm will require no more than 90 working days to complete Phase I deliverables. Upon successful completion of Phase I deliverables, the Consulting firm will require no more than 90 working days for Phase II deliverables.
\n\nThe AUC also expects the Consulting Firm to be available throughout the entire duration of the services. This includes liaising with the ATTP Project Secretariat and other parties, managing office operations, and ensuring service quality. As part of project management, several meetings between the ATTP Project Secretariat and the Consulting firm may be scheduled at any time. The Consulting firm shall produce meeting minutes of all proceedings. The Consulting Firm shall submit all deliverables to the ATTP Project Coordinator for coordination of review. Final approval of the Final Feasibility Study Report (D1.3) shall be provided by the AUC.
\n\nPhase I Deliverables
\n\nThe consulting firm is expected to produce three (3) deliverables during Phase I:
\n\nD1.1: Phase I Inception Report
\n\nAn initial report outlining the consultancy’s proposed methodology, work plan, and timeline for conducting the Phase I feasibility work. The report shall include a stakeholder engagement plan, a data collection and validation approach, and research tools (questionnaires/surveys, where applicable; KII guides; FGD protocols, where applicable; and document review frameworks).
\n\n(Due: 10 Working Days from contract effectiveness).
\n\nD1.2: Draft Feasibility Study Report
\n\nA consolidated draft report presenting the feasibility assessment and initial recommendations for the ATTP financing platform. The report shall include, at a minimum:
\n\n(Due: 70 Working days from contract effectiveness).
\n\nD1.3: Final Feasibility Study Report
\n\nA final report that incorporates written comments from the ATTP Secretariat and key stakeholders on the Draft Feasibility Study Report (D1.2). The report shall include:
\n\n(Due: 90 Working Days from contract effectiveness).
\n\nPhase II Deliverables
\n\nPhase II shall commence upon formal approval of the Final Feasibility Study Report (D1.3) by the AUC. The consulting firm is expected to produce three (3) deliverables during Phase II:
\n\nD2.1: Phase II Inception Report
\n\nAn updated work plan outlining the methodology, timeline, and approach for completing Phase II deliverables, aligned to the selected institutional scenario and financing architecture emerging from Phase I. The report shall include a stakeholder engagement plan (with stakeholder map, engagement objectives, and schedule), data collection instruments, and confirmation of alignment with the ATTP Secretariat on Phase II priorities.
\n\n(Due: 10 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II).
\n\nD2.2: Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report
\n\nA draft strategy document for securing capitalisation and financing for the ATTP financing platform (consistent with Phase I recommendations). The report shall include, at a minimum:
\n\n(Due: 70 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II).
\n\nD2.3: Final Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report
\n\nA final strategy document incorporating written comments from the ATTP Secretariat and key stakeholders on D2.2. The report shall include:
\n\n(Due: 90 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II).
\n\nPayment Schedule
\n\nThe Consulting firm shall produce the deliverables outlined in this section to the highest international technical standards, as described in sections 2.1 and 2.3. The actual delivery date for each deliverable will be determined and approved by the AU on the contract's effective date. It should serve as a foundation for an AU-approved work plan. The formal delivery of all expected deliverables may be conducted electronically.
\n\nDraft deliverables (D1.2, D2.2) will be reviewed by the ATTP Secretariat and stakeholders coordinated by the ATTP Project Coordinator. The AUC is the final approving authority for D1.3 (Final Feasibility Study Report) and authorises commencement of Phase II in writing
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Sn. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Estimated Due Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D1.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Phase I Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D1.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Draft Feasibility Study Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 70 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D1.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final Feasibility Study Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 90 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 100% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Phase II Deliverables
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Sn. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Estimated Due Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D2.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Phase II Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness of Phase II \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D2.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 70 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness of Phase II \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D2.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 90 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness of Phase II \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 100 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
4. Other Applicable Requirements
\n\nConsulting firms engaged under the ATTP Project must comply with the Labour Management Procedures (LMP) outlined in the project framework. Consulting firms must ensure fair treatment, non-discrimination, and equal opportunity for project workers, and promote safe and healthy working conditions. They must adhere to the occupational health and safety (OHS) measures specified in the LMP and establish accessible grievance mechanisms for workers to address workplace concerns promptly and effectively. Compliance with the ATTP Code of Conduct guided by the Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP) and the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) is mandatory, including measures to prevent Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH), and workplace discrimination. Consulting firms should also ensure compliance with relevant Ethiopian labour laws when addressing labour-related risks and apply the highest standards when discrepancies arise between national laws and ESS2 requirements.
\n\nConsulting firms engaged under the ATTP Project must operate in compliance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) for Investment Project Financing (IPF), including adherence to Environmental and Social Standard 2 (ESS2) on Labour and Working Conditions. Consulting firms are required to align their operations with the ATTP Environmental and Social Management System, ensuring integration of ESS2 requirements in labour management, occupational health and safety (OHS), stakeholder engagement, and grievance resolution. Consulting firms must adhere to the ATTP Code of Conduct, addressing environmental and social risks, particularly those related to SEA, SH, and workplace discrimination. Furthermore, consulting firms should identify and mitigate potential environmental and social risks associated with their work, including travel, stakeholder interactions, and the technical specifications of deliverables, and ensure compliance with additional ESS requirements where applicable.
\n\nApplicable Stakeholder Engagement Requirements
\n\nConsulting firms engaged under the ATTP Project must comply with the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) requirements, which align with the World Bank Environmental and Social Standard 10 (ESS10). The SEP emphasises transparent and inclusive stakeholder engagement throughout the project lifecycle to enhance project acceptance and sustainability. Consulting firms are required to identify relevant stakeholders, including disadvantaged and vulnerable groups, disclose project information in a culturally sensitive and appropriate manner, facilitate meaningful consultations, and operate a transparent Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM). Monitoring and reporting on engagement activities, as well as addressing stakeholder feedback, are essential to ensuring compliance with SEP guidelines and supporting successful project implementation
\n\n5.Management of Services
\n\nThe AUC expects the Consulting firm to provide appropriate key and non-key personnel who will contribute inputs in accordance with the work program. The proposed team shall include at least the key personnel listed below, with specified qualifications and experience. These individuals should be experts who will dedicate significant time to the project or whose contributions are essential to the consultancy. Additional staff and staffing requirements should be suggested by the Consulting firm as needed, based on the proposed methodology and approach to the assignment. The AUC expects all personnel involved to be fluent in English or French during contract execution. All (final) deliverables shall be submitted in both English and French; however, the primary working language for drafting and stakeholder engagement will be English, with final approved deliverables translated into French prior to submission.
\n\nConsultants must provide documentary evidence of meeting the minimum firm qualifications, including copies of signed contracts or completion certificates for at least two similar assignments undertaken within the past five years, client reference letters (with contact details) attesting to satisfactory performance, and proof of legal registration. Where proposals are submitted by a consortium or joint venture, the consortium may collectively meet the minimum firm qualifications; the proposal must include a signed consortium agreement outlining roles, responsibilities, and percentage shares, and designate a lead firm authorised to contract with the AUC.
\n\nThe consulting firm must have the following expertise:
\n\nMinimum Firm Qualifications
\n\nThe consulting firm must be a legally registered entity and demonstrate institutional capacity and relevant experience to undertake this assignment. Specifically, the firm must have:
\n\n1.Team Leader
\n\nQualifications and Skills
\n\nProfessional Experience
\n\n2.Finance Expert
\n\nQualifications and Skills:
\n\nProfessional Experience:
\n\n\n\n
3.Risk Analysis Expert
\n\nQualifications and Skills
\n\nProfessional Experience
\n\n4.Stakeholder Engagement Expert
\n\nQualifications and Skills
\n\nProfessional Experience
\n\nAll key personnel named in the proposal are considered essential to the project. Any substitution requires AUC’s prior written consent and must involve personnel with equal or superior qualifications and experience. AUC reserves the right to reject any proposed substitutions that do not meet these standards.
\n\n\n\n
Non-Key Staff
\n\nThis section provides an illustrative list of additional non-key personnel that bidders may include in their teams. It is the bidders' decision to propose additional non-key personnel. However, the Consulting firm shall indicate the proposed experts’ names, their input, and their position in the technical and financial proposals (please note that the financial proposal shall also indicate these experts’ fully loaded rates).
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Indicative/Illustrative Additional Positions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
\n\n
Input by the Consulting firm
\n\nThe Consulting firm shall be responsible for all necessary staff resources, office space, transportation (local and international), accommodation, stationery, photocopying of documents provided to participants as workshop materials, communications, computers and accessories, translations and interpretation (if needed), and insurance (as applicable). This also covers staff training and other costs related to assigned responsibilities.
\n\n\n\n
Reporting Requirements
\n\nThe Consulting firm will submit all reports to the ATTP Project Coordinator electronically. Translation and quality assurance are the responsibility of the Consulting firm and should be accounted for within the proposed work plan and level of effort. The Consulting firm should submit all documents in Microsoft Word, spreadsheets in Microsoft Excel, schedules in Microsoft Project or Microsoft Excel, and digital photo files in JPEG or PNG format. The Consulting firm should submit all presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format. The AUC and the Consulting firm must agree on any other format(s) the Consulting firm proposes to submit. The Consulting firm should also include the contract number in each report. Additionally, the Consulting firm should submit each report accompanied by a letter or other document that clearly identifies the report.
\n\nFor deliverables containing periodic data that the AUC will use for ATTP Project Monitoring and Evaluation, the AUC will approve the submission format. All deliverables are considered drafts upon submission. When the AUC identifies areas for correction, the Consulting firm will have ten (10) business days to submit revisions, unless otherwise specified or agreed upon with the AUC. Packaging for all items delivered under this agreement shall comply with commercial standards and be sufficient to ensure acceptance by common carriers and safe arrival at the destination. The Consulting firm should also include the contract number on each package, report, or other deliverable. The Consulting firm shall acknowledge the AUC and the World Bank in any research or reports funded under this Contract.
\n\nThe Consulting firm shall implement appropriate data protection and confidentiality measures for all information obtained during the assignment, including sensitive financial and governance documents. This includes secure storage, controlled access, and compliance with applicable data protection regulations. The Consulting firm may not disclose confidential information without prior written consent from the AUC and must return or securely destroy sensitive materials upon contract completion, in accordance with AUC instructions.
\n\nDraft deliverables may be submitted in English. Final deliverables (D1.3 and D2.3) must be provided in both English and French. Bidders shall include translation and quality assurance costs in their financial proposals. Where validation workshops involve bilingual participants, the Consultant shall provide simultaneous/consecutive interpretation as required; associated costs shall be included in the financial proposal.
\n\n\n\n
Report Types and Schedule
\n\nThe Consulting firm is expected to submit the following reports as deliverables for Phases I and II. Each report must align with the timelines and LOE specified in the TOR and summarised in the table below.
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Sn \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Minimum Required Content \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Due Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Estimated LOE[2] \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Phase I Deliverables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||
| \n\t\t\t D1.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Phase I Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Detailed work plan, methodology, and timeline for Phase I feasibility work \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Objectives and approach; detailed work plan and timeline; stakeholder engagement plan; data collection and validation plan; research tools (questionnaires/survey instruments where applicable, KII guides, FGD protocols where applicable, document review frameworks); quality assurance approach; alignment with AUC financial rules and procedures \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 Working Days from contract effectiveness \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D1.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Draft Feasibility Study Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consolidated draft report presenting feasibility assessment findings and initial recommendations for the ATTP financing platform \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Analysis of AUC financial rules/procedures (gaps, constraints, opportunities); review of existing fund models/financing mechanisms (AUC-managed, Pan-African, national, global) with lessons; mapping of African think tank funding ecosystem (typologies, revenue mix, constraints); proposed draft fund design/governance/operating model (grant-making, eligibility, allocation, FM/disbursement, reporting, transparency/accountability, monitoring); stakeholder engagement synthesis; initial risk assessment and mitigation measures; comparative institutional scenario analysis (AUC-hosted and at least one non-AUC host option, incl. compliance, fiduciary arrangements, domicile/tax considerations, suitability for contributor types, decision criteria); draft IPS outline (if endowment recommended); annexes (stakeholder list, interview guides, comparison matrix, etc.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 70 Working Days from contract effectiveness \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 60 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D1.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final Feasibility Study Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final feasibility study incorporating stakeholder feedback and final recommendations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final recommended financing architecture; refined fund design/governance/operating model; final comparative institutional scenario analysis and selection criteria; final risk mitigation and monitoring/review mechanism; final IPS outline (where applicable); implementation roadmap; change log documenting responses to comments on D 1.2; submitted in English and French and serves as approval gate for Phase II \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 90 Working Days from contract effectiveness \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Phase II Deliverables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||
| \n\t\t\t D2.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Phase II Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Updated work plan, methodology, and timeline for Phase II resource mobilisation strategy work \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Objectives; methodology refinement; alignment with selected Phase I institutional scenario and financing architecture; stakeholder engagement plan (stakeholder map, objectives, schedule); data collection instruments and templates; validation plan and coordination arrangements with ATTP Secretariat \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D2.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Draft strategy for securing capitalisation and financing for the ATTP financing platform \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Stakeholder mapping and segmentation (Member States, private sector, foundations, donors, diaspora, individuals) with tailored engagement strategies; assessment of funding mechanisms (incl. diaspora bonds/philanthropy, ESG-linked contributions, blended finance, outcome-based financing, membership/fee-for-service, premium products, pooled special funds) with feasibility, alignment with AUC rules, potential quantum, risk profile, appetite, implementation steps; draft phased mobilisation targets (0–2, 3–5, 5+ years), milestones, KPIs; capacity strengthening recommendations (mobilisation function); mobilisation M&E approach aligned to ATTP Results Framework; sustainability approach (diversification, risk mitigation, periodic review); implementation roadmap (sequenced actions, responsibilities, resourcing) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 70 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 60 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D2.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final strategy incorporating written comments and validation outcomes \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final mobilisation strategy and finalised mechanism mix/engagement plan; final KPIs and M&E approach; final sustainability plan; implementation-ready roadmap; change log documenting responses to comments on D 2.2; submitted in English and French \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 90 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Review and Approval Process
\n\n6. Facilities and Equipment
\n\nCosts, Facilities, and Equipment to be Provided by the Consulting firm
\n\nExcept as specified in the General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and the Special Conditions of Contract (SCC), all costs associated with fulfilling this contract are to be assumed and borne by the Consulting firm. The primary duty location of the Consulting firm’s team shall be Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. The Consulting firm must be present in the country during the performance period. The Consulting firm shall also ensure appropriate transportation that meets the assignment requirements. The Consulting firm shall, where applicable, be responsible for providing comprehensive insurance coverage for personnel.
\n\nThe Consulting Firm shall ensure a minimum of 20 in-country working days across both phases, including at least one in-person multi-stakeholder validation workshop in Addis Ababa. All travel, visas, per-dems, local transport, logistics, and duty-of-care/security arrangements are the responsibility of the Consulting Firm. The Consultant shall maintain, at a minimum, professional indemnity, general liability, and employer’s liability/worker’s compensation insurance in amounts adequate to cover the obligations under this Contract.
\n\n\n\n
Costs, Facilities, and Equipment to be Provided by the African Union
\n\nThe African Union will cover all labour costs for its officials, as their project engagement is part of their regular work duties. For example, this includes the time officials spend reviewing and validating deliverables and reports prepared by the Consulting firm, as well as interim and final sign-offs when needed, for recommendations the Consulting firm may make regarding the implementation of tasks outlined in these Terms of Reference.
\n\nThe ATTP Secretariat will provide the Consulting firm with the following information and support:
\n\nThe AUC will provide timely access to relevant policies, financial rules, legal instruments, and contacts. The AUC and ATTP Secretariat will provide consolidated comments on deliverables within 10 working days and facilitate introductions for key informant interviews within 10 working days of request. Delays in client-controlled inputs will extend associated timelines on a no-fault basis.
\n\n\n\n
[1] For instance, the Ministerial Committee on the Implementation of Agenda 2063.
\n\n[2] Note: the extra LOE per deliverable is assigned to stakeholder engagement execution, iterative validation, drafting/quality assurance, and translation coordination.
\n\n"},{"id":"OP00437275","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"08-Apr-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-04-28T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Lebanon","project_id":"P181954","project_name":"GFPP for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project","bid_reference_no":"LB-OMSAR-537752-CS-CQS","bid_description":"e-services, Business Process Reengineering Foundational Work as part of Re-inventing Government (6 priority services)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"STARCO Building, Block A, 5th Floor, Omar Daouk Street, Mina Al Hosn City: Beirut, Lebanon","contact_ctry_name":"Lebanon","contact_email":"mhammoud@omsar.gov.lb","contact_name":"Mirvat Hammoud","contact_organization":"Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform","contact_phone_no":"+961 (1) 371 505","submission_date":"2026-04-08T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST (REOI)
\n\nCONSULTANT’S QUALIFICATIONS BASED SELECTION (CQS)
\n\nE-Services, Business Process Reengineering Foundational Work as part of Re-Inventing Government
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Name of Project \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t GFPP for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Loan No/Credit No/ Grand Number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TF0C8895 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Assignment Title \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t E-Services, Business Process Reengineering Foundational Work as part of Re-Inventing Government \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Procurement Plan Ref Number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t LB-OMSAR-537752-CS-CQS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Country of Delivery \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Lebanon \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
The Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Preparation Grant for the Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for the following consulting services.
\n\nThe consulting services (“the Services”) include the end-to-end improvement and digital transformation of six (6) priority public services within selected sectors/clusters. The assignment utilizes an agile methodology (MVP, alpha, and beta stages) to diagnose "As-Is" processes, redesign "To-Be" workflows, classify data according to the National Data Classification Policy, and integrate electronic signature use cases. The Consultant will configure these services on Lebanon’s National Portal, a low-code automation platform, and provide capacity building for civil servants. The estimated implementation period is five (5) months from the contract commencement date.
\n\nThe detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this REOI.
\n\nOMSAR now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraph 3.14, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers dated September 2025 (“the Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\nThe best qualified firm to carry out the services will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualifications Based Selection (CQS) method set out in the Regulations and based on the following criteria:
\n\nMandatory Minimum Requirements:
\n\nDesirable Requirements (Technical and Managerial Capability):
\n\n(Note: The qualifications and experience of Key Experts shall not be evaluated at this shortlisting stage).
\n\nTo ensure a complete submission, the Expression of Interest (EOI) must include the following minimum documentation:
\n\nFurther information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (09:00 AM to 04:00 PM Beirut Time).
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by COB 28 April, 2026.
\n\n\n\n
Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR)
\n\nTechnical Unit – Preparation Grant for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project
\n\nAttn: Ms. Mirvat Hammoud – Procurement Specialist
\n\nAddress: STARCO Building, Bloc A, 5th Floor, Room 505a
\n\nOmar Daouk Street, Mina El Hosn Sector
\n\nBeirut, Lebanon
\n\nTel: +961 (1) 371 505; ext. 160
\n\nE-mail: mhammoud@omsar.gov.lb
\n\n\n\n
Attachment: Terms of Reference (TOR)
\n\n\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\nPREPARATION GRANT FOR LEBANON DIGITAL ACCELERATION PROJECT (P181954)
\n\nE-Services, Business Process Reengineering Foundational Work as part of Re-Inventing Government
\n\nLebanon’s public administration has remained largely unchanged for decades, operating with outdated structures, fragmented mandates, widespread vacancies, and weak digital and human capital systems. Combined with paper-based processes, siloed information systems, and manual approval workflows, these constraints have resulted in inefficient service delivery, duplication of roles, limited transparency, and a growing gap between government capabilities and citizen expectations.
\n\n\n\n
In response, the Government of Lebanon, with support from the World Bank, as part of the Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP), is undertaking a strategic investment aimed at modernizing public administration and strengthening the core digital enablers required for trusted digital service delivery. To support project readiness, the World Bank’s Grant Facility for Project Preparation (GFPP) has been extended to the Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR). The GFPP grant is implemented by a Technical Unit (TU) housed within OMSAR.
\n\n\n\n
In parallel, OMSAR, under direct government sponsorship, has launched “Reinventing Government 2030” a whole of government reform effort that aims to restructure the public sector into a coherent, citizen centric, mission driven public administration.
\n\n\n\n
The reform is structured in phases progressively building toward implementation. It began with the Stakeholders’ Aspirations phase, which defined a forward-looking vision for Lebanon’s public administration and establishing guiding design principles. This phase has been completed. It is followed by the development of a Blueprint for Public Sector Reform, encompassing baseline assessments and benchmarking of current institutions and services, and the piloting of the proposed model across selected ministries. The final phase focus is on implementation, including the re-engineering and digitization of priority public services, supported by the necessary legal and regulatory changes.
\n\n\n\n
To support service transformation under this agenda, OMSAR is advancing key digital foundations as part of the LDAP. These efforts will be undertaken by OMSAR and OMSTAI within their mandates and technical expertise and in coordination with relevant stakeholders, ensuring consistency with national digital transformation, national digital trust, data governance, and interoperability frameworks. This includes the development of a National Data Classification Policy, as well as targeted support to the electronic signature framework under the existing legal system. In particular, OMSAR will work closely with the Lebanese Accreditation Council (COLIBAC) to support the definition of practical requirements and baseline criteria for electronic signature accreditation and use.
\n\n\n\n
The activities are intended to be implemented in parallel and informed by practical application in real service contexts. Within this framework, e-services constitute the operational layer through which institutional reform and key digital enablers are translated into tangible improvements in service delivery.
\n\n\n\n
As part of the preparatory work, an initial service prioritization exercise across several ministries has been carried out to identify potential candidate services for the assignment. Indicative examples of such services, and which are non-exhaustive and non-binding, and are subject to further validation, include digital diploma attestation, trader registration and clearance services, tourism licensing digitization, payment of fees for investment and right-of-way services, and selected municipal and sectoral permits.
\n\n\n\n
The redesign and digitization of selected priority public services will enable the practical piloting of data classification and the integration of one or more electronic signature use cases within end-to-end government workflows.
\n\n\n\n
This initiative will create a controlled environment to apply data classification rules and electronic signature mechanisms in practice, generate actionable lessons, and support future scale-up under the full LDAP through a phased and realistic expansion of digital public services in Lebanon.
\n\nThe objective of this assignment is to establish an evidence-based, end-to-end improvement of priority public services within selected sector(s)/cluster(s). This will be achieved through an agile approach, utilizing MVP (Minimum Viable Product), alpha, and beta stages. This requires various iterations in diagnosing current service processes and organizational arrangements, redesigning workflows to remove pain points and operational bottlenecks, digitizing service-delivery practices, applying data classification requirements and operationalizing one or more electronic signature use cases within real government workflows to ensure consistent execution.
\n\n\n\n
The assignment will demonstrate a full transformation cycle, that will inform future scaling, covering process re-engineering, technology enablement and civil servants’ operational readiness, and will generate validated lessons to inform future scaling across other services and sectors. Ultimately, the project aims to provide concrete execution that will strengthen public trust and citizen experience, streamline government operations, enhance transparency, and promote more efficient and accountable use of public resources.
\n\nThis will be achieved by:
\n\nNote: Integration shall rely on existing systems and available APIs. The Consultant will be responsible for integrating services with the National Portal using existing APIs and interfaces where available. The development of new APIs is not required under this assignment.
\n\nThe National Portal is a low-code platform that supports workflow automation. It allows the creation of reusable libraries and modular service components that can be configured and reconfigured across different services, supporting integration and the transition from paper-based procedures to structured and traceable digital processes.
\n\nThe Consultant will implement the redesign and digitally transform 6 priority services. These services will be selected through a collaborative process where the Consultant proposes a list of 10-12 proposed services, which are then shortlisted and approved to arrive at the final 6. As part of the assignment, data associated with the selected services will be collected, analyzed, and classified in line with the proposed National Data Classification Policy, and one or more electronic signature use cases will be operationalized within selected service workflows, in accordance with the applicable legal and institutional framework. For each service, the scope of work includes:
\n\n\n\n
The complexity layer defined in the table below assesses the level of effort, coordination, legal change, and technical integration required to redesign and digitize the initial pool of 10–12 proposed services, from which the final list of six services will be selected.
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Complexity layer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Definition (how to interpret complexity) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Minimum distribution across 10-12 services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t High \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Requires significant cross-entity coordination and/or end-to-end workflow redesign; multiple approval points; complex integrations (e.g., interoperability/API dependencies), high institutional and legislative change load, and/or heightened data/sensitivity considerations. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t At most 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Medium \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Moderate redesign and coordination requirements; limited number of entities; some integration needs; manageable procedural/legal constraints; moderate change load for staff and operations. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t At least 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Low \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contained workflow and limited stakeholders; minimal integration; simpler procedural/legal footprint; low change load; can be digitized with relatively standard patterns. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t At least 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
The prioritization and selection of services will be guided by a set of criteria aligned with the LDAP design and objectives. These include: (i) expected number of users or beneficiaries and the potential to improve citizen experience at scale; (ii) magnitude of the anticipated developmental impact, including improvements in transparency, efficiency, and service delivery outcomes; (iii) potential to benefit vulnerable groups, including low-income, conflict-affected, and climate-vulnerable populations, as well as women and girls; (iv) readiness for digitization, taking into account existing technological, institutional, and legal conditions; (v) sustainability and the potential for scaling beyond the pilot phase; (vi) feasibility of achieving end-to-end digitalization; and (vii) the ability to leverage existing / future national digital foundations and enablers, such as digital identity, data sharing frameworks, and data governance systems.
\n\nThis assignment will operationalize the transformation agenda by translating previously developed frameworks into practical, service-level improvements. It will provide the evidence, design solutions, and implementation of insights required to validate the Target Operating Model and demonstrate how re-engineered, digitally enabled services supported by data classification and electronic signature use cases can be delivered in practice and scaled across government.
\n\nBuilding on the frameworks, interaction models, and sector analyses developed under earlier deliverables, the selected firm will lead the end-to-end implementation of priority services within the selected sector(s)/cluster(s). The assignment follows a structured, outcome-oriented approach covering service assessment, workflow redesign, data classification, digitization, and the operationalization of electronic signature use cases, as detailed below.
\n\nDeliverable D1: Inception Report and Agile Roadmap.
\n\nPrepare and submit an inception report as a deliverable, that shall include:
\n\nDeliverable D2: Initial Data Collection and Preliminary Consultations to Inform the Subsequent Phases, Including the Shortlisting of Services.
\n\nPresent a summary on the initial data collection exercise and consultations:
\n\n\n\n
Deliverables D3-D5(three sprint waves): Agile End-to-End Service Transformation, Deployment, Monitoring and Capacity Building.
\n\nThe Consultant shall implement the assignment using a structured agile, sprint-based approach, progressing services iteratively from discovery to working Minimum Viable Product (MVP) delivery and validation. Services shall be advanced in pairs (two services per sprint wave) and be configured and deployed through the National Portal. Each sprint wave shall follow a defined cycle of discovery, co-design, build, test, user validation, and retrospective review.
\n\nProgression to subsequent sprint waves shall be contingent upon formal validation of the MVPs of the preceding wave and completion of sprint retrospectives capturing lessons learned, reusable components, and required adjustments.
\n\nAs stated above, the digitalization of services under will be implemented through the National low-code platform that enables workflow automation and service configuration with minimal need for custom software development. Under this approach, the Consultant will design and configure service workflows, data structures, business rules, and integration points within the platform, with minimal development of custom code. These configurations are executed by the platform to deliver fully functional digital services. The Consultant will therefore focus on preparing structured workflows, functional specifications, and integration logic that can be deployed on the platform, ensuring that services are delivered in a standardized, secure, and user-accessible format. The platform supports the use of reusable components, libraries, and modular building blocks, which can be configured and adapted across multiple services to improve efficiency and scalability.
\n\nThe Consultant will hence be able to leverage the platform’s flexibilities, continuously improving across waves through by reusing configurable libraries, workflow blocks, and integration components developed on the National Portal.
\n\nActivities under this deliverable shall include:
\n\nThroughout D3–D5, the Consultant shall apply core agile principles, including time-boxed sprints, continuous stakeholder engagement, rapid feedback loops, and formal sprint retrospectives to ensure adaptive delivery, risk reduction, and scalable reuse across services. To initiate the release of payments associated with these deliverables, the Consultant must provide documented evidence of satisfactory delivery. This shall include a Certificate of Delivery of Services issued by the Consultant, and submitted to the Grant Coordinator, and subsequently validated and approved by the TC.
\n\nDeliverable D6: Lessons Learned and Scale-Up Recommendations (Final Report).
\n\nCapture and document lessons learned from the implementation and recommendations to inform the scale-up of service redesign and digitization to additional clusters/sectors. This deliverable will include:
\n\nA Technical Committee (TC) will be established to provide strategic direction, oversight, and effective management of this engagement. Chaired by the Grant Coordinator and composed of members from OMSAR, OMSTAI, and the involved ministries as applicable, the TC serve as the primary governing body responsible for reviewing the firm’s progress and ensuring alignment with beneficiary requirements and national digital transformation goals.
\n\nFor the purpose of this assignment, the TC is the sole authority empowered to formally accept and approve project deliverables. Approval of each milestone deliverable by TC is a mandatory prerequisite for the release of corresponding payments. The Consulting firm shall provide regular updates and shall submit required Deliverables and reports through the Grant Coordinator to the TC, in addition to official invoice for payment upon the TC formal written acceptance of each deliverable.
\n\nThe assignment will be completed over a total period of 5 months from the contract commencement date. The contract commencement date is defined as the date of formal written notification issued by OMSAR to the Consultant to start the work, following the successful completion of the Project Kickoff meeting.
\n\n\n\n
The consultant must submit all deliverables in English and in Arabic in a format to be agreed upon with TC. The provisional timetable is as follows:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Deliverables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description & Key Components \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timeline (Cumulative) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Approvals Required \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment Terms (% of Contract Total Value) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D1 Inception Report and Agile Roadmap \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Validated scope for services, detailed workplan, and agile sprint structure \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D2 Summary Report on the initial data collection exercise and consultations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Initial data collection exercise, consultations, and confirmation of the initial list of 10-12 candidate services. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D3 First sprint of 2 services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC & Entities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D4 Second sprint of 2 services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Week 14 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC & Entities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D5 Third sprint of 2 services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 19 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC & Entities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D6 Final Report & Lessons Learned and Scale-Up Recommendations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Analysis of results, lessons learned, and future scale-up recommendations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
7.1 General Payment Conditions
\n\n7.2 The TC Approval Gate
\n\nThe Technical Committee (TC) serves as the sole authority for the acceptance of services. The following administrative process applies to every milestone:
\n\n7.3 Invoicing Requirements
\n\nTo initiate a payment, the Consultant must submit to the Grant Coordinator an administrative package containing:
\n\nAttendance Sheets: Signed logs of training participants must be attached as proof of capacity building.
\n\n7.4 Delays and Escalations
\n\nPayments will be processed within the timeframe specified in the contract conditions following the formal receipt of a "complete" invoice package.
\n\nThe total duration of the assignment is 5 months from the date of contract signature.
\n\nThe distribution of Level of Effort for all proposed Key Experts should be detailed in the bidder’s technical and financial proposals.
\n\nThe Firm must demonstrate a proven track record by submitting reference details for at least two (2) similar contracts successfully completed within the last seven (7) years. A "similar contract" is defined as follows:
\n\nThe Firm must demonstrate in its profile that it possesses in-house expertise or established partnerships in:
\n\nThe consultant's team shall be composed of qualified experts with proven experience. The bidder must propose, at a minimum, the following Key Expert positions:
\n\nKey Expert 1: Team Leader / Project Manager
\n\nKey Expert 2: Business Analyst Expert
\n\nKey Expert 3: Developer/Digital Transformation Architect
\n\nBidders may propose additional non-key experts as they see fit to successfully deliver the scope of work.
\n\nRequired Qualifications
\n\nAll experts must be fluent in English and Arabic (written and spoken). The minimum required qualifications for the Key Experts are as follows:
\n\nKey Expert 1: Team Leader / Project Manager
\n\nKey Expert 2: Senior Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) Expert
\n\n\n\n
Key Expert 3: Senior Digital Solution Architect
\n\nThe Consultant’s reporting obligations are divided into two distinct categories: Contractual Deliverables and Administrative Progress Reports.
\n\n11.1 Contractual Deliverables (Payment Milestones)
\n\nThese outputs are directly linked to the payment schedule defined in the Deliverables Table (Section 6). Payments will only be released upon formal written acceptance of these specific documents by the TC.
\n\n11.2 Administrative Progress Reporting (Monitoring Only)
\n\nThese reports are for performance monitoring and coordination purposes.
\n\n11.3 Enforcement of Reporting Compliance
\n\nTimely submission of Administrative Progress Reports (as defined in Section 11.2) is a material obligation of the Consultant and considered an integral part of the deliverables and related acceptance.
\n\nTo facilitate the successful execution of the assignment, OMSAR and OMSTAI shall provide the following:
\n\nThe Firm shall integrate environmental and social principles consistent with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) throughout the redesign and development of e-services. All work must ensure:
\n\nThese considerations should be reflected in service workflows, user experience recommendations, prototypes, and final technical outputs.
\n\nREQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST (REOI)
\n\nCONSULTANT’S QUALIFICATIONS BASED SELECTION (CQS)
\n\nE-Services, Business Process Reengineering Foundational Work as part of Re-Inventing Government
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Name of Project \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t GFPP for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Loan No/Credit No/ Grand Number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TF0C8895 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Assignment Title \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t E-Services, Business Process Reengineering Foundational Work as part of Re-Inventing Government \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Procurement Plan Ref Number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t LB-OMSAR-537752-CS-CQS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Country of Delivery \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Lebanon \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
The Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Preparation Grant for the Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for the following consulting services.
\n\nThe consulting services (“the Services”) include the end-to-end improvement and digital transformation of six (6) priority public services within selected sectors/clusters. The assignment utilizes an agile methodology (MVP, alpha, and beta stages) to diagnose "As-Is" processes, redesign "To-Be" workflows, classify data according to the National Data Classification Policy, and integrate electronic signature use cases. The Consultant will configure these services on Lebanon’s National Portal, a low-code automation platform, and provide capacity building for civil servants. The estimated implementation period is five (5) months from the contract commencement date.
\n\nThe detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this REOI.
\n\nOMSAR now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraph 3.14, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers dated September 2025 (“the Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\nThe best qualified firm to carry out the services will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualifications Based Selection (CQS) method set out in the Regulations and based on the following criteria:
\n\nMandatory Minimum Requirements:
\n\nDesirable Requirements (Technical and Managerial Capability):
\n\n(Note: The qualifications and experience of Key Experts shall not be evaluated at this shortlisting stage).
\n\nTo ensure a complete submission, the Expression of Interest (EOI) must include the following minimum documentation:
\n\nFurther information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (09:00 AM to 04:00 PM Beirut Time).
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by COB 28 April, 2026.
\n\n\n\n
Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR)
\n\nTechnical Unit – Preparation Grant for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project
\n\nAttn: Ms. Mirvat Hammoud – Procurement Specialist
\n\nAddress: STARCO Building, Bloc A, 5th Floor, Room 505a
\n\nOmar Daouk Street, Mina El Hosn Sector
\n\nBeirut, Lebanon
\n\nTel: +961 (1) 371 505; ext. 160
\n\nE-mail: mhammoud@omsar.gov.lb
\n\n\n\n
Attachment: Terms of Reference (TOR)
\n\n\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\nPREPARATION GRANT FOR LEBANON DIGITAL ACCELERATION PROJECT (P181954)
\n\nE-Services, Business Process Reengineering Foundational Work as part of Re-Inventing Government
\n\nLebanon’s public administration has remained largely unchanged for decades, operating with outdated structures, fragmented mandates, widespread vacancies, and weak digital and human capital systems. Combined with paper-based processes, siloed information systems, and manual approval workflows, these constraints have resulted in inefficient service delivery, duplication of roles, limited transparency, and a growing gap between government capabilities and citizen expectations.
\n\n\n\n
In response, the Government of Lebanon, with support from the World Bank, as part of the Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP), is undertaking a strategic investment aimed at modernizing public administration and strengthening the core digital enablers required for trusted digital service delivery. To support project readiness, the World Bank’s Grant Facility for Project Preparation (GFPP) has been extended to the Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR). The GFPP grant is implemented by a Technical Unit (TU) housed within OMSAR.
\n\n\n\n
In parallel, OMSAR, under direct government sponsorship, has launched “Reinventing Government 2030” a whole of government reform effort that aims to restructure the public sector into a coherent, citizen centric, mission driven public administration.
\n\n\n\n
The reform is structured in phases progressively building toward implementation. It began with the Stakeholders’ Aspirations phase, which defined a forward-looking vision for Lebanon’s public administration and establishing guiding design principles. This phase has been completed. It is followed by the development of a Blueprint for Public Sector Reform, encompassing baseline assessments and benchmarking of current institutions and services, and the piloting of the proposed model across selected ministries. The final phase focus is on implementation, including the re-engineering and digitization of priority public services, supported by the necessary legal and regulatory changes.
\n\n\n\n
To support service transformation under this agenda, OMSAR is advancing key digital foundations as part of the LDAP. These efforts will be undertaken by OMSAR and OMSTAI within their mandates and technical expertise and in coordination with relevant stakeholders, ensuring consistency with national digital transformation, national digital trust, data governance, and interoperability frameworks. This includes the development of a National Data Classification Policy, as well as targeted support to the electronic signature framework under the existing legal system. In particular, OMSAR will work closely with the Lebanese Accreditation Council (COLIBAC) to support the definition of practical requirements and baseline criteria for electronic signature accreditation and use.
\n\n\n\n
The activities are intended to be implemented in parallel and informed by practical application in real service contexts. Within this framework, e-services constitute the operational layer through which institutional reform and key digital enablers are translated into tangible improvements in service delivery.
\n\n\n\n
As part of the preparatory work, an initial service prioritization exercise across several ministries has been carried out to identify potential candidate services for the assignment. Indicative examples of such services, and which are non-exhaustive and non-binding, and are subject to further validation, include digital diploma attestation, trader registration and clearance services, tourism licensing digitization, payment of fees for investment and right-of-way services, and selected municipal and sectoral permits.
\n\n\n\n
The redesign and digitization of selected priority public services will enable the practical piloting of data classification and the integration of one or more electronic signature use cases within end-to-end government workflows.
\n\n\n\n
This initiative will create a controlled environment to apply data classification rules and electronic signature mechanisms in practice, generate actionable lessons, and support future scale-up under the full LDAP through a phased and realistic expansion of digital public services in Lebanon.
\n\nThe objective of this assignment is to establish an evidence-based, end-to-end improvement of priority public services within selected sector(s)/cluster(s). This will be achieved through an agile approach, utilizing MVP (Minimum Viable Product), alpha, and beta stages. This requires various iterations in diagnosing current service processes and organizational arrangements, redesigning workflows to remove pain points and operational bottlenecks, digitizing service-delivery practices, applying data classification requirements and operationalizing one or more electronic signature use cases within real government workflows to ensure consistent execution.
\n\n\n\n
The assignment will demonstrate a full transformation cycle, that will inform future scaling, covering process re-engineering, technology enablement and civil servants’ operational readiness, and will generate validated lessons to inform future scaling across other services and sectors. Ultimately, the project aims to provide concrete execution that will strengthen public trust and citizen experience, streamline government operations, enhance transparency, and promote more efficient and accountable use of public resources.
\n\nThis will be achieved by:
\n\nNote: Integration shall rely on existing systems and available APIs. The Consultant will be responsible for integrating services with the National Portal using existing APIs and interfaces where available. The development of new APIs is not required under this assignment.
\n\nThe National Portal is a low-code platform that supports workflow automation. It allows the creation of reusable libraries and modular service components that can be configured and reconfigured across different services, supporting integration and the transition from paper-based procedures to structured and traceable digital processes.
\n\nThe Consultant will implement the redesign and digitally transform 6 priority services. These services will be selected through a collaborative process where the Consultant proposes a list of 10-12 proposed services, which are then shortlisted and approved to arrive at the final 6. As part of the assignment, data associated with the selected services will be collected, analyzed, and classified in line with the proposed National Data Classification Policy, and one or more electronic signature use cases will be operationalized within selected service workflows, in accordance with the applicable legal and institutional framework. For each service, the scope of work includes:
\n\n\n\n
The complexity layer defined in the table below assesses the level of effort, coordination, legal change, and technical integration required to redesign and digitize the initial pool of 10–12 proposed services, from which the final list of six services will be selected.
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Complexity layer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Definition (how to interpret complexity) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Minimum distribution across 10-12 services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t High \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Requires significant cross-entity coordination and/or end-to-end workflow redesign; multiple approval points; complex integrations (e.g., interoperability/API dependencies), high institutional and legislative change load, and/or heightened data/sensitivity considerations. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t At most 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Medium \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Moderate redesign and coordination requirements; limited number of entities; some integration needs; manageable procedural/legal constraints; moderate change load for staff and operations. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t At least 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Low \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contained workflow and limited stakeholders; minimal integration; simpler procedural/legal footprint; low change load; can be digitized with relatively standard patterns. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t At least 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
The prioritization and selection of services will be guided by a set of criteria aligned with the LDAP design and objectives. These include: (i) expected number of users or beneficiaries and the potential to improve citizen experience at scale; (ii) magnitude of the anticipated developmental impact, including improvements in transparency, efficiency, and service delivery outcomes; (iii) potential to benefit vulnerable groups, including low-income, conflict-affected, and climate-vulnerable populations, as well as women and girls; (iv) readiness for digitization, taking into account existing technological, institutional, and legal conditions; (v) sustainability and the potential for scaling beyond the pilot phase; (vi) feasibility of achieving end-to-end digitalization; and (vii) the ability to leverage existing / future national digital foundations and enablers, such as digital identity, data sharing frameworks, and data governance systems.
\n\nThis assignment will operationalize the transformation agenda by translating previously developed frameworks into practical, service-level improvements. It will provide the evidence, design solutions, and implementation of insights required to validate the Target Operating Model and demonstrate how re-engineered, digitally enabled services supported by data classification and electronic signature use cases can be delivered in practice and scaled across government.
\n\nBuilding on the frameworks, interaction models, and sector analyses developed under earlier deliverables, the selected firm will lead the end-to-end implementation of priority services within the selected sector(s)/cluster(s). The assignment follows a structured, outcome-oriented approach covering service assessment, workflow redesign, data classification, digitization, and the operationalization of electronic signature use cases, as detailed below.
\n\nDeliverable D1: Inception Report and Agile Roadmap.
\n\nPrepare and submit an inception report as a deliverable, that shall include:
\n\nDeliverable D2: Initial Data Collection and Preliminary Consultations to Inform the Subsequent Phases, Including the Shortlisting of Services.
\n\nPresent a summary on the initial data collection exercise and consultations:
\n\n\n\n
Deliverables D3-D5(three sprint waves): Agile End-to-End Service Transformation, Deployment, Monitoring and Capacity Building.
\n\nThe Consultant shall implement the assignment using a structured agile, sprint-based approach, progressing services iteratively from discovery to working Minimum Viable Product (MVP) delivery and validation. Services shall be advanced in pairs (two services per sprint wave) and be configured and deployed through the National Portal. Each sprint wave shall follow a defined cycle of discovery, co-design, build, test, user validation, and retrospective review.
\n\nProgression to subsequent sprint waves shall be contingent upon formal validation of the MVPs of the preceding wave and completion of sprint retrospectives capturing lessons learned, reusable components, and required adjustments.
\n\nAs stated above, the digitalization of services under will be implemented through the National low-code platform that enables workflow automation and service configuration with minimal need for custom software development. Under this approach, the Consultant will design and configure service workflows, data structures, business rules, and integration points within the platform, with minimal development of custom code. These configurations are executed by the platform to deliver fully functional digital services. The Consultant will therefore focus on preparing structured workflows, functional specifications, and integration logic that can be deployed on the platform, ensuring that services are delivered in a standardized, secure, and user-accessible format. The platform supports the use of reusable components, libraries, and modular building blocks, which can be configured and adapted across multiple services to improve efficiency and scalability.
\n\nThe Consultant will hence be able to leverage the platform’s flexibilities, continuously improving across waves through by reusing configurable libraries, workflow blocks, and integration components developed on the National Portal.
\n\nActivities under this deliverable shall include:
\n\nThroughout D3–D5, the Consultant shall apply core agile principles, including time-boxed sprints, continuous stakeholder engagement, rapid feedback loops, and formal sprint retrospectives to ensure adaptive delivery, risk reduction, and scalable reuse across services. To initiate the release of payments associated with these deliverables, the Consultant must provide documented evidence of satisfactory delivery. This shall include a Certificate of Delivery of Services issued by the Consultant, and submitted to the Grant Coordinator, and subsequently validated and approved by the TC.
\n\nDeliverable D6: Lessons Learned and Scale-Up Recommendations (Final Report).
\n\nCapture and document lessons learned from the implementation and recommendations to inform the scale-up of service redesign and digitization to additional clusters/sectors. This deliverable will include:
\n\nA Technical Committee (TC) will be established to provide strategic direction, oversight, and effective management of this engagement. Chaired by the Grant Coordinator and composed of members from OMSAR, OMSTAI, and the involved ministries as applicable, the TC serve as the primary governing body responsible for reviewing the firm’s progress and ensuring alignment with beneficiary requirements and national digital transformation goals.
\n\nFor the purpose of this assignment, the TC is the sole authority empowered to formally accept and approve project deliverables. Approval of each milestone deliverable by TC is a mandatory prerequisite for the release of corresponding payments. The Consulting firm shall provide regular updates and shall submit required Deliverables and reports through the Grant Coordinator to the TC, in addition to official invoice for payment upon the TC formal written acceptance of each deliverable.
\n\nThe assignment will be completed over a total period of 5 months from the contract commencement date. The contract commencement date is defined as the date of formal written notification issued by OMSAR to the Consultant to start the work, following the successful completion of the Project Kickoff meeting.
\n\n\n\n
The consultant must submit all deliverables in English and in Arabic in a format to be agreed upon with TC. The provisional timetable is as follows:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Deliverables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description & Key Components \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timeline (Cumulative) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Approvals Required \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment Terms (% of Contract Total Value) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D1 Inception Report and Agile Roadmap \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Validated scope for services, detailed workplan, and agile sprint structure \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D2 Summary Report on the initial data collection exercise and consultations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Initial data collection exercise, consultations, and confirmation of the initial list of 10-12 candidate services. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D3 First sprint of 2 services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC & Entities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D4 Second sprint of 2 services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Week 14 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC & Entities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D5 Third sprint of 2 services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 19 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC & Entities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t D6 Final Report & Lessons Learned and Scale-Up Recommendations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Analysis of results, lessons learned, and future scale-up recommendations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week 21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
7.1 General Payment Conditions
\n\n7.2 The TC Approval Gate
\n\nThe Technical Committee (TC) serves as the sole authority for the acceptance of services. The following administrative process applies to every milestone:
\n\n7.3 Invoicing Requirements
\n\nTo initiate a payment, the Consultant must submit to the Grant Coordinator an administrative package containing:
\n\nAttendance Sheets: Signed logs of training participants must be attached as proof of capacity building.
\n\n7.4 Delays and Escalations
\n\nPayments will be processed within the timeframe specified in the contract conditions following the formal receipt of a "complete" invoice package.
\n\nThe total duration of the assignment is 5 months from the date of contract signature.
\n\nThe distribution of Level of Effort for all proposed Key Experts should be detailed in the bidder’s technical and financial proposals.
\n\nThe Firm must demonstrate a proven track record by submitting reference details for at least two (2) similar contracts successfully completed within the last seven (7) years. A "similar contract" is defined as follows:
\n\nThe Firm must demonstrate in its profile that it possesses in-house expertise or established partnerships in:
\n\nThe consultant's team shall be composed of qualified experts with proven experience. The bidder must propose, at a minimum, the following Key Expert positions:
\n\nKey Expert 1: Team Leader / Project Manager
\n\nKey Expert 2: Business Analyst Expert
\n\nKey Expert 3: Developer/Digital Transformation Architect
\n\nBidders may propose additional non-key experts as they see fit to successfully deliver the scope of work.
\n\nRequired Qualifications
\n\nAll experts must be fluent in English and Arabic (written and spoken). The minimum required qualifications for the Key Experts are as follows:
\n\nKey Expert 1: Team Leader / Project Manager
\n\nKey Expert 2: Senior Business Process Re-engineering (BPR) Expert
\n\n\n\n
Key Expert 3: Senior Digital Solution Architect
\n\nThe Consultant’s reporting obligations are divided into two distinct categories: Contractual Deliverables and Administrative Progress Reports.
\n\n11.1 Contractual Deliverables (Payment Milestones)
\n\nThese outputs are directly linked to the payment schedule defined in the Deliverables Table (Section 6). Payments will only be released upon formal written acceptance of these specific documents by the TC.
\n\n11.2 Administrative Progress Reporting (Monitoring Only)
\n\nThese reports are for performance monitoring and coordination purposes.
\n\n11.3 Enforcement of Reporting Compliance
\n\nTimely submission of Administrative Progress Reports (as defined in Section 11.2) is a material obligation of the Consultant and considered an integral part of the deliverables and related acceptance.
\n\nTo facilitate the successful execution of the assignment, OMSAR and OMSTAI shall provide the following:
\n\nThe Firm shall integrate environmental and social principles consistent with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) throughout the redesign and development of e-services. All work must ensure:
\n\nThese considerations should be reflected in service workflows, user experience recommendations, prototypes, and final technical outputs.
"},{"id":"OP00435077","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"27-Mar-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-04-15T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"15:00","project_ctry_name":"Suriname","project_id":"P166187","project_name":"Competitiveness and Sector Diversification","bid_reference_no":"SR-MNR-539728-CS-CQS","bid_description":"CONSULTING FIRM FOR THE DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF A REVENUE REGISTRATION SYSTEM (RRS) IN SUPPORT OF THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES TRANSPARENCY INITIATIVE (EITI)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Mr. Dr. J.C. de Mirandastraat 11 – 15, Republic of Suriname","contact_ctry_name":"Suriname","contact_email":"clydegriffith1977@gmail.com","contact_name":"Clyde Griffith","contact_organization":"Ministry of Natural Resources","contact_phone_no":"(+597)8532104","submission_date":"2026-03-27T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"\n\n
\n\n
REPUBLIC SURINAME
\n\nMINISTRY OF NATURAL RESOURCES
\n\nSuriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification Project
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\nCONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Country: Republic of Suriname
\n\nName of Project: Suriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification Project
\n\nProject No.: P166187
\n\nLoan No.: IBRD Loan 8985 - SR
\n\nAssignment Title: Consulting Firm for the Development and Implementation of a Revenue
\nRegistration System (RRS) in support of the implementation of the Extractive Industries Transparency System (EITI)
Reference No.: SR-MNR-539728-CS-CQS
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The Republic of Suriname has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Suriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification Project, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
\n\n\n\n
Suriname is implementing the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) to strengthen transparency, accountability, and good governance in the extractive sector. A core requirement of EITI implementation is the systematic and reliable collection of revenue data from reporting entities, including state-owned enterprises, private extractive companies, and relevant government agencies.
\n\n\n\n
Currently, revenue data is collected through manual submissions, spreadsheets, and ad hoc reporting formats, which limits data quality, timeliness, and auditability. To improve efficiency and compliance with EITI Standards, Suriname seeks to establish a centralized, secure, and standardized Revenue Registration System (RRS) to support annual EITI reporting and long-term institutionalization of systematic disclosures.
\n\n\n\n
The objective of the consulting services is to design, develop, implement, and operationalize a cyber secure digital Revenue Registration System that enables EITI reporting entities in Suriname to submit, validate, and manage revenue data in a standardized, secure, and auditable manner. The system must support:
\n\n\n\n
The Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
\n\n\n\n
A Consulting firm will be selected in accordance with the Regulations for Consultant’s qualifications based selection (CQS) described in the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, dated July 2016, revised November 2017 and August 2018.
\n\n\n\n
The Project Implementation Unit (PIU) within MNR now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The qualification criteria are:
\n\n\n\n
(1) proven and notable experience in the field of providing support to Governments on digital reporting systems related to revenue streams, ideally with focus on the extractive (mining) sector. Demonstrated expertise in data security, financial reporting, system integration. Experience with EITI or similar transparency initiative will be considered an asset. Experience with working in Suriname or the Caribbean Region is preferred.
\n\n(2) having delivered in the last 10 years at least 3 similar projects of similar size, scope and nature
\n\n(3) specific information and past project references in order to demonstrate the Consultant’s meets each of the criteria and the requirements as per the TOR
\n\n(4) key expert CV’s confirming the consultant team profiles as listed in the expected experience and required qualifications section of the TOR
\n\n(5) an overview of the technology (equipment, software …) that will be used during the assignment
\n\n(6) the Consultant’s ability to deploy key experts within one month following contract signature
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraph 1.9 of the Procurement for IPF Borrowers, issued July 2016, as revised November 2017 and August 2018 setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment:
\n\nBank policy requires that consultants provide professional, objective, and impartial advice and at all times hold the client’s interests paramount, without any consideration for future work, and that in providing advice they avoid conflicts with other assignments and their own corporate interests. Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interest of the Borrower. Without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, consultants shall not be hired under the circumstances set forth below:
\n\n\n\n
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\n\n\n
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 09:00 to 14:00 Suriname time (UTC – 3 hours)
\n\n\n\n
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by fax, or by e-mail) by close of business on Wednesday 15 April 2026.
\n\n\n\n
Ministry of Natural Resources
\n\nAttn: Mr. Clyde Griffith, Component Coordinator SCSD C1
\n\nMr. Dr. J.C. de Mirandastraat 11 -15, Paramaribo, Republic of Suriname
\n\nTel: (+597) 474666 (PIU Office) or (+597)8532104 (Component Coordinator)
\n\nFax: (+597) 475752
\n\nE-mail: clydegriffith1977@gmail.com
\n\n\n\n
REPUBLIC SURINAME
\n\nMINISTRY OF NATURAL RESOURCES
\n\nSuriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification Project
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Reference: SR-MNR-539728-CS-CQS
\n\n\n\n
Terms of Reference
\n\n\n\n
CONSULTING FIRM for the DEVELOPMENT and IMPLEMENTATION of a REVENUE REGISTRATION SYSTEM (RRS) in support of the implementation of the EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRIES TRANSPARENCY INITIATIVE (EITI)
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Introduction
\n\nThe Republic of Suriname has received a loan from the World Bank for a Suriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification (SCSD) project, which seeks to facilitate sector governance, competitiveness, and diversification in Suriname by addressing enabling environment constraints in the targeted industries of mining, agribusiness, and tourism. This will be achieved by financing technical assistance for policy, legal and regulatory reforms; capacity building of key institutions; and business development services and matching grants for SMEs and value chain development.
\n\n\n\n
The project comprises two components which will be implemented by Project Implementation Units (PIUs) at the Ministry of Natural Resources (MNR) (component 1) and the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Entrepreneurship and Technological Innovation (MEZ) (component 2) under the guidance of a Project Coordination Committee (PCC). Each PIU will be led by a Component Coordinator responsible for the implementation of project activities under the relevant implementing ministry. A Project Coordinator will provide strategic and problem-solving guidance to both PIUs and chair the PCC.
\n\nThe focus of Component 1 implemented by the PIU at the MNR is strengthening the mining sector governance, transparency, accountability, and administration. This component focuses on supporting improvements to the legal, regulatory, and institutional framework governing mining in Suriname. The purpose is to align Suriname’s framework to international best practice, and to provide its institutions with knowledge and tools to carry out their mandated functions.
\n\n\n\n
Background
\n\nSuriname is implementing the Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (EITI) to strengthen transparency, accountability, and good governance in the extractive sector. A core requirement of EITI implementation is the systematic and reliable collection of revenue data from reporting entities, including state-owned enterprises, private extractive companies, and relevant government agencies.
\n\nCurrently, revenue data is collected through manual submissions, spreadsheets, and ad hoc reporting formats, which limits data quality, timeliness, and auditability. To improve efficiency and compliance with EITI Standards, Suriname seeks to establish a centralized, secure, and standardized Revenue Registration System (RRS) to support annual EITI reporting and long-term institutionalization of systematic disclosures.
\n\nObjective of the Assignment
\n\nThe objective is to design, develop, implement, and operationalize a cyber secure digital Revenue Registration System that enables EITI reporting entities in Suriname to submit, validate, and manage revenue data in a standardized, secure, and auditable manner. The system must support:
\n\n\n\n
Scope of Work
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Deployment and Support
\n\n\n\n
Deliverables, Payment Schedule and Timing
\n\nThe deliverables triggering payments schedule and timing are presented in the table below:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment Schedule \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timing \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Inception Report (Workplan, methodology, stakeholder map) \n\n\t\t\tSystem Requirements Specification (Functional & technical requirements) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0 – 4 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Prototype / Wireframes (User interface and workflow design) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 25% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 – 8 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Fully Developed System Report(Complete RRS platform) \n\n\t\t\tTesting & UAT (Results of pilot and adjustments) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 25% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 – 10 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Training Package (Manuals, guides, training sessions) \n\n\t\t\tFinal System Deployment (Live system with support) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 – 12 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sustainability & Handover (Report (Maintenance plan, documentation) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 – 14 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Duration of Assignment
\n\nThe assignment is expected to be completed within 3–4 months, including testing, training, and deployment. Strict time lines will apply as the project closes 31.12.2026.
\n\n\n\n
Required Qualifications of the Consultant/Team
\n\n\n\n
Firm Qualifications
\n\n\n\n
Key Experts at minimum
\n\nThe TL/PM will lead the Revenue Registration System from the architectural designs up to and including the final installation and commissioning. The TL/PM will follow-up the functional goals of the project and the strategic goals of DAS. A key capability will be able to understand business needs, challenge them and translate those into a system that fulfills those needs and to be used by the design & development specialist(s) as starting point for the actual design elaboration and implementation. The TL/PM needs to enable the delivery of the projects within the agreed constraints (with regards to scope/quality, time and budget). Potential deviations need to be tackled proactively.
\n\n\n\n
The SA/LD is responsible for defining architectural designs following the strategic goals set by DAS and its IT Management for this project. This includes assisting on working out a vision in line with new architectural trends in the market. The SA/LD must be able to find effective options to solve architectural challenges, making correct, objective trade-offs, keeping the holistic application landscape and end goal in mind. Essential is to understand business needs and translate those into an architecture that fulfills those needs and from there on will be used for the development towards the revenue registration system. The SA/LD is responsible for development of the software and therefore either takes care about the development thereof or oversees the work of a/the developer(s). The SA/LD also heads the technical direction for the Technology Roadmap and expertise in relevant technologies.
\n\n\n\n
Access cyber security risk and provide mitigation measures. Support DAS as IT Asset owners with implementation of mitigation measures. The Cyber security Risk Analyst will secure the revenue collection system by identifying, assessing, and mitigating risks generated by missing or ineffective security controls within critical applications and infrastructure components. This role requires deep technical knowledge of application and system architecture, strong risk management acumen, and the ability to collaborate effectively with IT system owners, architects, and developers to design and implement appropriate mitigation strategies.
\n\n\n\n
Reporting and Coordination
\n\nThe Consultant will report to the Component Coordinator of the SCSD Project Component 1 and have access to the Suriname EITI Secretariat, with oversight from the Multi-Stakeholder Group (MSG). Regular progress meetings will be held bi-weekly or as agreed.
\n\n\n\n
Confidentiality and Data Protection
\n\nAll data accessed or generated during the assignment shall remain the property of the Government of Suriname. The consultant must comply with national data protection laws and international cyber security standards.
\n\n"},{"id":"OP00435082","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"27-Mar-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-04-15T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"15:00","project_ctry_name":"Suriname","project_id":"P166187","project_name":"Competitiveness and Sector Diversification","bid_reference_no":"SR-MNR-538870-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Consulting Firm for Health, Safety, Environment and Social (HSES) Support","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Mr. Dr. J.C. de Mirandastraat 11 – 15, Republic of Suriname","contact_ctry_name":"Suriname","contact_email":"clydegriffith1977@gmail.com","contact_name":"Clyde Griffith","contact_organization":"Ministry of Natural Resources","contact_phone_no":"(+597)8532104","submission_date":"2026-03-27T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
\n\n
\n\n
REPUBLIC SURINAME
\n\nMINISTRY OF NATURAL RESOURCES
\n\nSuriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification Project
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\nCONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Country: Republic of Suriname
\n\nName of Project: Suriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification Project
\n\nProject No.: P166187
\n\nLoan No.: IBRD Loan 8985 - SR
\n\nAssignment Title: Consulting Firm for Health, Safety, Environment and Social (HSES)
\n\nSupport
\n\nReference No.: SR-MNR-538870-CS-CQS
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The Republic of Suriname has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Suriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification Project, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
\n\n\n\n
The Delfstoffen Autoriteit Suriname (DAS) is designed to become a new public legal entity set up to regulate, coordinate, and monitor mining activities in Suriname, with strong emphasis on environment, health, safety, and transparent resource governance. To operationalize DAS effectively, a structured HSES support process is needed as DAS is expected to play a key role in promoting responsible mining practices, ensuring compliance with national legislation and international standards, and safeguarding the health, safety, environment, and social (HSES) conditions associated with mineral sector activities. The need for a coherent, institute-wide HSES framework includes policies, standard operating procedures (SOPs), guidelines, and tools for implementation, monitoring, and continuous improvement.
\n\n\n\n
The Terms of Reference (TOR) sets out the scope of work for hiring an experienced HSES Consulting Firm to support DAS in developing and institutionalizing this framework. The TOR for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
\n\n\n\n
A Consulting firm will be selected in accordance with the Regulations for Consultant’s qualifications based selection (CQS) described in the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, dated July 2016, revised November 2017 and August 2018.
\n\n\n\n
The Project Implementation Unit (PIU) within MNR now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The qualification criteria are:
\n\n\n\n
(1) proven and notable experience in the field of providing HSES support to Governments in terms of design and support in the implementation of comprehensive HSES management systems, including the development of fit-for-purpose HSES policy and management frameworks, practical SOPs and procedures aligned with national legislation, applicable international standards, and best practices for the mining and minerals sector. Experience with working in Suriname or the Caribbean Region is preferred.
\n\n(2) having delivered in the last 10 years at least 3 similar projects of similar size, scope and nature
\n\n(3) specific information and past project references in order to demonstrate the Consultant’s meets each of the criteria and the requirements as per the TOR
\n\n(4) key expert CV’s confirming the consultant team profiles as listed in the expected experience and required qualifications section of the TOR
\n\n(5) an overview of the technology (equipment, software …) that will be used during the assignment
\n\n(6) the Consultant’s ability to deploy key experts within one month following contract signature
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraph 1.9 of the Procurement for IPF Borrowers, issued July 2016, as revised November 2017 and August 2018 setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment:
\n\nBank policy requires that consultants provide professional, objective, and impartial advice and at all times hold the client’s interests paramount, without any consideration for future work, and that in providing advice they avoid conflicts with other assignments and their own corporate interests. Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interest of the Borrower. Without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, consultants shall not be hired under the circumstances set forth below:
\n\n\n\n
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\n\n\n
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 09:00 to 14:00 Suriname time (UTC – 3 hours)
\n\n\n\n
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by fax, or by e-mail) by close of business on Wednesday 15 April 2026.
\n\n\n\n
Ministry of Natural Resources
\n\nAttn: Mr. Clyde Griffith, Component Coordinator SCSD C1
\n\nMr. Dr. J.C. de Mirandastraat 11 -15, Paramaribo, Republic of Suriname
\n\nTel: (+597) 474666 (PIU Office) or (+597)8532104 (Component Coordinator)
\n\nFax: (+597) 475752
\n\nE-mail: clydegriffith1977@gmail.com
\n\n\n\n
REPUBLIC SURINAME
\n\nMINISTRY OF NATURAL RESOURCES
\n\nSuriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification Project
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Reference: SR-MNR-538870-CS-CQS
\n\n\n\n
Terms of Reference
\n\n\n\n
CONSULTING FIRM for HEALTH, SAFETY, ENVIRONMENT
\n\nand SOCIAL (HSES) SUPPORT
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Introduction
\n\nThe Republic of Suriname has received a loan from the World Bank for a Suriname Competitiveness and Sector Diversification (SCSD) project, which seeks to facilitate sector governance, competitiveness, and diversification in Suriname by addressing enabling environment constraints in the targeted industries of mining, agribusiness, and tourism. This will be achieved by financing technical assistance for policy, legal and regulatory reforms; capacity building of key institutions; and business development services and matching grants for SMEs and value chain development.
\n\n\n\n
The project comprises two components which will be implemented by Project Implementation Units (PIUs) at the Ministry of Natural Resources (MNR) (component 1) and the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Entrepreneurship and Technological Innovation (MEZ) (component 2) under the guidance of a Project Coordination Committee (PCC). Each PIU will be led by a Component Coordinator responsible for the implementation of project activities under the relevant implementing ministry. A Project Coordinator will provide strategic and problem-solving guidance to both PIUs and chair the PCC.
\n\nThe focus of Component 1 implemented by the PIU at the MNR is strengthening the mining sector governance, transparency, accountability, and administration. This component focuses on supporting improvements to the legal, regulatory, and institutional framework governing mining in Suriname. The purpose is to align Suriname’s framework to international best practice, and to provide its institutions with knowledge and tools to carry out their mandated functions.
\n\n\n\n
The specialist consulting firm will design, coordinate, and implement a structured HSES support program for the Delfstoffen Autoriteit Suriname (DAS) that aligns with the Wet Delfstoffen Autoriteit Suriname and supports rapid, compliant operationalization of the new authority.
\n\n\n\n
Background
\n\nThe Delfstoffen Autoriteit Suriname (DAS) is designed to become a new public legal entity set up to regulate, coordinate, and monitor mining activities in Suriname, with strong emphasis on environment, health, safety, and transparent resource governance. To operationalize DAS effectively, a structured HSES support process is needed as DAS is expected to play a key role in promoting responsible mining practices, ensuring compliance with national legislation and international standards, and safeguarding the health, safety, environment, and social (HSES) conditions associated with mineral sector activities.
\n\n\n\n
The need for a coherent, institute-wide HSES framework includes policies, standard operating procedures (SOPs), guidelines, and tools for implementation, monitoring, and continuous improvement. This TOR sets out the scope of work for hiring an experienced HSES Consulting Firm to support DAS in developing and institutionalizing this framework.
\n\n\n\n
Objective of the Assignment
\n\nThe overall objective is to design and support the implementation of a comprehensive HSES management system for DAS, including practical SOPs and procedures aligned with national legislation, applicable international standards, and best practices for the mining and minerals sector.
\n\n\n\n
Specific objectives are to:
\n\n\n\n
Scope of Work and Tasks
\n\nThe specialized Consulting Firm will carry out, at minimum, the following tasks:
\n\n\n\n
the Ministry of Natural Resources, National Environmental Authority, inspectorates, and other relevant agencies, to identify gaps and overlaps.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Based on the approved framework, develop detailed and practical SOPs, procedures, and tools for DAS, at minimum covering:
\n\nFor each SOP/procedure, the Consultant will provide purpose, scope, roles and responsibilities, step-by-step process, required forms or checklists, and references to relevant laws/standards.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Deliverables, Payment Schedule and Timing
\n\nThe deliverables triggering payments schedule and timing are presented in the table below:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment Schedule \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timing \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Inception Report (including detailed work plan and consultation plan). \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0 – 4 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t HSES Gap Analysis Report and proposed outline for DAS HSES Management Framework. \n\n\t\t\tDraft DAS HSES Policy and HSES Management Framework. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 – 7 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Set of draft SOPs, procedures, checklists, and tools (OHS, environmental, social, and crosscutting). \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 7 – 10 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Capacity Building Plan and HSES Training Toolkit. \n\n\t\t\tTraining/workshop completion reports and attendance lists. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 7 – 10 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final DAS HSES Policy, Framework, and complete SOP/Procedure Package (in agreed formats and languages). \n\n\t\t\tFinal Assignment Report with implementation roadmap. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 35% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 – 14 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
A detailed timeline and milestone schedule for the entire assignment (e.g. over three to four (3–4) months) will be agreed in the inception report.
\n\n\n\n
Duration and Location
\n\n\n\n
Reporting and Coordination
\n\n\n\n
Qualifications and Experience
\n\nThe specialist consulting firm will make available experts (minimum two (2) an maximum four (4)) to its discretion and relevant CV when compared to the task(s)and specialism assigned. For each of the individual consultants, the required profile is:
\n\n\n\n
Language of Delivery
\n\nAll key reports, policy documents, and SOPs shall be provided in English and Dutch, or as specified by DAS. Training materials should be adapted to the language needs of participants.
\n\n\n\n
Data, Facilities, and Support Provided by PIU/DAS
\n\nThe PIU and/or the supervising ministry will provide:
\n\nThe Consultant will be responsible for their own equipment (e.g. laptops, software) and personal logistics unless otherwise specified in the contract.
\n\n\n\n
Ethical, Safeguard, and Confidentiality Requirements
\n\n